PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Volume XVIII PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY, QUARTERLY WASHINGTON, D. C. 1916 No. i issued April 5, 1916. No. 2 issued Aug. 4, 1916. No. 3 issued Nov. 27, 1916. No. 4 issued June n, 1917 TABLE OF CONTENTS OF VOLUME XVIII Page ALDRICH, J. M.: More light on Myophasia 98 BAKER, A. C. : Synopsis of the genus Calaphis 1X4 BAKER, A. C., and TURNER, W. P.: Some intermediates in the- Aphidi- dae K) BARBER, H. S.: A review of the North American Tortoise Beetles. . . . ll.'i A new species of Weevil injuring orchids 177 BUSCK, AUGUST: Descriptions of new North American Microlepidop- tera 147 BUSCK, AUGUST, HOWARD, L. O., and SCHWARZ, E. A.: A biographical and bibliograph- ical sketch of Otto Heidemann 203 CAUDELL, A. N.: Address of Retiring President: An economic con- sideration of Orthoptera directly affecting man. . 84 Color dimorphism in Schistocerca damnified Sauss- . 2 Hi The habitat of Doru aculeatnm Scudder 217 CRAIGHEAD, F. C.: Determination of abdominal and thoracic areas of the Cerambycid larvae as based on a study of the muscles 1 29 CRAWFORD, J. C.: Some American Hymenoptera 127 CUSHMAN, R. A.: The native food-plants of the Apple Red-Bugs. . I Hi'. DE GRYSE, J. J.: Hypermetamorphism of the Lepidopterous Sup- feeders 1 ' ' 1 DUCKETT, A. B.: Notes on a little-known rabbit ear-mite 17 FISHER, W. S. : A new species of Xylotrechus 214 GAHAN, A. B., and ROHWER, S. A.: Horismology of the Hymenopter- ous wing 20 HEIDEMANN, OTTO: Two new species of lace-bugs.. . . HEINRICH, CARL: On the taxonomic value of some larval characters in the Lepidoptera 1 ^-i HOWARD, L. O. : Francis Marion Webster A curious formation of a fungus occurring on a fly. 19(i HOWARD, L,. O., SCHWARZ, E. A., and BTSCK. AUGUST: A biographical and bibliograph- ical sketch of Otto Heidemann 2():i HUTCHINSON, R. H.: Notes on the larvae of h'.nxestu notatu \Vicd. HUTCHINSON, R. H., and WEBB, J. L.: Preliminary note on the bio- nomics of Pullciiin nttli* Fabr. in America HYSSOP, J. A.: Pristoceni s rubrocinctus Giard.) 17- 29 p., pi. IV-V, Dec. 14, 1912. (U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Ent. Bui. 99, Pt, II.) Observations on the egg parasites of Da tana inlegerrima Walk. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 15, pp. 91-97, 1913. The rose aphis (Macrosiphum rosac L.) 15 p., figs. 4, pis. 3, May 19, 1914. (U. S. Dept. Agr. Bui. 90.) Two HUNDREDTH AND EIGHTY-NINTH MEETING. NOVEMBER 4, 1915. The 289th meeting of the Society was entertained by Prof. A. L. Quaintance at the Saengerbund Hall, November 4, 1915. There were present Messrs. Baker, Boving, Pusck, Craighead, Crawford, DeGryse, Ely, Ducket t, Fisher, Clahan, Greene, Hut- chison, Knab, Kotinsky, Pierce, Popenoe, Quaintance, Rohwei . Sunford, Sasscer, Schwarz, Shannon, Turner, \Yalton, ;uid White members and Max Kisliuk and H. L. Yiererk visitors. Mr. Robert J. Kewley was elected an active member and Mr. \V. S. Blatchley a corresponding member. At the close of the regular program, Mr. Yiereck told of some of his experiences in the handling of parasites in the Si.-ite of Cali- fornia and also gave some reminiscences of his visit to Italy. 6 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY The following program was presented: NOTES ON THE HABITS OF WEEVILS. (Coleoptera, Rhyncophora .) BY W. DWIGHT PIERCE. To the student of biologies the study of the weevils furnishes no end of surprises. We find almost every possible variation in insect life-history except those associated with parasitism. Among the weevils are external and internal plant feeders, predators on scale insects and m on woodboring insects, cannibals, inquilines, and myrmecophilous species. They breed in every portion of plants and some of them form galls. We find the eggs laid singly and in cluster, exposed and concealed. Different species have very clever ways of preparing the food for the young such as making elaborate leaf rolls, scraping the surface of fruit to make a scaly covering, puncturing the midrib of a leaf to prevent sap flow and growing fungus upon which the young may feed. The larvae are either external or internal feeders, phytophagous or entomophagous, sometimes even semiaquatic or aquatic. Many prepare silken cocoons. Some cover themselves with excrement. They mine leaves, tunnel stems, breed in buds, flowers, fruit or roots or eat the outer surface of plants. Some pupate in the plants, some on them, and many enter the ground. The devel- opment takes from a few days to several years. In the course of the last few years the writer and his associates had occasion to work out the life histories of many species. While these will be written up in full in the future it may be sometime before they can be published and it seems advisable to publish at this time brief notes covering as much of this work as possible so that other workers may have the advantage of them. The genus Apion has been divided by European authors into a number of genera of which the characters correspond remarkably with the biology. A preliminary glimpse at the records of our American species indicates that we can coordinate our classification in the same manner. It will be first necessary to learn more about our species. The following records increase materially the knowledge of American Apioninae. Apion impunctistriatum Smith breeds in the stems of the composites, Heterotheca subaxillaris and Ambrosia trifido in Texas. Apion ellipticum Smith forms a gall in the roots of Chaero- phyllum texanum, an umbelliferous plant. A 17 per cent control by parasitism was found at Dallas, Texas in 1907. Apion falli Wagner (pyriforme Smith) breeds in the pods of OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 7 Mimosa biuncinata, M. borealis, M. texana and M. fragrans and Acacia amentacea in Texas and Arizona. Apion umboniferum Fall breeds in the berries of Viburnum alnifolium in Texas. Apion xanthoxyli Linell breeds in the seeds of Xanthoxyhttn pterota in South Texas. Apion proclive LeConte breeds in the pods of Lupinus arbor ea in California. Apion rostrum Say breeds in the pods of Baptisia leucantha and B. tinctoria. Apion varicorne Smith breeds in the flower heads of Parosdu aurea in Texas and Oklahoma. Apion nasutum Fall breeds in the stems of a leguminous plant in Texas. Apion subornatum Fall breeds in the pods of Acacia amentacea and A. roemeriana in Texas. Apion decoloratum Fall breeds in the pods of Meibomia pani- culata, M. grandi flora and Gnaphalium obtusifolium. Apion solutum Fall breeds in the stems of Sphaeralcea angusti- folia in South Texas. Apion graciliforme Fall breeds in the stems of Kuhnistera obovata in Texas. Apion aculeatum Fall breeds in the flower heads of huisache (Vachellia farnesiana) and of a Mimosa. Among these fourteen species of Apion are stem, root, flower, fruit and seed weevils. These will ultimately be placed in several very distinct genera. All species of Apion pupate in the larval cell. Very little is yet known of the habits of our otiorhynchid weevils in this country. Notes on four species are presented herewith. Compsus auricephalus Say like many other otiorhynchid weevils related to it, lays its eggs in a mass of gummy substance on leaves and folds a portion of the leaf over them so that they are perfectly concealed. It has been found ovipositing in great numbers on cotton in south Texas. The eggs hatch in seven or eight days and the larvae enter the ground to feed on the roots of plants. Achrastenus griseus Horn lays its eggs in clusters on fruit tree leaves. Aphrastus unicolor Horn lays its eggs in clusters on cotton and other plants. Pandeleteius cinereus Horn breeds in the stems of mistletoe (Phoradendron flavescens) in Texas. The adults mature in the spring. The entire development takes place in the larval cell. 8 ' PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Sitona flavescens Marsham breeds in the nodules on roots of Lupinus pusillus at Dallas, Texas. Lixus tenellus Casey breeds in the stems of an umbelliferous; plant, causing a gall-like swelling. Like all other Lixus it pupates in the larval cell. Lissorhoptus simplex the rice weevil also breeds on the roots of Echinochloa crusgalli in south Texas. The larva is an external as well as an internal root feeder and makes a pupal cell of mud. Hyperodes echinatus Dietz breeds in the roots of Senecio lobatus and Plantago media in Texas and Louisiana. Hyperodes solutus Boheman breeds in the stems and scapes of Sagittaria latifolia at Dallas, Texas. No records have ever been published of the supposedly rare genus Pnigodes but the writer has several species, one bred from Ptilimnium capillaceum, others bred from Selenia aurea, Lepid- ium and Oenothera laciniata. They are root weevils and very common in Texas. Very little has been published on the habits of the genus Otidocepjialus. It is therefore of interest to note that Otido- cephalus arizonicus breeds in the stems of mistletoe (Phoraden- dron flavescens) at Dallas, Texas, and also in Arizona (as hereto- fore recorded). 0. carinicollis Horn breeds commonly at Dallas in the twigs of Bumelia lanuginosa. The adults appear in April and begin to mate. The immature stages require at least until December for development. Hibernation occurs in the larval, pupal and adult stages. It was found parasitized by Eurytoma sp., Ptinobius sp. nov., and Heterospilus sp. 0. chevrolati Horn breeds in the galls of Amphibolips on live oak twigs at Victoria, Texas. 0. dugesi Champion breeds in cynipid galls on oak at Durango, Mexico. Oopterinus perforatus Horn breeds in cynipid galls on roots of oak according to Mr. Schwarz. Orchestes pallicornis Say mines the leaves of Ulmus alata and U. americana at Dallas, and of Alnus at Falls Church, Va. Each larva makes a. separate mine and pupates in a cocoon in an in- flated portion of the mine. Prionomerus calceatus Say mines the leaves of Liriodendron tulipifera, and Sassafras officinale around Washington, D. C., and in Florida mines the leaves of Magnolia. The eggs are laid in the midrib. Several larvae feed side by side making large mines which inflate when dry. The pupal cells are of silk and clustered together. It has been found parasitized at Clarks- ville, Tenn. This species was first recorded from Liriodendron by Townend Glover. 1 J Rept. Dept. Agr. 1870, p. 68. OF WASHINGTON', VOLUME XVIII, 1916 Tylopterus pallidus LeConte breeds in the berries of Forestieria acuminata at Victoria, Texas. It enters the ground for pupation. Tyloptems varius breeds in the berries of Adelia pubescent at Dallas. Cylindrocopturus adspersus LeConte breeds in the stalks of Helianthus multiflorus, Ambrosia trifida and Xunthium in Texas. C. mammillatus breeds in the stems of Verbesina virginica in Texas and Oklahoma. C. operculatus Gyllcnhal breeds in the stems of several species of Hymenopappus at Dallas. The species of this genus pupate in the larval cell. The larvae arc usually found in the pith and arc characterized by the dark spiracular areas. Cryptorhynchus fallax LeConte breeds in the stems of Co.^in at Victoria. Rhyssematus lineaticollis Say breeds in the pods of Asclepiodora viridis and Asclepias latifolia in Texas. The larvae enter the ground for pupation. R. pruinosus breeds in the pods of Mimosa fragans in South Texas. R. palmacollis Say breeds in the seed pods of Ipomoea sinuata at Victoria, Texas. Chalcodermus vittatus Champion breeds in the seed of the balloon vine (Cardiospermum halicacabum) in south Texas. The larvae enter the ground for pupation. Tyloderma subpubescens Casey breeds in the stems of Poli/- gonum punctatum and P. portoricense at Victoria, Texas. Conotrachelus similis Boheman breeds in the berries of Bumelia lanuginosa in south Texas. C. leucophaeatus breeds in the stems of Euphorbia marginata. C. naso breeds in the acorns of Quercti* virginiana. C. albicinctus was bred at Dallas from a gall on Cornus cainH bred from nuts of various species of Hicoria. C. posticatus Boheman and C. affinis Boheman both breed in. hickory nuts in Louisiana. Perigaster cretura breeds externally on the leaves and stems of Ludwigia natans in south Texas. The larvae are yellow and have a gliding motion. They spin a silken thread with which they form a covering while they ('at. They work mainly under water. The pupal cell is composed of silk and a dark substance and is impervious to water. The adult is saltatory. This genus is confined to the plant genus Lud trig/a. Barinus squamolineatus Casey breeds in the roots of a rush 10 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY (Rynchospora) in south Texas. B. albescens LeConte breeds in the stems of Cyperus virens at Victoria. Trichobaris compacta breeds in pods of Datura stramonium at Dallas. It pupates in the pods. The genus Trichobaris is confined to solanaceous plants but the species usually breed in the stems. Rhinoncus pyrrhopus breeds in the stems of Polygonum pennsyl- vanicum. Baris cuneipennis Casey breeds under the bark of the roots of Gaillardia pulchella, Helenium tenuifolium and H. microcephalum in Texas. Numerous species of this genus have been bred by the writer and all breed under the bark of the roots. Orthoris cylindrifer Casey breeds in the stems and root crown of Mentzelia oligosperma at Dallas. The entire genus is confined to plants of the genus Mentzelia. Nyssonotus seriatus Casej^ breeds in the dry stems of Agave lecheguilla following attack by Peltophorus polymitus another weevil, in south Texas. Rhodobaenus 13-punctatus breeds in the stems of Xanthium commune, Heliantims, Ambrosia trifida and Polymnia canadensis. SOME INTERMEDIATES IN THE APHIDIDAE. (Hemiptera.) BY A. C. BAKER AND W. F. TURNER. In a recent paper 1 the authors discussed the intermediates so far known to occur in the Aphididae and expressed the opinion that they are of normal occurrence in the family and indicate the method by which the apterous form has been derived. Inter- mediates of several other species can now be added to the list and it seems worth while to consider a few other points also. If the family is at present in an unstable condition, and the alate forms are now being eliminated, two things would be ex- pected, first, we would expect the primitive aphids to show a very high percentage of alate individuals and, secondly, we might ex- pect to find alate examples of all the distinct forms of the family. If a random collection of aphids were made today in America a very high percentage of the specimens collected would be apter- ous individuals and alate aphids would be few comparatively. It is interesting to note then that among the tertiary aphids so far as we know the American forms only one specimen is apterous. This might possibly indicate a preponderance of alate forms at the time these deposits were laid down. 1 Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. xvu, 1915, p. 42. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 11 Alate aphids of all forms have now been recorded. Alate sexual ovipara are rare, but alate males are of very common occurrence. In some species two forms of males are known to exist, alate and apterous. The males in certain other species are, in our opinion, clearly intermediate in nature between alate males and typically apterous males. The male of Toxoptera mullenbergiae Davis is apterous and yet it retains many char- acters of the typically alate male. The thorax possesses fairly distinct alate characters. This is of such a prominent nature that the insect suggests an alate with the wings removed. What is even more significant is the fact that the ocelli are present. These two characters show the undoubted intermediate char- acter of this male. What has been said of mullenbergiae might also be said of the male of Aphis striplex Lin. This form likewise possesses remnants of the alate thorax and distinct ocelli, and is undoubtedly intermediate in nature. It is interesting to note that while in some males of atriplex the alate thoracic characters are well retained, in others they are represented by faint markings only. Both of these males might well be compared to the inter- mediate vivipara of Phyllaphis fagi Lin., herein described, except- ing that the wings in that form are not entirely reduced. The number of species with typically apterous sexed ovipara is very large. If the primitive aphids were sexed this condition would be expected much sooner than species with entirely apterous viviparae. Of the species of which intermediates are described in the present paper the writers have carried three throughout their entire cycles. ( These three have annual cycles and alternate hosts. They are Macrosiphum viticola Thos., Aphis prunifoliae Fitch (the avenae Fab., of American authors) and Aphis malifoliae Fitch (the sorbi Kalt. of American authors). In the first two species the intermediates have occurred upon the summer hosts and were intermediates between summer apterae and summer alates. This is also true of the intermediates of another species, persicae Sulz. Malifoliae Fitch winters upon the apple and spends the summer months upon species of Plantago, particularly upon rib grass. Alate forms during midsummer seem to be rare. The intermediates of this species occurred upon apple and were intermediates between alates which cannot live upon apple but must fly to plantains and apterae which cannot live upon plan- tains, but only upon apple. The intermediates lived and re- produced upon apple, thus taking on the nature of the primary apterous forms. Following are descriptions of viviparous intermediates of seven species of aphids. One character is noticeable in all of these forms. The remnants of the wings hang drooping at the sides of the insects. They have lost the support of the muscles. 12 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Aphis gossypii Glover. Antennae of the same lengths as those of the apterous forms; the third segment, however, armed with usually six sensoria which are irregular in size, very few being large as are those of the alate; median ocellus absent, the lateral ones, however, present in the specimens obtainable for study; thorax with the alate characters very little, if at all developed, muscles much reduced and some embryos visible within the thorax; wings much reduced, being about as long as the third segment of the antennae; cor- nicles not as short as those of the alate form, nor yet as long as those of the apterous, slightly curved outward, but this character not as evident as in the apterous form; cauda and anal plate similar to those of the apterous female. Color and general appearance similar to those of the apterous form. Described from three examples present in a collection taken August 9, 1912, on melon, Vienna, Va. Phyllaphis fagi Linn. Color nearly that of the alate. Antennae with the same measurements as those of the aptera, and with the same characters, there being no sen- soria on the third segment; ocelli absent; alate thoracic characters dis- tinct, showing moderately developed lobes on the dorsum; wings very much reduced, being small, oval, leaf like structures, with a thickening along the costal margin; other characters usual. Described from one specimen in a collection taken on beech, May 12, 1914, at Washington, D. C. This intermediate is interesting in having a fairly well developed thorax in connection with the much reduced wings. It is more interesting, however, in that this thorax, externally so well developed' has lost the large alary muscles entirely. It is filled with developing embryos and, therefore, does not agree at all with the thorax of the alate form. Macrosiphum viticola Thos. Color similar to that of the apterous form; antennae with the same measurements as those of the alate and with the third segment possessing about six circular sensoria; vertex not extending forward to median ocellus, but almost flat, this median ocellus being very faint in one specimen and absent in the other; lateral ocelli present; alate thoracic characters hardly present. Wings showing as pad-like structures not as large as the wing pads of the pupa; wings of both specimens about equally developed, but the great dorso-ventral muscles of the thorax somewhat more reduced in one than in the other; cauda long and narrow, similar to that of the other adult forms. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 13 Described from two examples, one in a collection of thin ecu adults made May 30, 1905, at Laurel, Md., and the other in a col- lection of seven adults, made on June 2, 1907, at Washington, !).('., both upon grape. Myzus persicae Sulz. Color green, very similar to that of the apterous form; antennae with the same measurements as those of the alate, but without the row of promi- nent sensoria found on the third segment of that form (the right antenna of one individual has one sensorium) ; ocelli. absent as in the apterous fe- male; wings reduced in one specimen to a little more than half the normal size with indications of some of the veins, in the other specimen small pad- like structures; alate thoracic characters absent in the specimen with the smaller wings and but little indicated in the other; alary muscles much reduced in both specimens, in the one, at least, showing almost the exact condition met with in the aptera; cauda elongate like that of the alate form. Described from two individuals taken on cabbage in the plant houses, Vienna, Va., February 5, 1915. One of these was isolated and produced j r oung in the normal manner. Other intermediates of the species were observed, but were not obtained for description. Aphis malifoliae Fitch. General appearance, color, etc., resembling that of the apterous form. Alate thoracic characters absent; wing represented by small pad-like structure 0.32 mm. long in one specimen and 0.16 mm. long in the other. An- tennae of about equal proportions in both specimens, though one is smaller than the other. "Segment III, 0.576 mm.; IV, 0.352 mm.; V, 0.288 mm.; VI, base 0.112 mm.; unguis 0.576 mm. One specimen has six sensoria near distal extremity of III, fifteen on IV, and three on V. The other specimen lias both antennae with the following sensoria, thirty- two and thirty-eight on segment III, seventeen and twenty-one on IV, three and four onV. Cornicles in one specimen 0.4 mm. long and in the other 0.448 mm. Described from two specimens reared during the spring of 1914. Aphis prunifoliae Fitch. General appearance and color approaching that of the apterous form. Antennae of first specimen as follows: III, 0.24 mm. long, and armed with nine sensoria; IV, 0.112 mm. and armed with two sensoria. Segment V, base 0.064 mm. unguis, 0.336 mm. This segmentation of the anlemr.ie is characteristic of many of the summer apterous forms. Alate thoracic characters absent; \\ings represented by pads about 0.3 mm. long. In the second specimen are more typically alate being as follows: Segment III, 0.272 mm. long and armed with eleven sensoria; segment IV, 0.1 Js 14 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY rnm. long and with five sensoria; V, about 0.125 mm. long and VI base, 0.064 mm., unguis 0.352 mm. Described from two specimens reared during the summer of 1915. Eriosoma sp. In a collection of an undescribed species of Eriosoma from pears in California made by W. M. Davidson, two intermediates are present. These resemble the apterous forms greatly but the eyes are composed of a large number of lenses. The apterous forms have a very simple eye composed of three facets whereas the eye of the alate form has many. In this intermediate nature indicated by the eyes only, the present species resembles certain species of Phylloxera. In discussion, Mr. Rohwer stated that he believed the absence of wingless aphids in fossils could be explained by the method in which the geological formations were laid down. He did not believe that their apparent absence from fossils should be assumed to mean that they were not in existence at the time the deposits were formed. THE EUROPEAN FIR TRUNK BARK LOUSE (CHERMES (DREY- FUSIA) PICEAE RATZ.) APPARENTLY LONG ESTABLISHED IN THE UNITED STATES. BY JACOB KOTINSKY, Forest Entomology, Bureau of Entomology. Recently the Bureau of Entomology of the U. S. Department of Agriculture has received pieces of balsam fir bark rather heavily infested with a Chermes, which careful comparison with descriptions and figures has shown fairly conclusively to be identical with the above named European species. The speci- mens came from Mt. Monadnock, N. H. where, the correspondent states, the infestation has been spreading during the past three years and a considerable number of trees had died during the time. This identification, when brought to Dr. Hopkins' attention, reminded him of a Chermes he collected on bark of balsam firs in the vicinity of Brunswick, Me., in August, 1908. A slide preparation of this material showed it also to agree with Chervic* piceae. The identification was based primarily on the integu- mental structure of the 1st instar of the stem mother in which form the insect hibernates on the bark and which presents the OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 15 most salient characters for the purpose. The absence of pores at the bases of the anterior and posterior coxae and the larger pores on some of the dorsal plates in this stage are some of the characters specifically distinguishing it from others. In Jour. Econ. Ent., in, 342-343, August, 1910, Dr. Felt reports the discovery of a Chermes on Nordmann's firs imported from Europe which was provisionally determined by himself and Dr. "Hopkins as Chermes piceae Ratz. The writer examined also this material, which consists of egg masses and old females on the bark of a terminal shoot, and the evidence tends to show that it is probably the young fir shoot bark louse (Chermes (Dreyfusia) nusslini C.B.) which, biologically by Nusslin and later morpho- logically by Bonier, has been found distinct from that living on the trunk, the latter never going to the young growth. The evidence, therefore, is at hand that the fir trunk bark louse has been in this country for at least seven years; and, judging by the location and the heaviness of the infestation of the bark collected by Dr. Hopkins, the insect must have been in this country a good many years, the exact or even approximate num- ber of which we will perhaps never be able to trace. As regards Chermes nusslini, Dr. Felt's note above referred to does not indicate whether any action has been taken to exterminate the colony on imported Nordmann's fir, so that we are not able to say whether or not that introduction led to its establishment in this country, if indeed, like Chermes piceae, it has not already been long established here. In Europe both these species are practically confined to fir trees, and while they are presumed to have an alternate host, this host i> not known. Nor are even all the generations known. In his " Conif eren-Laiise Chermes," published in 1907, Cho- lodkovsky records a Chermes that was sent him by Prof. Bouvier who collected it in one of the Paris parks on an American fir (Abies nobilis var. glauca) which Cholodkovsky designated as Chermes piceae, var. bouvieri. The morphological reasons for separating the variety are slight, but the fact that it produced y,;ill-like thickenings on the bark and buds was a rather marked biological difference. Nevertheless, in his article in the "Zool. Anzeiger," xxxni, after describing nusslini and discussing its relations. Bonier remarks on p. 750: "As Cholodkovsky's var. bouvieri is identical with the true piceae (and not a hunger form of nusslini, as I was wont to believe), we do not know whether the European piceae attacked the American silver fir after its intro- duction into Europe, or whether this species occurs also in North America and there, completes its normal cycle, and must pa- tiently await further discoveries on the geographical dislril>uiirioiislv considered. HORISMOLOGY OF THE HYMENOPTEROUS WING. BY S. A. ROHWER, Forest Entomology, AND A. B. GAHAN, Cereal ami Forage Crop Insects, Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C. INTRODUCTION. Anyone who has attempted to do serious systematic work in the Hymenoptera cannot but have experienced difficulty in interpreting the meaning of certain authors in their description of wing venation. The lack of a uniform system of nomenclature, has caused the application in many cases of several names to the same vein or cell, while in other instances the same name has been applied to two or more different parts of the wing. Unless an author has indicated the authority whom he proposes to fol- low in naming the parts of the wing or has otherwise explained his own system it often becomes a puzzle to be certain of his meaning. The difficulty experienced in such instances with the consequent loss of time entailed, has caused us to feel the need of a key to the synonym}*- of venational terms as well as a uniform set of names to be used in our own work. It is the intention, therefore, to here present in so far as pos- sible a complete and uniform nomenclature for the wing veins and wing cells of Hymenoptera, together with a synonymical index to wing nomenclature compiled from the works of the most promi- nent Hymenopterologists past and present. Figures illustrating all of the more striking types of venation found in the order arc included. From a study of these figures it will be possible, wr hope, for the student to correctly apply the nomenclature to any wing in the order, and also by reference 'to the synonymical list to interpret the meaning of the terms used by others in the pa-4. OF WASHINGTON. VOLUME XVIII, 1916 21 In the nomenclature adopted in this work no attention has been given to priority, although the intention has been to choose those names which have, by long usage, become most familiar, and to avoid, except where necessary or desirable, the proposal of new names. In the naming of the hind wings the same system has been fol- lowed as for the front wing, in so far as practicable with the ex- ception that to the name of each vein and cell the diminutives "ella" and "ellan" are added in order to distinguish the parts of the forewing from those of the hindwing and avoid the necessity of each time stating to which wing the reference is meant . The system of wing nomenclature proposed by Woodworth (1906) contains some interesting features but these cannot be considered to be of any special value to the taxonomists nor do they enable one to understand the terminology used by previous systematists. Woodworth's paper can only be useful to the morphologist. Those who advocate the advantages of the Comstock-Needham -ystem of terminology will no doubt regret that this system has not been used as the basic terminology here. We believe that this system possesses no appreciable advantages to the systematist while it does have certain disadvantages; first, that in the groups where the venation is much reduced the formula becomes long and cumbersome as well as meaningless (as in the Chalcids) ; second, the system is founded on insufficient investigation and fu- ture studies will necessitate repeated changes to agree with the facts. We believe it is much better for taxonomic work to des- ignate a given area by a given name and call it that regardless of its possible homologies or analogies. As a system of designating veins and cells for the morphologist the Comstock-Needham system possesses certain advantages, but as a terminology to be used in taxonomic work we do not believe it is desirable. DEFINITION AND SYNONYMY. In cases where a vein is divided into sections by an intersecting vein or veins these sections are called abscissae and in longitudinal veins are numbered from the base of the vein. The number of abscissae of a given vein may vary in different groups or even in the same group, their number being determined by the number of points of intersection, e.g., in figure 1 cubitus is divided into seven abscissae and in figure 2 into five. A. THE FOREWINGS WITH MANY VEINS. The nomenclature adopted for the forewing is, with a few modi- fications and additions, that used by Oesson which has been 22 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY quite generally followed by later Hymenopterists. The principal departures from that system are in the introduction of the terms brachius, anal, intercalaris, intercosta and prenervulus, as names for veins and crossveins, changing the term transverse median nervure to nervulus and the use of the prefix "inter" instead of transverse for the cubital and radial crossveins. Cresson's second discoidal cell is changed to first brachial cell and his first apical cell to second brachial. The application in some cases of distinct names to the different sections of longitudinal nervures (e.g., the first longitudinal vein equals costa + stigma + metacarpus) may seem unwise at first sight to morphologists and even to systematists but we believe that for descriptive purposes it is desirable since it makes possible more exactness in descriptions. The terms intercalarial cell, prenervulus and interradius are new terms, all others having been used before in wing nomenclature and with the same meaning as used here except in the case of the brachius, and anal veins. Section I. Cells. Costal cell. I in all figures. The area between costa (or in some cases intercalaris) and subcosta, basad of stigma. In Chalastogastra often divided by intercosta; in Clistogastra occasionally wanting. Synonyms: Costal cell Norton 1867, Shuckard, Cameron 1882, Marlatt 1894, Fernald 1906, Cockerell and Robbins 1910, Costal area Kirby. Area costalis Dahlbom 1845. Cellule costale Lacordaire 1834, de Ro- mand. Cellula costalis Dahlbom 1845, -Thomson. Costalzelle Schmie- deknecht 1907, Kieffer 1912. Costalcelle Neilsen and Henriksen 1915. Areola costalis Haliday. Cellule brachiale Lepeletier 1825, Andre 1879. Premier cellule brachiale Lepeletier 1836. Areola brachialis Andre 1879. Areola subbrachialis Hartig. Areola submargin/alis Foerster 1877. Cellula inter cubitalis Dahlbom. Intercostalfeld Konow 1901. Areola mediastina -Nees. Schulterzelle- Mayr. C-\-Sci -- Fernald 1906. C- Bradley 1908. ScM (= 1st costal), Sci (= 2nd costal) Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906. Sc (first costal) Comstock and Needham 1898. Intercalarial cell. Fig. 1, X. The area between intercalaris and costa. Present only in Chalastogastra with generalized venation. Synonyms: C Comstock and Needham 1898. Radial cell or cells. II and supernumbers in all figures. The area bounded posteriorly by the radius and anteriorly by stigma, metacarpus or the margin of wing or a combination of OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 two or all of these. In Chalastogastra often divided by one or more cross-veins (interradii) . Where there are more than one cell they are numbered from base of wing out. Synonyms: Radial cell Shuckard, Norton 1867, Cameron 1882, Cres- son 1887, Marlatt 1894, Morley 1903, Fernald 1906. Radial areolet Mar- shall 1885. Radial cellule Say 1825. Cellule radialis Andre 1879. Areola radialis Haliday, Foerster 1877. Cellule radiale Saussure 1852, Jurine 1807, Lepeletier 1825, Lacordaire 1834, de Romand, Sichel, Ber- thoumieu 1904. Cellula radialis Dahlbom 1845, Gravenhorst, Coshi. RadialfeldKonow 1901. Radialzelle Ratzeburg 1848, Hartig, Zaddach, Kohl 1896, Szeligeti 1904, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Dalla Torre and Kieffer 1910, Friese 1911, Enslin 1912, Kieffer 1912. Radialccllar Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Marginal cellule Say 1825. Marginal cell Norton 1867, Smith, Cresson 1887, Ashmead 1900, Cockerell and Robbins 1910. Areola marginalis Latreille, Thomson. Margin Cell Shuckard. Area costalis Fallen. Costal area Kirby. .4 pical cell Morley 1903. 1st R! (= first radial) Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906. 2d R l - second radial) Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906. R 2 - (= third radial) Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906. 2dRi +#, Fernald 1906, Bradley 1908. Cell IIIi + 2 (as in bees) Robertson 1902 a, 1902 b, 1903 c. Appendiculate cell. (Not illustrated.) The usually incomplete cell formed by the metacarpus or ante- rior margin of wing and a spurious branch or extension of radius beyond the end of the radial cell. Occurs in many groups but is seldom of taxonomic importance. Synonyms: Appendicular Cell Cameron 1882. Areola appendicea Hartig, Foerster 1877, Andre 1879. Cellula appendicea Costa. Cellule appendicee Andre 1879. Anhangszelle Kohl 1896, Konow 1901, Enslin 1912. Vedhaengscelle Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Appendiculate cell Marlatt 1894. Cubital cell or cells. III and supernumbers in all figures when present. The area between the radius and cubitus, often divided by a number of crossveins in which case the cells are numbered from the base of the wing to the apex. In Ichneumonidac and certain other Clistogastra the first abscissa of cubitus is wanting and the first cubital is confluent with the first discoidal. In Ichneu- monidea and Cynipoidea the second cubital is greatly reduced in size and is termed areolet. Most writers have been consistent in designating this area and have numbered the cells from the base outward as can be seen from the following synonymy. In certain cases however authors have definitely named certain cells by an additional word or prefix; :md 24 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY in these cases they are listed under the cell to which they definitely refer. Synonyms: Cubital cells Ratzeburg 1848, Norton 1867, Shuckard, Cameron 1882, Marlatt 1894, Fernald 1906. Areola cubitalis Foerster 1877, Andre 1879. Cubital cellule Say 1825. Cubital areolet Marshall 1885. Cellule cubitalc Dahlbom 1845, Jurine 1807, Lepeletier, Lacor- daire 1834, Wesmael, de Romand, Saussure 1852, Andre 1879, Sichel, Mor- ley 1903, Berthoumieu 1904. Cellula cubitalis Costa. Cubitalzelle Hartig, Zaddach, Mayr, Kohl 1896, Sphmiedeknecht 1907, Friese 1911, Enslin 1912, Kieffer 1912, Konow 1901, Szepligeti 1904. Cubital/eld Konow 1901. Cubitalcelle Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Sub-marginal cellule- Say 1825. Sub-marginal cells Norton 1867, Cresson 1887, Stoiith. Areola submarginalis- Latreille. Cellula submarginalis Thomson. Synonymy of the First cubital cell: Erste cubitalzelle Dalla Torre and Kieffer 1910. Areola costalis Dahlbom. Cellula cubitalis intcrna Gravenhorst. Middle Areole Kirby. Areola intermedia Fallen. R+ 1st R l Fernald 1906, Bradley 1908. R Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906. Synonymy of the Second cubital cell: Areola intermedia Dahlbom. Cellula intermedia Gravenhorst. R$ Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906. R t+& Bradley 1908. Cell 777 6 Rob- ertson 1902 a, 1902 b, 1903 a, 1903 c. Synonyms of the areolet: Areolet Cresson 1887, Ashmead 1900, Morley 1903. Areola Gravenhorst, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Dalla Torre and Kieffer. Synonymy of the Third cubital cell: Areola terminalis Dahlbom. Cellula externa Gravenhorst. Dritte Cubitelzelle Dalla Torre and Kief- fer 1910. Rt Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906. R 3 Bradley 1908. Cell III, Robertson 1902 a, 1902 b. Synonymy of the Fourth cubital cell: Apical areole Kirby. Ry Com- stock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906. Median cell. IV in all figures. The area basad of basal vein and between the subcosta (or costa) and medius. Synonyms: Median cell Cresson 1887, Fernald 1906. Medial cell Cockerell and Robbins 1910. First medial cell Norton 1867. Cellule medianede Romand. Medialzelle Schmiedeknecht 1907, Kieffer 1912, Konow 1901. Medialfeld Konow 1901. Aussere Mittelzelle Mayr. Ex- terno medial cell Shuckard. Externo-median cell Cresson 1887. Area costalis Fallen, Dahlbom. Areola costalis Andre 1879. Cellule costale Andre" 1879, Berthoumieu 1904. Subcostal cell Marlatt 1894. Cellule sous-costale Lacordaire. Humeral cell Cameron 1882. First humeral cell Ratzeburg 1848. Premiere cellule humerale Wesmael. Areola hu- meralis antica Foerster 1877. Cellule humcrnlis externa Gravenhorst. OF WASHINGTON', VOLUME XVIII, 19Hi 25 First brachial cell Norton 1867. Areola bnicliitilia 'interior Nees. Deuxieme cellule brachiale -Lepeletier. Praebrachial areolet Marshall 1885. Areola praebrachialis Haliday. Intermediate area Kjrby. First basal cellMorley 1913. M Comstock and Ncedham 1898, Bradley 1908, Mac- Gillivray 1906. Cell 1st IV Robertson 1904. Discoidal cells. -V and supernumbers in all figures where they occur. The area beyond basal and bounded anteriorly by the cubitus and posteriorly by discoideus and subdiscoideus, often divided by two cross-veins (recurrents) in which case the cells are num- bered from the base of the wing towards the apex. This area has been treated a number of different ways which has been the cause of some confusion. Many authors have in- cluded the first brachial as a discoidal and have excluded the third discoidal numbering the three cells either right or left from the first. Certain authors have treated the discoidal cells as is proposed in this paper. In the great majority of cases it is necessary, however, to list the synonymical terms under each cell. Synonyms: Cellula discoidale Dahlbom 1845. Discoidal cells Norton 1867. Areola discoidalis Foerster 1877. Discoidalzellen Schmiedeknecht 1907. Discoidalcellar Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Synonymy of the First discoidal cell: First discoidal cell Shuckard, Cameron 1882, Ashmead 1900, Cresson 1887, Fernald 1906, Cockerell and Robbins 1910. Discoidal cell Smith. Erste discoidalzelle Ratzeburg 1848, Zaddach, Kohl 1896, Friese 1911. Cellule discoidale Andre 1879. Areola discoidalis prima Foerster 1877, Andre 1879. Cellula discoidalis prima Costa. Discoidalzelle Mayr, Konow 1901, Enslin 1912, Kieffer 1912. Premiere cellule discoidale Lepeletier 1825. Deuxieme cellule discoidale de Romand. Cellula discoidalis interior Gravcnhorst. Cell- ule discoidale superieure externa Wesmael. First discal cell Marlatt 1894. Areola exterior Haliday. Areola praediscoidalis Haliday. Prae- discoidal areolet Marshall 1885. Areola costalis Fallen. Cellula furcata Thomson. M 4 Comstock and Needham 1898, MacCillivray 1906, Fer- nald 1906, Bradley 1908. Cell 2nd IV Robertson 1904. Synonymy of the Second discoidal cell: Second discoidal cell Cameron 1882, Banks 1912. Cellule discoidale 2 Andre 1879. Zweite Discoidalzelle Zaddach, Kohl 1896, Friese 1911. Areola discoidalis secunda Foerster 1877, Andre 1879. Cellula discoidalis secunda Costa. Cellule discoidale Berthoumieu 1904. Cellula discoidalis Thomson. Second discal cell Marlatt 1894. First discoidal cellMorley 1903. Third discoidal cell Shuckard, Cresson 1887, Fernald 1906, Cockerell and Robbins 1910. Troi- sieme cellule discoidale Lepeletier 1836, de Romand. Cellule discoidale inferiewe Lepeletier 1825, Wesmael. Cellula discoidalis intermedia Gravenhorst. Areola exterior Haliday. Areola intermedia Graven- 26 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY horst. Areola specularis Dahlbom, Fallen. Medialzelle Konow 1901. lstl/2 Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906, Fernalcl 1906, Bradley 1908. Discoidalzelle Szepligeti 1904. Synonymy of the Third discoidal cell: Third discoidal cell Morley 1903. Areola discoidalis tertia Foerster 1877. Troisieme cellule discoidale- Dahlbom, Sichel. Quatrieme cellule discoidale de Romand. Areola ex- terna media Haliday. Premiere cellule du limbe Lepeletier. Medial- zellen Konow 1901. Erste Hinterzelle Zaddach. Second apical cell Shuckard, Cresson 1887, Fernald 1906. First posterior cell Cameron 18S2, Marlatt 1894. Cellule posterieiipes Andre 1879. Areola posterior prima Andre 1879. Cellula postica externa Gravenhorst. MI Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906, Bradley 1908. Discocubital cell. Fig. 5, V 1 and III 1 . The combination of the first cubital and first discoidal cells due to the loss wholly or in part of the first abscissa of cubit u>. The usual condition in Ichneumonidae but also found in other groups e.g., Braconidae and Sphecoidea. Synonyms: Disco-cubital cell Cresson 1887, Ashmead 1900. Cellula discocubitalis Schmiedeknecht 1907. First cubital cell Morlej r 1903 but in other works uses term discocubital. Discocubital zelle Szepligeti 190'}. Submedian cell. VI, in all figures where it occurs. The area basad of nervulus and between medius and submedius. Synonyms: Submedian cell Cresson 1887, Ashmead 1900, Fernald 1906, Cockerell and Robbins 1910. Erste Submedialzelle Kohl 1896. Sub- medialzelle Schmiedeknecht 1907, Kieffer 1912. Area submedialis prima Kohl 1896. Cellule sous-mediane de Romand. Cellula sufimedialis [basal] -Dahlbom 1845. Median cell Cameron 1882, Marlatt 1894. Cellule mediane Lacordaire 1834, Andre 1879, Berthoumieu 1904. Areola media- Andre 1879. Second median cell Norton 1867. Interno-medial cell Shuckard, Cresson 1887. Innere Mittelzelle Mayr. Areola humeralis media interna Foerster 1877. Areola humeralis media Hartig. Cellula humeralis intermedia Gravenhorst. Zweite humeralzelle Ratzeburg 1848. Deuxieme cellule humerale Wesmael. Second brachia-l cell Norton 1867. Troisieme cellule brachiale Lepeletier. Brachialfeld Konow 1901. lirn- chialcelle Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Pobrachial areolet Marshall 1885. Second basal cell Ashmead 1893, Morley 1903. Vordere-mittelere Schultcr- zelle Szepligeti 1904. Anal cell Ashmead 1900 (p. 66). Cu+Cui Mac- Gillivray 1906, Fernald 1906, Bradley 1908. Cu (first submedian) Com- stock and Needham 1898. Cell VI (first and submedian) Robertson 1904. Cui (second submedian) Comstock and Needham 1S98. Cell V- (second submedian) Robertson 1904. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 27 Brachial cells. VII and supernumbers in figures where they occur. The area beyond the nervulus and bounded anteriorly by
  • - coideus and subdiscoideus and posteriorly by brachius and the posterior margin of the wing. Usually separated by the antero- posterior part of discoideus, and numbered from the base of the wing. The brachial cells as denned in this paper have been vari- ously treated and it is necessary to list the synonjins separately. It appears no other writers have used the same definition as the one used here. First brachial cell. This cell has been commonly called second discoidal in America, but in Europe three writers, Thomson, Schmiedeknecht and Ber- thoumieu, have designated it as brachial. Synonyms: Second discoidal cell Cresson 1887, Ashmead 1900, Morley 1903, Fernald 1906, Cockerell and Robbins 1910. Cellule brac/u'a/e Ber- thoumieu 1904. Zweite Discoidalzelle Ratzeburg 1848, Szepligeti 1904. Deuxieme cellule discoidale superieure Lepeletier 1825. Area submedialis secunda Kohl 1896. Cellula submedialis [outer] Dahlbom 1845. Deux- ieme cellule discoidale Lepeletier 1836. Zweite submedialzelle Kohl 1896. Areola discoidalis tertia Andre 1879. Cellula discoidalis tertia Costa. Dritte Discoidalzelle Zaddach. Cellule discoidale interne Wesmael. Hintere-mittlere Schulterzelle Szepligeti 1904. Hintere Discoidalzelle- Kieffer 1912. Cellule sous-discoidale de Romand. Third discal cell Marlatt 1894. Cellula secunda brachialis Thomson. Brachialzelle Szepligeti 1905, Schmiedeknecht 1907. Cellule mediana [apical] Lacor- daire 1834. Distale Submedianzelle Kieffer 1912. Areola humeralis media externa Foerster 1877. Cellula postica interna Gravenhorst. Areola posterior Haliday. Podiscoidal areolet Marshall 1885, Haliday. Middle areole Kirby. Analzelle Konow 1901. Inner apical cell Norton 1867. M 3 Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906, Bradley 1908. Cell V l Robertson 1904. Second brachial cell. Synonyms: First apical ce Shuckard, Cresson 1887, Fernald 1906. Outer apical cell Norton 1867. Apical areole Kirby. Cellule apicale de Romand. Area terminalisDahlbom. Cellula discoidalis externa Grav- enhorst. Cellule anale Wesmael, Haliday. Cellula apicalis Dahlbom 1845. Anal ceM Marshall 1885, Morley 1903. Second posterior cell- Cameron 1882, Marlatt 1894. Areola posterior secunda Andre 1879. Deuxieme cellule du linibe Lepeletier. Area specularis Nees. Aussere Hinterzelle Zaddach. 2dM 2 Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGil- livray 1906, Fernald 1906, Bradley 1908. 28 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Anal cell or cells. VIII and supernumbers in figures where they occur. The area immediately behind submedius and brachius and, in all Hymenoptera in which the anal vein is absent, bounded poste- riorly by the hind margin of the wing; in those Chalastogastra in which the anal vein is present it forms the posterior boundary of the cell. In those Chalastogastra in which the anal vein is present the anal cell is of considerable taxonomic value as it is either open and constricted basally, or with the interanal cross- vein present (fig. 1), or contracted and closed medially, or petio- late (fig. 2) . This term has been used generally for the area as it occurs in Clistogastra while the closed anal cell of the Chalasto- gastra has been variously designated (in America usually as lanceolate cell), but inasmuch as it is impossible to determine whether the anal vein has faded out or has coalesced with sub- medius and brachius we prefer the above definition. Synonyms: Anal cell Shuckard, Cresson 1887, Cockerell and Rob- bins 1910, Fernald 1906. Areola analis Andre 1879. Anal area Kirby. Cellula analis Costa, Dahlbom 1845. Cellule anale Lacordaire 1834, de Romand, Berthoumieu 1904. Cellula humeralis interna Gravenhorst. Cellule humerale Wesmael. Area humeralis lanceolata Foerster 1877. Humeralfeld Konow 1901, Enslin 1912. Humeralcelle Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. H inter Schulterzelle Szepligeti 1904. Lanceolate cell Norton 1867, Cameron 1882, Marlatt 1894, Rohwer 1910. Cellule lanceolee Hartig, Andre 1879. Lanzettformigp Zelle Zaddach, Konow 1901, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Enslin 1912. Lancetcelle Nielson and Henriksen 1915. Third basal cellMorley 1903. Axillary areolet Marshall 1885. IstA (first anal, in Chalastogastra) Comstock and Needham 1898, Mac- Gillivray 1906. 2dA (second anal, in Chalastogastra) Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906. 3dA (in Clistogastra) Fernald 1906, Bradley 1908. Posterior cell. Figs. 1, 2, IX. The area posterior to the anal vein, when present, and bounded posteriorly by the hind margin of the wing. Present only in cer- tain Chalastogastra. Synonyms: Cellula postica Dahlbom. Area humeralis postica Hartig, Foerster 1877. Analfeld Konow 1901. 3dA Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906. Section II. Veins. Costa. Fig. 1, AX'B; figs. 2, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, AB. The vein on the anterior margin of wing from base to stigma, in some wings enlarging somewhat before the stigma and this en- larged portion has been termed parastigma. In many Clisto- OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, I'.U'i 29 gastra, costa and subcosta are combined, or nearly, and in these cases the combined veins are known as costa. Most authors have considered that the costa was the entire vein or the anterior mar- gin of the wing (costa + stigma + metacarpus). Synonyms of costa: Costa Marshall 1885, Morley 1903, MacGillivray 1906. Costalader Szepligeti 1904. Costalis Kieffer 1912. C Comstock and MacGillivray 1898, MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906, Bradley 1908. Synonyms of costa + metacarpus: Costa Latreille, Thomson, Cameron 1882, Cresson 1887, Konow 1901, Morice 1903, Fernald 1906, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Enslin 1912. Costal vein^-Norton 1867, Marlatt 1894. Costal nervnn Kirby, Shuckard, Cockerell and Robbins 1910. Nervure costal Lacor- daire 1834, Andre 1879, Berthoumieu 1904. Nervure costalis Schenck, Fallen, Dahlbom, Haliday, Andre 1879. Costalaare Nielsen and Hen- riksen. Costa marginalis Mayr. Vena marginalis Foerster 1877. Rad- ius Jurine, Hartig, Saussure 1852. Radius superior Lepeletier. Prc- miere nervure humeralc Wesmael. Randader Zaddach. Randnerv- Zad- dach. Randrippe Mayr. Laracinc Tosquinet 1896. Le cote Saussure 1852. Intercalates. Fig. 1, XX 1 . A longitudinal vein parallel with the anterior margin of the wing, occurring in the costal cell of some of the more generalized wings of Chalastogastra; lying between costa and subcosta with its basal end at the base of the wing and its apical end either on costa or subcosta or branched, one branch terminating on costa and the other on subcosta. Synomyms: Vena inter calaris Foerster 1877. Nervus intercalaris Andr6 1879. Nervure intercalate fourohue Andre 1879. Inlercostalader Konow 1901, Enslin 1912. Inttrcostalaare- Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Nervus mediastinus Thomson. Sc Gomstock and Xoedham 1898, Mac- Gillivray 1906. Intercosta. Fig. 2, YY'. A cross-vein in some Chalastogastra dividing the costal cell. usually at about its apical fourth and having its anterior end on costa and its posterior end on subcosta. Synonyms: I/iti'i-coxtulm rr Konow 1901. Inter cos talqiu r>n-rr Enslin 1912. Intercostaltvaeraart Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. 7Vf//.sT. Tin- first basal longitudinal vein from cosla. (when intercalaris is wanting) and para! lei with il , extending from b;ixe of wing to 30 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY stigma. In some Clistogastra the subcosta is combined with the costa and is considered 'wanting, being termed costa, q. v. Synonyms: Subcosta Kohl 1896, Konow 1901, Morice 1903, Fernald 1906, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Enslin 1912. Subcostalis Dalla Torre and Kieffer 1910, Kieffer 1912. Subcostal vein Marlatt 1894. Nervus sub- costalis Nees, Haliday, Andre 1879, Siibcostal nervure Cameron 1882, Cockerell and Bobbins 1910. Nervure sous-costale Lacordaire 1834, Andre 1879. Subcostalaare Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Postcosta Latreille, Thomson, Kohl 1896. Postcostal nervure Kirby, Shuckard. Nervure post-costale de Romand. Nervus postcostalis Thomson. Vena postcostalis Dahlbom 1842. Vena submarginalis Foerster 1877. Nervus auxiliaris Schenck, Fallen, Dahlbom. Costa scapularis Mayr. Schul- terrippe Mayr. Unter-randnervZuddach. Cubitus Jurine, Hartig, Say 1825, Saussure. Cubitus superieur Lepeletier. Premiere nervure humeraleWesmael. Sc+R+M MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906, Brad- ley 1908. R+M Comstock and Needham 1898 (fig. 48), MacGillivray 1906. R Comstock and Needham 1898. Stigma. Figs. 1, 2, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, BC. The triangular, lanceolate or oval and greatly thickened por- tion of the vein on the anterior margin of the wing and located at or near the middle. Synonyms: Stigma Gravenhorst, Say 1825, Shuckard, Wesmael, Dahl- bom, de Romand, Thomson, Nees, Norton 1867, Marshall 1885, Cresson 1887, Kohl 1896, Ashmead 1900, Konow 1901, MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Friese 1911, Enslin 1912, Nielsen and Henrik- sen 1915. Apterostigma Wheeler 1910, Carpus Say 1825, Zaddach, Foerster 1877. Carpe Lacordaire 1834. Punctum costale Fallen. Rnml- mal Hartig, Szepligeti 1904. Le point Jurine. Le point epais Lepele- tier. Point epais Saussure. Vingemaerkc Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Ramus marginalia Szepligeti 1904. Punctum Say 1825. Pterostigma Kohl 1896. FlugelmalKohl 1896. Metacarpus. Fig. 1, CRD; figs. 2, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, The vein on the anterior margin of wing beyond the stigma. Synonyms: MetacarpusMarshall 1885, Morley 1903. Ramus post- marginalisSztpligeti 1904. Ri MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906. Radius. Fig. l.HLD; fig^HMH 1 ; figs. 5, 6,9,HKH'; figs. 7, S,HLH'; fig. 10, KH. The first apical longitudinal vein from metacarpus, iisiuilly originating from stigma, although in some Chalastogastra it origi- nates on subcosta and in all cases oxl ending towards (sometimes attaining) apex of wing. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 31 Synonyms: Radius Lepeletier 1825, Say 1825, Schenck, Dahlbom, \Vesmael, Ratzeburg, Haliday, Cresson 1887, Marshall 1885, Ashmead 1900, Konow 1901, Morice 1903, Fernald 1906, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Enslin 1912. Radialis Dalla Torre and Kieffer 1910, Kieffer 1912. Vena radialis Dahl- bom 1845, Hartig, Foerster 1877. Radial vein Cameron 1882, Marlatt 1894. Nervus radialis Andre 1879. Radial nervure Shuckard. Nervure r/idiale Lacordaire 1834, de Romand, Sichel, Andre 1879. Radius inferieur Lepeletier 1836. Radialader Szepligeti 1904, Kohl 1896. Radialaare- Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Nervus radialis Berthoumieu 1904. Nerru* itiin-fjinalis Thomson. Marginal vein Norton 1867, Cresson 1887. Mar- ginal nervure Cockerell and Robbins 1910. Subradialader Zaddach. Basix-radii -Used by Schmeideknecht 1907 for first abscissa. Section S of vein III Robertson 1903 b. Interradius, ii. Fig. 1, QQ 1 and RR 1 . A cross-vein, or veins, connecting radius and stigma or radius and metacarpus, and dividing the radial cell. Occur only in Chalastogastra and one or two small groups of Clistogastra. Synonyms: Vena transverso radialis Foerster 1877. Nervi transverso- /fn]itilis Andre 1879. Nervure transverso radiale Andre 1879. Trans- verse radial Cameron 1882, Marlatt 1894. Radialquernerv Konow 1901, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Enslin 1912. Radialtaeraare Nielsen and Hen- riksen 1915. Radialschneidnerv Zaddach. Nervures recurrences radiates de Romand. Transverse marginal vein Norton 1867. r (first inter- radius) MacGillivray 1906. Rz (second interradius) Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906. cv (first interradius) Comstock and Needham 1898. Appendiculate. (Not illustrated.) The continuation of radius (or metacarpus?) from the posterior apical end of radial cell towards the end of the wing, forming the posterior boundary of the appendiculate cell. Synonyms: Appendice de la radial Andre'- 1879. Cubitus. Figs. 1, 2,6,010!; fig. 5, K'NG 1 ; figs. 7, 10, GK 1 G 1 ; fig. 8.GIM 1 : fig. 9, GIK^G 1 . The second apical longitudinal vein from the metacarpus and forming the posterior boundary of the cubital cells. In Clisto- ga>tra usually originating at basal vein (fig. 6, 8, 9, 10) and ex- tending to near apex of wing. In Chalastogastra usually origin ;i t - in at subcosta (fig. 1, 2) and extending to near apex of wing. In those Clistogasl ra in which the first al<-i>sa of cubitu- i- want- ing the cubitus lias its basal end at first intercubitus or the posi- I'IOH this vein would occupy if it were present. 32 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Synonyms: Cubitus Lepeletier 1825, Dahlbom, Wesmael, Zaddach, Ratzeburg 1848, Haliday, Marshall 1885, Ashmead 1900, Konow 1901, Morice 1903, Fernald 1906, Enslin 1912. Cubitalis Dalla, Torre 1910, Kieffer 1912. Vena cubitalis Dahlbom 1845, Hartig, Foerster 1877. Nervus cubitalis Andre 1879. Cubital vein Cameron 1882, Cresson 1887, Marlatt 1894. Cubital nervure Shuck&Td, Cockerell and Robbins 1910. Nervure cttfcitaZe Laeordaire 1834, de Romand, Sichel, Andre 1879. Cubi- taldare Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Cubitus inferieur Lepeletier 1836. Cubitalrippe Mayr. Submarginal vein Norton 1867. Vena submargin- alis Thomson. Intercubiti. Figs. 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, KK 1 , LL 1 , MM 1 . The cross-veins connecting radius and cubitus, varying in num- ber from one to three and numbered from the base of the wing out. Synonyms: Transverso-cubitalis Foerster 1877, Schmiedeknecht 1907. Kieffer 1912. Nervure transverso-cubitale Andre 1879. Vena transverso- cubitalis Dahlbom 1845. Venuln transverso-cubitalis Costa. Trans- verse cubitus Cresson 1887. Transverse cubital Cameron 1882, Marlatt 1894, Fernald 1906. Transverso cubital nervure Shuckard, Cockerell and Robbins 1910. Nervus transverso cubitalis Andre 1879. Cubitalquernerv Konow 1901, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Enslin 1912. Cubitalquerader Kohl 1896, Sze'pligeti 1904, Friese 1911. CubitaUvacraare Nielsen and Henrik- sen 1915. Cubital nerves Morice 1903. Inter cubital nervure Marshall 1885. Cubitalscheidnerv- Zaddach. Transverse submarginal nervures Norton 1867. Nervures recurrents cubitalis de Romand. Nervi tran*- versi Fallen. Nervus connectus Dahlbom. Querrippe Mayr. Radio- medial cross-vein (first intercubitus) MacGillivray 1906. Fifth branch of radius (second intercubitus) MacGillivray 1906. Fourth branch of ratlin* (third intercubitus) MacGillivray 1906. r-m (first intercubitus) Corn- stock and Needham 1898, Robertson 1902 b, 1903 a, c, MacGillivray 1906. r-m+Rs (first intercubitus) Fernald 1906, Bradley 1908. Rs, (second intercubitus) Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906, Bradley 1908. R* (third intercubitus) Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906, Bradley 1908. Vein Ilh (second intercubitus) Robertson 1902 a, 1902 b, 1903 a. Vein Illy (third intor- cubitus) Robertson 1903 b. Medius. Figs. 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, FG 1 ; fig. 9, FG; fig. 10, FF 1 . The first basal longitudinal vein which diverges from the ante- rior margin of the wing; arising at the base of the wing or from subcosta near its base and forming the posterior boundary of the median cell and terminating at- the basal vein. But few authors have considered that medius terminated at basal, many have ex- tended it to include the basal portion of discoideus. while some have added to it subdiscoideus. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 33 Synonyms of Medius: Nervus medius Andre 1879 (in text but not fig.). MedialisKietter 1912. Median Fernald 1906. MedialaderFriese 1911. Externo medial nervure -Cockerell and Robbins 1910. Cu-\-m Mac- Gillivray 1906, Fernald 1906. Cii+Cui Bradley 1908. Cu Comstock and Needham 1898. Synonyms of medius plus base of discoideus: Vena media Hartig. Median vein Cameron 1882, Marlatt 1894, Morley 1903. Mediana Dalla Torre and Kieffer 1910. Nervure mediane Lacordaire 1834, Andre 1879. Medialnerv Schmiedeknecht 1907. 'Vena externo-me'dialis Dahl- bom 1845. Externo-median vein Cresson 1887. Exter no-median nervure Shuckard, Kirby. Nervure externo-mediane de Romand. Deuxieme ner- vure humerale Wesmael. Nervus internus Latreille. Nervure brachiale Jurine. Nervus anterior -Haliday. Costa media Mayr. Mittelrippe Mayr. Premiere nervure intermediate Lepeletier. Praebrachialis- Hali- day. Praebrachial nervure Marshall 1885. Nervus submedialis Schenck. Cubitus Thomson, Schmiedeknecht 1907 for Ichneumonidae and Braco- nidae. Nervus cubitalis Thomson. Nervus radians Dahlbom. Synonyms of medius plus discoideus (part) plus subdiscoideus: Vena media Foerster 1877. Medius Konow 1901, Enslin 1912. Medialaare Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Discoideus. Fig. 1, PTI'PS; fig. 2, JH 1 !! 1 ; figs. 5, 6, 8, J'PS; fig. 7, J 1 ? 1 ; fig. 9, GTFPS; fig. 10, F'PS. Usually the continuation of medius beyond the basal to the end of the first discoidal cell where it becomes transverse and extends to the posterior margin of the wing. Exceptions are found in figs. 7 and 9 which will be best understood by reference to these figures. This transverse portion has often been called a cross- vein and has been named (2nd transverse median Cameron 1882; Areal nerv Konow 1901; etc.), while the basal section has been designated as nervure parallele by Wesmael and others. As used here the term was first restricted by Fernald 1906. Synonyms of discoideus: Discoidal rein Fernald 1906. nervure Cockerell and Robbins 1910. Discoidalis Kieffer 19 !'_'. Synonyms of first portion of discoideus: Xcrrnrc parnlltli Nervus analis Haliday. Nervure discoidalede Romand. Discoidalm rv Zaddach. Subdiscoidal nervure Shuckard. Subdiscoideus. Figs. 1, 2, 5, 8, PX 1 ? 1 ; figs. 6, 9, 10, PP 1 . The third apical longitudinal vein from metacarpus extending from the transverse section of discoideus towards the apical mar- gin of the wing and forming the posterior boundary of the second and following discoidal cells, usually subparallel with cubitus. In fig. 7 the apical part of discoideus may be homologous with subdiscoideus, the transverse part of discoideus being wanting. 34 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Synonyms: Subdiscoidal vein Cresson 1887, Ashmead 1900, Fernald 1906. Subdiscoidal nervure Shuckard. Subdiscoidal vein Marlatt 1894. Discoidal vein Norton 1867. Nervus parallelus Ratzeburg 1848, Szeligeti 1904, Schmiedeknecht 1907. Parallelnerv Schmiedeknecht 1907. Paral- lader Szepligeti 1904. Nervure parallele Wesmael. Nervus posterior Andre 1879. Vena discoidalis Dahlbom 1845. Anal nervure Marshall 1885, Morley 1903. Analis Kieffer 1912. Nervus analis Haliday. Medial cross-vein MacGillivray 1906. Nervii spurii Schmiedeknecht 1907 for second abscissa in Ichneumonidae. m Fernald 1906. Vein m Robertson 1903 b. Basal. Figs. 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, JJ 1 ; fig. 9, BG; fig. 10, JiF 1 . A transverse or oblique cross-vein at or about the middle of the wing, forming the apical boundary of the median cell and usually with its anterior end on subcosta (figs. 2, 5, 6, 7, S, 9, 10) or rarely on cubitus (fig. 1), and always when present with its poste- rior end at end of medius. Synonyms: Basal vein Cameron 1882, Cresson 1887, Marlatt 1894, Ash- mead 1900, Fernald 1906, Cockerell and Robbins 1910, Enslin 1912. Vena basal Hartig, Foerster 1877. Basalis Dalla Torre and Kieffer 1910, Kieffer 1912. Basalnerv Schmiedeknecht 1907. Basalaare Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Nervure basale Berthoumieu 1904. Costa basalis Mayr. Vena transverso-medialis Dahlbom 1845. Discoidalnerv Konow 1901, Enslin 1912. Discoidal nerve Morice 1903. Discoidalaare- Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Nervus margino-discoidalis Andre 1879. Po- brachial transverse nervure Marshall 1885. Medialqucrader Friese 1911. Nervus brachialis Haliday. Grundader Szepligeti 1904. Grundrippe Mayr. Ast de Middelrippc Mayr. m-cu Comstock and Needham 1898, fig. 38. Vein a Robertson 1902 b, 1903 b, 1903 c, 1904. Recurrents. Figs. 1, 2, 5, 6, 8, 9, II 1 and (or) NN 1 . Cross-vein or veins separating the discoidal cells, having their anterior end on cubitus and the posterior end of the first on dis- coide'us and the posterior end of the second on subdiscoideus. In some groups the first recurrent curves outward and forms with the basal abscissa of cubitus, the discocubitus, q. v. (fig. 5, 1 1 K J ). Synonyms: Nervures recurrentes (or recurrent veins or nerves') Jurine, Lepeletier, Say 1825, Wesmael, Schenck, Dahlbom, Hartig, Nees, Thom- son, Haliday, Andre 1879, Ratzeburg 1848, Cameron 1882, Marshall 1885, Cresson 1887, Marlatt 1894, Ashmead 1900, Morley 1903, Berthoumieu 1904, Fernald 1906, Norton 1867, Cockerell and Robbins 1910. Nervus recurrens Szepligeti 1904, Schmiedeknecht 1907. Nervures recurrentes-discoidalis de Romand. Recurrente ordinaire (second recurrent) Berthoumieu 1904. Venae transvcrso-discoidalis Dahlbom 1845. Venulac transverso-discoi- iK Costa. Transverso-discoidalis Kohl 1896, Szepligeti 1904, KicfTer OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 35 1912. Transverse discoidal nervures Norton 1867. Interior disroidal nervure (first recurrent) Marshall lsxf>. Di^coidalaucnicrv Schmiedek- necht 1907. Discoidalquerader Kohl 1896, Friese 1911. Medial nervs Morice 1903. MedialnervKonow 1901, Enslin 1912. Anastomoses medii- alae Latreille. Tilbagelbeude aarer Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Ruck- laufender Szepligeti 1904, Schmiedeknecht 1907. Rucklaufendadern Hartig. Riicklaufende Enslin 1912. -l/ 3+4 (First recurrent) Fernald 1906, Bradley 1908, MacGillivary 1906. My (second recurrent) Fernald 1906. Vein 7 F 3 (first recurrent) Robertson 1902 a, 1902 b, 1904. Vein IVz (second recurrent) Robertson 1902 a, 1903 b. Discocubitus. Fig. 5, FK 1 . The vein formed by the union of the first recurrent with cubitus when the first abscissa of cubitus is absent or obsolete, and extend- ing usually in a curve from discoideus to the first intercubitus. This vein normally occurs in Ichneumonidae and rarely in other groups. Synonyms: Disco-cubital Ashinead 1900. Discocubilalader Szepligeti 1905. Nervus discocubitalis Schmiedeknecht 1907. Cubito-discoidal Cresson 1887. Cubitus internal Morley 1903. Ramulus. (Not illustrated.) The stub of the first abscissa of cubitus projecting from the discocubital vein into the discocubital cell of certain Hymenop- tera in which the basal portion of cubitus is effaced. Synonyms: Ramulus -Morley 1903. Ramullus Schmiedeknecht 1907. Nervus dividens Ratzeburg 1848. Abbreviated cubital vein Cresson ISsT. Stump of a vein Cresson 1887. Submedius. Fig. 1, UWT 1 ; figs. 2, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, UT 1 . The second basal longitudinal vein which diverges from the anterior margin of the wing, originating at the base of the wing and forming the posterior boundary of the submedian cell, being subparallel with medius and terminating at nervulus. But very f.'\v authors have separated submedius from brachius. Synonyms of submedius: lstA+2dA+8dAYernald 1906. +3dA+Cu2+lst+2d+3dA Bradley 1908. 1st A Comstock and No.-d- ham 1898, fig. 38. Synonyms of submedius + brachius: Nervure soiif-nn-dlane Lacordaire 1834. Siiliiiifilfan vein Cresson 1887. Submedialis Kieffer 1912. medialader Kohl 1896. Brachium Schmiedeknecht 1907. Enslin 1912. AYm/x hrachialis Thompson. Jirarln'ahn-rv Schmiedek- necht 1907. Brachialaare -Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Nervure do Romand. Anal nervure -Kirby, Shuckard. 36 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1845. Nervus an alls Schenck, Dahlbom. Anal vein Marlatt 1894, Fer- nald 1906. Analader Friese 1911. Analncrv Schmiedeknecht 1907. Vena postica Hartig, Foerster 1877, Kohl 1896. Nervus posterior Hali- day. HinteraderFoerster 1877. Pobrachialis Haliday. Pobracli/nl nervure Marshall 1885. Innenrippe -Mayr. Costa internomedia ]\Iayr. Seconde nervure intermediate Lepeletier. Troisieme nervure humerah- Wesmael. Brachius. Fig. 1, T'U'S; fig. 2, TWIT 1 ; figs. 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, T^U 1 . The continuation of submedius from nervulus to end of vein which is usually at or near the margin of the wing, and forming the posterior boundary of the first brachial cell. Apparently no writers have so divided submedius. Synonyms: M 3+ i+Cui + z+lstA+2dA+SdAFeTnsild 1906. Nervulus. Figs. 1, 2, 9, 10, TT 1 ; figs. 5, 6, 7, 8, J'T 1 . The cross-vein connecting meclius and submedius and forming the apical boundary of the submedian cell; in some Chalasto- gastra there is a more or less spurious cross-vein basad of nervulus which divides the submedian cell into two cells and which has been termed the prenervulus q. v. Synonyms : Nervulus Szepligeti 1904, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Kieffer 1912. Transverse median Cresson 1887, Ashmead 1900, Fernald 1906. Trans- verso-medial nervure Shuckard, Cockerell and Robbins 1910. Nervure transverso ordinaire Tosquinet 1896, Berthoumieu 1904. First trrin*i-< rs< median Cameron 1882, Marlatt 1894. Nervus medio-discoidalis Andre 1879. Vena transverso-submedialis l a Dahlbom 1845. Nervure meilio- discoidale Andre 1879. Vena transverso-humeralis Foerster 1877. Ner- vus brachialis Haliday. Nervus connectens Dahlbom. Ncrrus trans- versus ordinarius -Thomson. Arealaare Nielsen and Henriksen 191."i. Erste areal nerv Konow 1901. Erste arealquernerv Enslin 1912. Areal nerve Morice 1903. First inner apical nervure Norton 1867. Pobrachial transverse-nervure Marshall 1885. Innere Ast der Mittelrippe Mayr. M 4 +Ctti MacGillivray 1906, Bradley 1908. M t +Cu Fernald !>;. GUI Comstock and Needham 1898, fig. 38, 48. Vein F 2 Robertson 1903 1 >, 1903 c, 1904. Prenervulus. (Not illustrated.) A more or less spurious cross-vein occurring in the submedian cell of some Chalastogastra, usually near its middle, which li;i- its anterior end on medius and rarely is long enough to touch submedius. Synonyms: Brnrhinlm'rr Konow 1901. Bradi/nlt/in n rr -Knslin I'.U'J. Vena transverso-subhumeralis Foerster 1877. C 2 Comstock and Need- ham 1898, Robertson 1904. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 37 Anal. Fig. 1, UW'U 1 ; fig. 2, WW 1 . The third basal longitudinal vein which diverges from the ante- rior margin of the wing, originating either at the base of the wing or on submedius and joining submeclius again beyond nervulus. Found only in some Chalastogastra. In some wings there is a free basal portion of the anal vein which is not connected to sub- medius and in such cases it can be assumed that the anal has co- alesced medially with submeclius and a portion of the base has become obsolete. In a selected series of sawfly wings it is pos- sible to produce evidence that when the anal vein is absent it has united with submedius, but in other sawfly wings the evidence is quite otherwise and it would be more plausible to assume that the anal vein has been entirely lost. Synonyms: Humerus Thomson, Konow 1901, Morice 1903, Schmiede- knecht 1907, Enslin 1912. Nervus humeralis Thomson. Humeralaare Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Vena accesoria Foerster 1877. Nervus accessorius Andre 1879. Accessory vein Cameron 1882, Marlatt 1894. Begeitader Foerster (teste Andre 1879). 3d A Comstock and Needham 1898, fig. 38. Interanal. Fig. 1, WW 1 . A cross-vein occurring in the anal cell of Chalastogastra, its anterior end on submedius and its posterior end on the anal vein. In some Braconidae represented by one, or in some cases two, stubs projecting from submedius into the anal area, fig. 6. Synonyms: Transverse lanceolate vein Marlatt 1894. Nervus trans- verso-lanceolee Andre 1879. Vena transver&o accessoria Foerster 1877. Axillary transverse nervure Marshall 1885. Humeralnerv Kofcow 1901. Humeralquernerv Efcslin 1912. Cross-vein of the lanceolate cell Norton 1867. Quernerv der lanzettf arming Zelle Ehslifc 1912. MA Comstock and Needham 1898, fig. 38. B. HIND WINGS WITH MANY VEINS. Until comparatively recently systematists have paid but little attention to the veins and cells of the hind wing and in most cases they have given no key to their terminology. The few authors who have given keys to their terminology of the hind wing have at- i cmpted to analogize the veins and cells with those of the 1'on- wing and have made it necessary to repeatedly use the phrase "of the hind wing" which unfortunately has in a number of cases been omitted leaving the reader in doubt. It is, with the hope of avoiding such uncertainty and the burdensome phrase "of the hind wing," that we have added the diminutives "ella" and "Han" to the veins and cells, respectively, of the hind wing. In 38 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY using the same names (in a modified form) for the veins and cells of the hind wing as for those of the fore wing we have had in mind more the idea of conformity to previous nomenclature and the avoidance of the introduction of new terms than the tracing of analogies between the two wings. If analogy exists between the fore and hind wings it is not always traceable, at least with our present knowledge of wing morphology, and from a taxonomic standpoint is not of any great importance as the taxonomist is primarily concerned with a definite name for a definite thing. Section I. -Cells. Gostellan Cell. XI in all figures where it occurs. The area between subcostella and costella or between sul>- costella and the anterior margin of wing. Synonyms: Costal cell Cameron 1882, Morley 1903, Fernald 1906. Costal areolet Marshall 1885. Cellule costale Berthoumieu 1904. Co^tul- celle Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Areola brachialis Andre 1879. f MacGillivray 1906. C + Sc + Sc 1 Fernald 1906. Radiellan Cell. XII in all figures where it occurs. The anterior apical cell bounded posteriorly by radiella and anteriorly by stigmella and metacarpella or the anterior margin of wing. Occasionally in Braconidae (fig. 3) divided by a cross-vein (interradiella). Synonyms: Radial cell Ashmead 1900, Fernald 1906, Cameron 18s - J. Radial areoZef Marshall 1885. Cellule radiale Berthoumieu 1904. Mar- ginal cell Ashmead 1900. Radialzelle Enslin 1912. Radialcelle Nielson and Henriksen 1915. Ri + R 2 MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906. Appendiculatellan cell. Not illustrated. The usually incomplete area formed between the anterior mar- gin of wing and a spurious branch or extension of radiella beyond the closed apical end of radiellan. Occurs rarely in Chala-to- gastra. Synonyms: Appendicular cell Cameron 1882. Anhangszelle Enslin 1912. Mediellan cell. XIII, in all figures where it occurs. The middle basal cell, bounded anteriorly by subcostella. posteriorly by mediella and apically by basella (figs. 1, 2, 3, 4 and 6), or when basella is wanting it extends to intercubitella (figs. 5 and 8), and both radiella and cubitella form part of its boundaries. Synonyms: Median cell Ashmead 1900, Morley 1903, Fernald 1900. First basal cell Ashmead 1893. Cellule hrac/iiali Hcrthoumiou 190-4. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 39 Praebrachial areolel Marshall 1885. Praebrachialzclle Schmiedeknecht 1907. Areola costalis Andre 1879. M MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906. Gubitellan cell or cells. XIV and supernumbers in all figures where it occurs. The area between radiella and cubitella and bounded basall}' by basella, or, when basella is wanting (figs. 5, 11), by intercubi- tella. When basella is present the area may be divided by one or two cross-veins (intercubitellae) forming two or three cubitellan cells which are numbered from the base outward (figs. 1, 2, 3). Synonyms: Cubital cell Cameron 1882, Morley 1903, P'ernald 1906. Cubital areolet Marshall 1885. Cellule cubitale Berthoumieu 1904. Ober Mittelzelle Schmiedeknecht 1907, Enslin 1912. [Upper] Midtceller Niel- sen and Henriksen 1915. R+R$ (first cubitellan) MacGillivray 1906. Rn (second cubitellan) MacGillivray 1906. Rs (third cubitellan) Mac- Gillivray 1906. #+#3+4+5 (in wasps) Fernald 1906. Submediellan Cell. XV in all figures where it occurs. The area between mediella and submediella basad of nervellus. Synonyms: Submedian cell Ashmead 1900, Fernald 1906. Brachial- r.elle -Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Pobrachialzelle Schmiedeknecht 1907. Pobrachial areolet Marshall 1885. Basal cell Morley 1903. First dis- roidal cell Cameron 1882. M 3 +Ciii MacGillivray 1906. M 3 +Cu + Cii) -Fernald 1906. Discoidellan cell or cells. XVI and supernumbers in figures where they occur. The area between cubitella and discoidella. In some Chalasto- gastra it is divided by a cross-vein (recurrentella) forming two cells which are numbered from the base of the wing outward. Synonyms: First discoidal cell Morley 1903, Fernald 1906. Second discoid al cell -(First) Cameron 1882. First posterior cell (Second) Cam- eron 1882. Cellule posterieure Berthoumieu 1904. [Unterst] Mittelzelle Schmiedeknecht 1907, Enslin 1912. [Lower] Midtceller Nielsen and Hen- riksen 1915. Mt+lstMr (first discoidellan) MacGillivray 1906. MI (second discoidellan) MacGillivray 1906. ^f^+lstM2+Ml (wasps) Fernald 1906. Anellan cell. XVJI in all figures where it occurs. The area immediately behind submediella and brachiella and in all wings in which anella is wanting, bounded posteriorly by the hind margin of the wing: in those Chalastogastra in which anella is present it forms the posterior boundary of the cell. Occasionally divided by the interanella cross-vein (fig. 6). 40 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Synonyms: Anal cell Morley 1903. Anal areolet Marshall 1885. Areola analis Andre 1879. Cellule anale Berthoumieu 1904. Lanzett- formige zelle Enslin 1912. Lancetcellc Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Humeral/eld Enslin 1912. Humeralcelle Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. IstA MacGillivray 1906. Brachiellan cell. XVIII, in figures in which it occurs. The area between discoidella and brachiella. Synonyms:- Second posterior cell Cameron 1882. Second discoidal cell -Fernald 1906, Morley 1903. 2dM 2 MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906. Postellan cell or cells. Figs. 1, 2, XIX. The area behind anella; usually divided by a longitudinal vein (axilius) forming two open cells. Synonyms: Anal cell Cameron 1882. 2dA (first postellan) Mac- Gillivray 1906. 3dA (second postellan) MacGillivray 1906. \ Section II. Veins. Costella. Fig. 1, 2, 8, 10, ab; fig. 9, ad. The vein on the anterior margin of the wing between the wing base and the stigmella or before any veins branch from it. Synonyms: Costa Morice 1903, MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906, Enslin 1912. Costal vein Cameron 1882. Costal nervure Marshall 1885. Costal- aare Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. C MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906. Stigmella. Fig. 2, be. The triangular, lanceolate or oval thickened portion of the vein on the anterior margin of the wing located at or near the middle; usually absent but occurring in some groups, often as a secondary sexual character. Synonyms: Stigma Ashmead 1900, and some other authors. Metacarpella. Figs. 1, 3, 5, 6, 8, bd; fig. 2, ch'd. The vein along anterior margin of wing beyond stigmella or if stigmella is wanting beyond costella. Synonyms: Metacarpus Marshall 1885. .Ri Fernald 1906. Subcostella. Figs. 1, 8, eb; fig. 2, ejb; fig. 3, ahb, fig. 5, ab; figs. 6, 4, ajb. The second, or when costella is wanting first, vein from the anterior margin of wing; extending from base to stigmella, or if stigmella is wanting then to the point where it joins the anterior margin of wing. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 41 Synonyms S ubcosta Morice 1903, Fernald 1906, Enslin T.ili'. Sub- costal vein Cameron 1882. Subcostal nervure Marshall 1885. Subcos- taluarc Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Cubitalnerv Schmiedeknecht 1907. Anterior rein Morley 1903. R+M Fernald 1906. Radiella. Fig. 1, hkcl; fig. 2, hkh 1 ; fig. 3, hkq^ 1 ; fig. 5, hkh' ; figs. 6, 4, hh'jfig. 8, hk. The apical longitudinal vein which originates near the middle of the anterior margin of the wing and extends to near the apex. In the apical portion of the wing it is the first vein from the anterior margin. Synonyms : fladius Marshall 1885, Morice 1903, Fernald 1906, Schmiede- knecht 1907, Enslin 1912. Radial vein Morley 1903. Nervus radialis Andre 1879. Radialaare- J -N\e\sen and Henriksen 1915. Abscissula (in Ichneumonidae) Schmiedeknecht 1907. Rs+M MacGillivray 1906. Mediella. Figs. 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, f j 1 ; figs. 5, 8, fg; fig. 4, ftg. That portion of the third, or second when costella is wanting, longitudinal vein from the anterior margin of the wing basad of basella or, if basella is wanting (figs. 5, 8), basad of origin of cubitella. Synonyms: Median vein Ashmead 1900, Fernald 1906. Middle vein A-hmead 1900. MitteladerSzepligeti 1905. Medialaare Nielsen and . Henriksen 1915. Praebrachial nervure Marshall 1885. Brachialncrv- Schmiedeknecht 1907. CM MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906. Cubitella. Figs. 1, 2, gik'g 1 ; fig. 3, j'k'g 1 ; fig. 5, gk'g 1 ; figs. 6, 4, gg'; fig. S, gk'. The second (from anterior margin) longitudinal vein in the apical part of the wing, originating either at the basal or from mediella in close proximity to nervellus. Synonyms: Cubitus Marshall 1885, Ashmead 1898, etc., Morice 1903, Fernald 1906, Enslin. Cubitalaare Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Intercubitella. Figs, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, kk 1 . A cross-vein between radiella and cubitella. In most wings tin-re is only one intercubitella 1ml in certain Chalastogastra two or three are present. Synonyms: Transverse ruhilnl Cameron 1882. Cubital n< -Morice 1003. Cubitalquerncri'cn Enslin 1912. Nervus recurrens Schmiede- knecht 1907 (Ichneumonidae). Nervus transverso-discoidalis Andre 1879. Fifth branch of radius (first intercubitella) MacGillivray 1906. Fourth inch <>f r't'liu." -(second intercubitelbi ! M.-ic* lillivray 1906. 7?oi first 42 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY intercubitella) MacGillivray 1906. R* (second) MacGillivray 1906. M- Fernald 1906. Interradiella. Fig. 3, bq 1 . A cross-vein between radiella and metacarpella. Rarely present. Synonym: Transverse nervure of marginal cell Ashmead 1900. Basella. Fig. 1, hgj 1 ; fig. 2, jhgj 1 ; fig. 3, hj 1 ; fig. 6, jgj 1 ; fig. 7, jj 1 ; fig. 4, jg. A cross-vein situated at about the anterior middle of the wing, having its origin from subcosta or stigmella and terminating at mediella. Present in Chalastogastra, Braconidae and a few other groups. When the cross-vein is well towards apex of wings as in figs. 5 and 8 it is considered to be intercubitella. It is not likely that basella (jgj 1 , fig. 6) is homologous with intercubitella (kk\ fig. 5). Synonyms: Basal nervure Ashmead 1900, Enslin 1912. Discoidal nerve Morice 1903. Discoidalnerv Enslin 1912. Praebrachial transverse nervure Marshall 1885. Submediella. Figs. 1, 3, 5, 4, 8, ut 1 ; fig. 2, uwH 1 ; fig. 6, umt 1 . The portion of the fourth (or third when costella is wanting) longitudinal vein from the anterior margin of the wing basad of nervellus. Synonyms: Brachius Enslin 1912. Brachium Schmiedeknecht 1907 (Ichneumonidae). Brachialaare Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Pobra- chial nervure Marshall 1885. Posterior vein Morley 1903. M 4 +Ctti + 2 +lstA Fernald 1906. Discoidella. Figs. 1, 2, j l ts; fig. 5, ts; fig. 8, gs. The third apical longitudinal vein from the anterior margin of the wing; often absent (figs. 3, 4, 6, 9, 11), but when present, either forming a continuation of mediella from basella to the wing margin (figs. 1, 2), or in the absence of basella beginning at ner- vellus (fig. 8), or, in some instances, originating at a point on nervellus (fig. 5). Synonyms: Discoidal vein Fernald 1906. Subdiscoidal nervure Ash- mead 1900. Medial cross-vein MacGillivray 1906. Nervellus Morley 1903. m+M 2 Fernald 1906. Nervellus. Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, tt 1 ; figs. 6, 7, j't 1 ; fig. 8, gt 1 ; fig. 5, gtt 1 . A transverse, oblique or broken cross-vein connecting mediella and submediella, or in some wings (figs. 1, 2) connecting discoid- OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 43 ella and submediella and forming the apical boundary of the sub- mediellan cell. This term is now in general use especially by Ichneumonologists. Synonyms: Nervellus Schmiedeknecht 1907. Areal nervure- Moricc 1903. Arealquernerv Enslin 1912. Transverse median Cameron 1882, Ashmead 1900, Fernald 1906. First transverse median vein Marlatt 1894. Humeral crossnervure Davis 1897. Transverse discoidal Cameron 1882. Transuerso-humeralis Kohl 1896. First recurrent Morley 1903. Po- brachial nervure -Marshall 1885. Nervure transversale anale Berthoumieu 1904. Tilbagelbeude aarer Nielsen and Henriksen' 1915. Submedial- querader Kohl 1896. Nervus medio-discoidalis Andre 1879. M 3 Mac- Gillivray 1906, Fernald 1906. Brachiella. Figs. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, thi 1 . Submediella beyond nervellus. Synonyms: M,+4+Cui +t +lstA+8dA Fernald 1906. Anella. Figs. 1, uu 1 ; 2, uw 1 . The fifth (or fourth when costella is wanting) longitudinal vein from the anterior margin of the wing, originating at the base of wing and usually joining with submediella apically. Usually developed in Chalastogastra, rarely- in Clistogastra. Synonyms: Second anal vein MacGillivray 1906. Humerus- -Morice 1903, Enslin 1912. Humeralaare Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Accessory Cameron 1882. Axillary Fernald 1906. 2dA MacGillivray 1906. Axillus. Figs. 1, 2, un. The sixth (or fifth when costella is wanting) basal longitudinal vein, usually nearly parallel with the basal part of the hind mar- gin of the wing and present only in Chalastogastra. Synonyms: Axillus Konow 1901, Morice 1903, Enslin 1912. Axillary vein Marlatt 1894. Neri'us n.rillaris Andre 1879. Axillaraare Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Tkinl mini vein MacGillivray 1906. 3d A Mac- Gillivray 1906, Fernald 1906. Recurrentella. Figs. 1, 2, ii 1 . The cross-vein connecting cubitella and discoidella; usually present in Chalastogastra but wanting in Clistogastra. Synonyms: Recurrent vein Cameron 1882. Medial nerves Morice 1903. Medialnerven Enslin 1912. Rucklaufende nerv Enslin 1912. Interanella. Fig. 6, mm 1 . A cross-vein originating from submediella and dividing the anellan cell in some Braconidae. Synonym: Annl nervurt Marshall 1885. 44 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Postnervellus. Fig. 4, gz. A cross-vein extending from mediella or cubitella towards the posterior margin of the wing in certain Braconidae. Synonym: Postnervellus Gahan 1915. C. THE WINGS WITH FEW VEINS. In the Chalcidoidea and certain other groups the venation is so greatly reduced as to cause systematists to use a different termi- nology. ' To explain this terminology, which is certainly most convenient to the systematist, it is desirable to consider these wings separately. Under the term "nervure sous costale" Andre 1879 classifies the entire normal Chalcidid venation, but he also explains and synonymizes the terms for the various parts used. However, the terminology proposed by Howard in 1881 has been more generally used by systematists and is adopted here. Submarginal. Fig. 11, AB. The basal portion of the longitudinal vein posterior to the ante- rior margin of the wing in Hymenoptera in which the venation is reduced to one longitudinal vein. This vein occupies the same position as the subcosta of ^the more generalized wings and is perhaps homologous with it. Synonyms: Submarginal vein Howard 1881, Cresson 1887, Ashmead 1904. Nervus subcostalis Ratzeburg 1848. Humerus Haliday. Abscissa humeralis Foerster 1877. Ramus humeralis Foerster 1856. Rameau humeral Andre 1879. Schulter struck Andre 1879. Schulterast Andre 1879. Marginal. Fig. 11, BC. That portion of the longitudinal vein which lies along the ante- rior margin of the wing, basad of the branch (stigmal) which extends obliquely into the body of the wing from the anterior mar- gin in the Hymenoptera in which the venation is reduced to a longitudinal vein. This vein occupies the same position as the stigma in the more generalized wings and is perhaps homologous with it. Synonyms: Marginal vein Howard 1881, Cresson 1887, Ashmead 1904. Ramus marginalis Foerster 1856. Rameau marginal Andre 1879. Ab- scissa marginalis^-Foerster 1877. Marginalnerv Schmiedeknecht 1907. Nervus duplex Ratzeburg 1848. Ulma Haliday. Randast Andre 1879. Postmarginal. Fig. 11, CD. That portion of the longitudinal vein which lies along the anterior margin of the wing beyond the branch vein (stigmal) in OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 45 Hymenoptera in which the venation is reduced to one longitu- dinal vein. This vein occupies the same position as the metacar- pus of the more generalized wing and is perhaps homologous with it. Synonyms: Postmarginul rein Howard 1881, Cresson 1887, Ashmeacl 1904. Ramus post-marginalis Foerster 1856. Rameau postmarginal Andre 1879. Postmarginalnerv Schmiedeknecht 1907. Abscissa postmar- ginalis Foerster 1877. Radius Haliday. Nervu* costa. Ratzeburg 1848. Hinterandast Andre, 1879. Stigmal. Fig. 11, CH. A stump of a vein which projects more or less obliquely from the anterior margin into the body of the wing in Hymenoptera which have the venation reduced to one longitudinal vein. This vein occupies the position of the radius of the more generalized wing and is perhaps homologous with it. Synonyms: Stigmal vein Howard 1881, Cresson 1887, Ashmead 1904. Ramus stigmaticus Foerster 1856. Rumulus stigmalicus Nees. Rainm stigmatical Andre 1879. Nervus radialis Ratzeburg 1848. Radius Schmiedeknecht 1907. Abscissa radialis Foerster 1877. Subcosta Schmiedeknecht 1907. Cubitus Haliday. Zweig Andre 1879. Submarginella. Fig. 11, ab. The portion of the longitudinal vein in the hind wing lying posterior to the anterior margin of the wing. Marginella. Fig. 11, be. The portion of the longitudinal vein in the hind wing lying on the anterior margin. ALPHABETICAL LIST OF SYNONYMS. EXPLANATORY NOTE. Throughout this list the words "first," "cell," "area," "cellule," "nervus," "erste," "vena," etc., when used as a part of any cell or vein have either been dropped or placed after the name of the vein or cell, e.g., First recurrent will be found under Recurrent [1st] etc. It has been found advisable to make a separate list (see p. 62) of synonyms for those systems which make extensive use of symbols. Abbreviated cubital vein Cresson 1887 == rn/tni.lus. Abscissa humeralis- Foerster 1877 == subnii -ndiculate cell. Anhangszelle Enslin 1912 = appendiculatellan. Anterior vein Morley 1903 = subcostella. Anterior nervus Haliday == medius + base of discoideus . Apical areola Kirby = 4th cubital or 2nd brachial. Apical cell Morley 1903 = radial. Apical cell [1st] Cresson 1887, Fernald 1906, Shuckard = 2d brachial. Apical cell [2d] Cresson 1887, Fernald 1906, Shuckard = 3d discoidal . Apicale [cellule] de Romand = 2d bra-chin I. Appendice de la radiale -Andre 1879 = ainn-inlicnlun- vein. Appendicular, ate, icea, icee [areola, cell, cellula, cellule] Andre 1879, Cameron 1882, Costa, Foerstor 1*77, Hartiy;, Marlatt 1894 == np- pendiculate cell. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 47 Appendicular cell Cameron 1882 = appendiculalellan. Apterostigma Wheeler 1910 = stigma. Arealaare Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 == nervulus. Areal nerve Morice 1903 = nervulus. Areal nerve Morice 1903 = nervellus. Arealnerv Konow 1901 == nervellus. Arealnerv [1st] Konow 1901 == nervulus. Arealnerv [2d] Konow 1901 == transverse part of discoideus. Arealquernerv Enslin 1912 nervellus. Arealquernerv [1st] Enslin 1912 = nervulus. Arealquernerv [2d] Enslin 1912 = transverse part of discoideus. Areola, e. et Ashmead 1900, Berthoumieu 1904, Cresson 1887, Graven- horst, Dalla and Kieffer 1910, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Szepligeti 1904, Tosquinet 1896 = areolet. Areola exterior Haliday = 2d discoidal. Ast de Mittelrippe Mayr = basal. Aussere Ast der Cubitalrippe Mayr = cubitus. Ausser Hinterzelle Zaddach = 2d brachial. Ausser Mittelzelle Mayr = median. Auxiliaris [nervus] Dahlbom, Fallen, Schenck = subcosta. Axillaraare Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 = axillus. Axillary areolet Marshall 1885 = anal cell. Axillary, aris, ius [nervure, nervus, vein] Andre 1879, Enslin 1912, Konow 1901, Marlatt 1894, Morice 1903 = axillus. Axillary [vein] Fernald 1906 = anella. Axillary transverse nervure Marshall 1885 = 1st interanal. Basal cell Ashmead 1900 = mediellan. Basal cell Morley 1903 = submediellan . Basal cell [1st] Morley 1903 = median, Basal cell [1st] Ashmead 1893 = mediellan . Basal cell [2d] Ashmead 1893, Morley 1903 = siibmedia-n. Basal cell [3d] Morley 1903 = anal cell. Basal, e [nervure, nervus, vein] Ashmead 1900, Berthoumieu 1904, Cameron 1882, Cockerell and Robbins 1910, Cresson 1887, Enslin 1912, Fernald 1906, Foerster 1877, Hartig, Marlatt 1894, Thomson = basnl. Basal [nervure, vein] Ashmead 1900, Enslin 1912 = baselln. Basal vein Morley 1903 = basal + nervulus. Basalaare Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 = basal. Basalader Kohl 1896 = basal + nervulus. Basalis Dalla Torre and Kieffer 1910, Kieffer 1912 = bl. Cellule du limbe [1st] Saussure 1852 = 3d discoidal. Cellule du limbe [2d] Saussure 1852 = 2d brachial. Connectens [nervus] Dahlbom == nervulus or rarely intercubiti. Costa, lis Fernakl 1906, MacGillivray 1906, Marshall 1885, Kii 1912 = costa. Costa, 1, lis [nervure, nervus, vena] Andre 1879, Berthoumieu 1004. Cameron 1882, Cockerell and Robbins 1910, Cresson 1887, Dahlbom, Enslin 1912, Fallen, Fernald 1906, Holiday. Ivirby, Konow 1901, La- cordaire 1834, Latreille, Marlatt 1894, Morice 1903, Norton 1S07. Say 1825, Schenck, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Shuokard, Thomson = i-n?tiilur-i 1S4S = ram u I us. Discoidalzellen [1st, 2d, 3d) Fnr-r l!ll. Kohl is'.iii. Si-limiedekncchi 1907 = discoidal rrlls 1 2 3. 52 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Distale Submedianzelle Kieffer 1912 == 1st brachial. Du disque [cellule] Saussure 1952 == 1st + 2/1 dixcuidal + 1st brachinl. Du limbe [2d cellule] -Lepeletier == 2d brachial. Du limbe [cellule] Saussure 1852 = 3d dixcnidal + 2<<. Intermediate [nervure] 2d Lepeletier = : submedius + bracliin*. Intermediate [area] Kirby == tni'dinx. Interno-medial [cell] Cresson 1887, Shuckard == submedian. Internus [nervure] Latreille = w i>\< a*. Subdiscoidal Ashmead 1900 = discoidella. Submarginal, alis Cresson 1887, Cockerell and Hobbins 1910, Latreille, Xortoii 1867, Say 1825, Smith, Thomson = cubital cell* fl. 2, 3. 4]. Submarginalis [areolal Foerster 1877 ; = costal cell. Submarginal, alis Norton 1867, Thomson = mln'tux. Submarginal [vena] Foerster 1X77 = xnl>roxta. Submarginal Ashmead 1904, Cresson 1887, Howard Issi = x,it>iti, Foerster IN??, Marlatt 1894 == interradius. Transverso-subhumeralis Foerster 1S77 prenervulus. Transverse submarginal Norton 1867 == intercubiti. Transverso-submarginalis Foerster 1877 == ii/lcrmsta. Ulna 'Haliday == marginal vein . Unter-randnerv Zaddach == siibcuxt. 3dA--Fernald 1906, MacC.illivray 1906 = axilla*. c-v Comstock and Needham 1sxlfllmfdirencn fin SOUK- cases) = base of cubitus . M MacGillivray 1906 = anterior abscissa of basella -\-base of cubitella. Mi Bradley 1908, Comstock and Needham 1898, Fernald 1906, MacGil- livray 1906 = 3ddiscoidal. M t MacGillivray 1906 = 2d discoidellan. MI Comstock and Needham 1898 = apical portion of cubit UK. lstM 2 Bradley 1908, Comstock and Needham 1898, Fernald 1906, Mac- Gillivray 1906 = 2d discoidal. 2dM Bradley 1908, Comstock and Needham 1898, Fernald 190ft, Mac- Gillivray 1906 = Mbrachial. 2dM Fernald 1906, MacGillivray 1906 = brachidla,,. M 2 Fernald 1906 = 2d recurrent. M 2 Bradley 1908, Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906 = ~2d recurrent -\- second abscissa of subdiscoideus. M 2 MacGillivray 1906 = recurrentella + apical abscissa of li/scoiiiclla. Mi +2 Bradley 1908 = 2d abscissa of cubitus. Mi+2 Fernald 1906, MacGillivray 1906 = 3d abscisxsa <>f cubit H*. M, Bradley 1908, Comstock and Needham 1898, Fernald 1906, Mar- Gillivray 1906 == 1st brac/u'al. M 3 Bradley 1908 = 2d abscissa of discoideus. Ms Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906 = .id absrissa of discoideus. M :t Fernald 1906, MacGillivray 1906 = nervellnx. M.^, Bradley 1908, Fer,nald 1906, MacGillivray 1906 == 1st recurrent. Mj+Cui MacGillivray 1906 = submediellan. Mj-f-Cu+Cu, Fernald 1906 = submit icllai, . M 3+ 4+Cu H - 2 4-lstA+2dA Fernald 1906 = brachiella. M, +4 +Gui +2 +lstA+2d+3dA Bradley 1908, Fernald 1906 = brachius. M, Bradley 1908, Comstock and Ner-dham 1898, Fernald 1906, MacGilli- vray 1906 = 1st disco i da I . M 4 Bradley 1908, Comstock and Needham 1898 (fig. 48), Fernald 1906 = 1st abscissa of discoideus . M, Comstock and Needham 1,S!S i fi. H,s, , Mac( lilli v -ray 1906 = Mabscissa of discoideus. M 4 +Cu Fernald 1906 = nerviilux. M 4 +Gui Bradley 1908, -MacGillivray 1906 = nervn-litx. M 4 +lstM 2 MacGillivray 1906 == 1st dixmnLllm, . M 4 -(-lstM,-(-Mi Fernald 1906 = disroiili-ll,n, . M,-Cu 1+ , + lstA Fernald 1906 = .^ihtm^ln'lhn, . M 4 +Cu ! . f ,-|-lst-|-2d-|-3dA Bradley 1908 == 1st abs,-.iss,i of brachius. r Hradley 1908, Fernald 1906 == 1st abscissa of ratlins. 64 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY r MacGillivray 1906 == 1st interradius. r-m Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906, Robertson 1902b, 1903a, 1903c = 1st inter cubitus. r-m+Rs Bradley 1908, Fernald 1906 == 1st intercubitus. R Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906 == 1st cubital. R Comstock and Needham 1898 (fig. 38) == subcosta. R+M Comstock and Needham 1898 (fig. 48), MacGillivray 1906 = costa. R+M Fernald 1906 = subcostella. R+M MacGillivray 1906 = basal part of subcosta. R+Rs+4+5 Fernald 1906 = cubitellan. R+RB MacGillivray 1906 == 1st cubitellan. R+lstRi Bradley 1908, Fernald 1906 == 1st cubital. R+Sco MacGillivray 1906 = apical portion of subcosta in wings like Xyela. RI Fernald 1906, MacGillivray 1906 = metacarpus. RI Fernald 1906 = metacarpella. RI Comstock and Needham 1898 fig. 38 = loircr margin of stigma. RI Comstock and Needham 1898 fig. 48 = radius causing truncating of radial . IstRi Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906 == 1st radial. 2dRi Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906 == 2d radial. RI +2 Fernald 1906, MacGillivray 1906 = radiellan. 2dRi+R, Bradley 1908, Fernald 1906 = radial. Ri + Sc 2 MacGillivray 1906 = apical portion of subcostella. R 2 Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906 = 3d radial. R 2 Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906 = 2d interradius. R 3 Bradley 1908 = 3d cubital. R 3 Comstock and Needham 1898, Fernald 1908, MacGillivray 1906 = 4th cubital. Rs MacGillivray 1906 = 3d cubitellan. R 3 Bradley 1908, Comstock and Needham 1898, Fernald 1906, MacGilli- vray 1906 = apical abscissa of radius. R 3 Fernald 1906 = apical abscissa ofradiella. Rs+4 Bradley 1908 = middle portion of radius. R 3 +4 MacGillivray 1906 = 5th abscissa of radius. R 3 _)_4+6 MacGillivray 1906 = 4th abscissa of radius. R 4 Comstock and Needham 1898, Fernald 1906, MacGillivray 1900 = 3d cubital. R 4 MacGillivray 1906 = 2d cubitellan. R 4 Bradley 1908, Comstock and Needham 1898, Fernald 1906, MacGilli- vray 1906 = 3d intercubitus. R 4 MacGillivray 1906 = intercubitella. R 4 + 5 Bradley 1908 = 2d cubital. R 4 + s +Mi Fernald 1906, MacGillivray 1906 = apical portion of citbituv. Rj+s+Mi Fernald 1906 = apical abscissa of cubitella. R 5 Comstock and Needham 1898, Fernald 1906, MacGillivray 1906 = 2d cubital. OF WASHINGTON", VOLUME XVIII, 10 Hi 65 R 5 Bradley 1908, Comstock and Needham IS! IS, Fernald 1906, MacGilli- vray 1906 = 2d intercubitus . R 5 MacGillivray 1906 == 1st inter cub i tell a . R 5 -|- Mi Fernald 1906, MacGillivray 1906 == 5th nhsrissa of cub it. n*. R 5 +Mi+2 Fernald 1906 == 4th abscissa of cubitns. RS Comstock and Needham 1898 = basal abscissa of rail in*. Rs Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906 = base of ratlin*. Rs Fernald 1906 = 2d abscissa of rail ins. Rs+M Fernald 1906 == Isl abscissa of radiclla. Rs+M MacGillivray 1906 = ran" i< I la. S Comstock and Needham 1898 = st.ii//nn. Sc Comstock and Needham 1898 == 1st costal. Sc Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906 = Sci Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906 = 2d costal. Set MacGillivray 1906 = anterior branch of intercalaris, or in some wiim- intercosta. Sc 2 MacGillivray 190(1 == posterior liranc/i of intcrcalaris, or in some wings part of stigma. Sc+R+M Bradley 1908, Fernald 1908, MacGillivray 1906 = ScM MacGillivray 1906 == 1st costal. IIIi Robertson 1903b = apical end of stigma. Ill, +2 Robertson 1902a, 1902b, 1903c = racial. Ill, section 2 of Robertson 1903b poxtfrinr basnl inari/in <>f III, section 3 of Robertson 1903b = radius. IIIi Robertson 1902a, 1902b = 3d cubital. Ill 4 Robertson 1903b = 3d inter cubitus. Ills Robertson inoi'a. l!)02b, 1903a, 1903c == U cubital. Ills Robertson 1902a, 1902b, 1903a = 2d intrrcnbitns. IV, 1st Rolid-lson I'.IOl --= media a. IV, section 1 of Hohcrtson 1904 == anterior abscissa of basnl. IV, 2d Robertson 1904 == 1st discoidal. I Vn Robertson 1902a, 1903b = 2d recurrent. I V 3 Robertson 1902a, 1902b, 1904 == 1st recurrent. V -Robertson 1904 = ,?i:i, 1902b = 3d cubital. Cell III 5 liolxTtson l!l()2:i. !!MI2l>, l!03a, 19(i:!r Cell IV (1st) Hobci-tson 1904 --= median. Cell IV (2d) Robertson 1904 == 1st discoidal. Cell V Robertson 1904 = 3d submedian. Cell Vi Robertson I'.KM = /.-/. brachial. 66 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Cell VI Robertson 1904 == 1st sub median. Section 2 of vein III Robertson 1903b = lower boundary of stigma. Section 3 of vein III Robertson 1903b = radius. Section 1 of vein IV Robertson 1904 = anterior abscissa of basal (JG fig. 8). Section 2 of vein V Robertson 1903b = longitudinal portion of dis- coideus (J 1 ! 1 fig. 8). Vein a Robertson 1902b, 1903b, 1903c, 1904 = basal. Vein Gu 2 Robertson 1904 = prenervulus. Vein m Robertson 1903b = subdiscoideus. Vein r-ni Robertson 1902b, 1903a, 1903c = 1st intercubitus . Vein IIIi Robertson 1903b = apical end of stigma. Vein III 4 Robertson 1903b = 3d intercubitus. Vein III 5 Robertson 1902a, 1902b, 1903a = 2d intercubitus. Vein IV 2 Robertson 1902a, 1903b = 2d recurrent. Vein I V 3 Robertson 1902a, 1902b, 1904 = 1st recurrent. Vein V 2 Robertson 1903b, 1903c, 1904 == nervulus. BIBLIOGRAPHY. In case of most of the older writers the terms used for the vari- ous veins and cells have been catalogued from Andre 1879 and in such cases there is no year after the author's name. ANDR, ED. 1879 Species des Hymenopteres d'Europe et d'Algerie, vol. 1. ASHMEAD, W. H. 1893 A Monograph of the North American Proctrotrypidae. Bull. 45 U. S. Nat. Mus. 1900 Classification of the Ichneumon flies, or the superfamily Ichneumonoidea. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 23, pp. 1-220. [In this paper Ashmead follows, in the main, the termin- ology used by Cresson 1887, but in some cases where the tables are translated directly from Foerster he uses the English equivalent of Foerster's terminology and does not change it to be in accord with the terminology used in the main part of the paper.] 1904 Classification of the Chalcid flies or the superfamily Chal- cidoidea with descriptions of new species in the Carnegie Museum. Memoirs, Carnegie Museum, vol. I no. 4, Pittsburg. BANKS, NATHAN. 1912 (1911) Psammocharidae : Classification and descriptions. Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., vol. 19, p. 219-237. [Uses the terminology of Cresson 1887 except in the numbering of the discoidal cells.] OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 191t> 67 BERTHOUMIEU, V. 1904 Ichneumoninae Genera Insectorum Fasc. 18c. BRADLEY, J. CHESTER. 1908 The Evaniidae, Ensign flies, an archaic family of Hymen- optera. Trans. Amer. Ent. iSoc., vol. 27, pp. 101-194. CAMERON, PETER. 1882 A Monograph of the British Phytophagous Hymenoptera, vol. 1, Ray Society London. COCKERELL, T. D. A. AND ROBBINS, W. W. 1910 An Introduction to the Study of Rocky Mountain Bees. Univ. Colo. Studies, vol. 7, no. 3. COMSTOCK, J. H. AND NfiEDHAM, J. G. 1898 The wings of Insects IX The Venation of the Wings of Hymenoptera. Amer. Nat., vol. 32, pp. 413^124. COSTA, A. 1867-1871 Prospetto sistematico degli Imenotteri Italiani. Cata- logued from Andre. CRESSON, E. T. 1887 -Synopsis of the Families and Genera of the Hymenoptera of America, North of Mexico. Supplementary volume of Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. DAHLBOM, A. G. Some works catalogued by Andre, and 1845 Hymenoptera Euro- paea, vol. 1. DALLA TORRE, K. W. AND KIEFFER, J. J. 1910 Cynipidae Das Tierreich Berlin. DAVIS, G. C. 1897 A Review of the Ichneumonid subfamily Tryphoninae. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., pp. 193-348. [Follows Cresson 1887.] ENSLIN, E. 1912 Die Tenthredinoidea Mitteleuropas I. Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr. Beiheft. FALLEN, C. F. Catalogued from Andre. FENCER, W. H. 1862 Allgemeine Orismologie der Ameisen, mit besondeivi Berucksichtigung des Werther der Classifications^ merkmale. Archiv. Naturges., col. 28, p. 282-352. [This paper came into our hands too late to be included in the text, but most of the terms are the same as those used by Mayr.] FERNALD, HENRY T. 1906 The Digger Wasps of North America and the West Indies belonging to the subfamily Chlorioninae. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 31, pp. 91-423. [Gives figures of wings of Animobia ichneumonia with the usual American nomon- 68 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY clature, "but drawings have been included which name the parts according to the Comstock system, these having been obtained through the kind assistance of A. D. Mac- Gillivray."] FOERSTER, A. 1877 Ueber den systematischen Berth des Fliigelginders die den Hymenopteren. FRIESE, H. 1911 Apidae I, Megachilinae, Das Tierreich Berlin. GAHAN, A. B. 1915 A revision of the North American Ichneumon-flies of the subfamily Opiinae. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 49, p. 63-95. HALIDAY, A. H. Catalogued from Andre. HARTIG, T. Catalogued from Andre. HOWARD, LELAND O. 1881 Report on the parasites of Coccidae in the Collection of the U. S. Department of Agriculture. Ann. Kept. Entom. for 1880, p. 352. JTJRINE, L. 1807 Nouvelle methode, de classer les Hymenopteres et les Dipteres. Catalogued from Andre and verified. KIEFFER, J. J. 1912 Evanidae Das Tierriech Berlin. KlRBY == KlRBY AND SPENCE. Catalogued from Andre. KIRBY, W. F. 1882 List of Hymenoptera with descriptions and figures of the typical specimens in the British Museum. London. [Uses same terminology as Cresson and not listed.] KOHL, FRANZ FRIEDR. 1896 Die Gattungen der Sphegiden Ann. K. K. Naturhist. Hof- mus. LACORDAIRE, M. TH. 1834 Introduction a 1'Entomologie Paris. LATREILLE, P. A. Various works catalogued from Andre. LEPELETIER, A. L. M. 1825 Encyclopedic Methodique. 1836 Hist. Nat. Ins. Hymen. Both catalogued from Andre and when the terminology in both works is the same the date is omitted. MAcGlLLIVRAY,. A. D. 1906 A study of the wings of the Tenthredinoidea, a superfamily of Hymenoptera. Proc. U. S. Nat, Mus., vol. 29, No. 14:\ipi = Subdiscoideus. gig 1 = Cubitella. UWT 1 = Submedius. fj 1 = Mediella. 'HIPS = Brachius. j'ts = Discoidella. UWMJ 1 = Anal. uu 1 = Anella. JJ 1 = Basal. un = Axillus. QQ 1 = 1st Interradius. hgj 1 = Basella. RR 1 = 2d Interradius. kk 1 = Intercubitella. KK 1 = 1st Intercubitus. ii 1 = Recurrentella. LL 1 = = 2d Intercubitus. tt 1 = Nervellus. Fig. 2. E-uuni macgillivrayi Rohwer. AB = Costa. TT 1 = Nervulus. BC = Stigma. ab = Costella. CrPD = Metacarpus. be = Stigmella. EGB = Subcosta. ch'd = Metacarpella. HMH 1 = Radius. ejb = Subcostella. GIG 1 = Cubitus. hkh 1 = Radiella. FJ = Medius. gig 1 = Cubitella. .PPU 1 = Discoideus. fj 1 = = Mediella. PN 1 ? 1 = Subdiscodeus. j'ts = Discoidella. UT 1 = Submedius. wwH 1 = Submediella. TWIT 1 = Brachius.. t'w 1 = Brachiella. WW 1 = Anal. uw 1 = Anella, YY 1 = Intercosta. un = Axillus. JJ 1 = Basal. jhgj 1 = Basella. HK 1 = 1st Intercubitus. kk 1 = Intercubitella. MM 1 = 3d Intercubitus. ii 1 = Recurrentella. II 1 = 1st Recurrent. tt 1 = = Nervellus. NN 1 = 2d Recurrent. Fig. 3. Microplitus croceipes Cresson. ab = Subcostella. t^u 1 = Brachiella. bd = Metacarpella. lij 1 = Basella. hkh 1 = Radiella. bq 1 = Interradiella. jigi = Cubitella. kk 1 = Intercubitella. fj 1 = Mediella. tt 1 = Nervellus. ut 1 = Submediella. 72 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Fig. 4. Opius sanguineus Ashmead. ajb = Subcostella. be = Metacarpella. hh 1 = Radiella. gg 1 = Cubitella. ftg = Mediella. ut 1 = Submediella. tiu 1 = Brachiella. jg = Basella. tt 1 = Nervellus. gz = Postnervellus. Fig. 5. Labenn species. AB = Costa. BC == Stigma. CTPD = = Metacarpus. HKH 1 = = Radius. FJ 1 = = Medius. .PFS = Discoideus. PN 1 ? 1 == Subdiscoideus. JJ 1 = = Basal. UT 1 == Submedius. I 1 !! 1 = = Brachius. FK 1 = Discocubitus. K'NG 1 == Cubitus. KK 1 = 1st Intercubitus. LL 1 = 2d Intercubitus. AB = Costa. BC == Stigma. CH X D = = Metacarpa. HKH 1 = Radius. GIG 1 == Cubitus. FJ 1 = = Medius. J 1 I 1 S = Discoideus. PP 1 = Subdiscoideus. UT 1 == Submedius. FU 1 = = Brachius. JJ 1 = Basal. KK 1 = 1st Intercubitus. LL 1 = 2d Intercubitus. 2d Recurrent (called Re- current). .PT 1 = Nervulus. ab = Subcostella. bd = Metacarpella. hh 1 = : Radiella. fg == Mediella. gg 1 = Cubitella. ts = Discoidella. ut 1 = Submediella. t 1 !! 1 = Brachiella. kk l = Intercubitella. gtt 1 = Nervellus. Fig. 6. Helcon species. .PT 1 = : Nervulus. W = 1st Interanal. W 1 = = 2d Interanal. ab = Subcostella. bd = Metacarpella. hh 1 = ' Radiella. gg 1 = Cubitella. fj 1 = = Mediella. ut 1 = Submediella. tHi 1 = Brachiella. jgj 1 = Basella. H 1 = Nervellus. II 1 = 1st Recurrent (called Re- mm 1 = Interanella. current). Fig. 7. Disholocaspis species. LL 1 = = 2d Intercubitus. .PT 1 = : Nervulus. eb = = Subcostella. jj 1 = ' Basella. fj 1 = : Mediella. j 1 ! 1 = Nervellus. EHB = Subcosta. HLH 1 = Radius. GI^G 1 == Cubitus. FJ 1 = = Medius. Jipi = Discoideus. JJ 1 = Basal. KK 1 ' = 1st Intercubitus. PBOC. BNT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XVIII. PLATE I. XI7J- PL.VTE II. I'ROC. KNT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XVIII. 7 74 I'HOC. BNT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XVIII. PI.ATh 111 76 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Fig. 8. Philanthus jimu-tfidix Say. AB == Costa. II 1 = 1st Recurrent. BC == Stigma. NN 1 == 2d Recurrent. CH'D = Metacarpa. J'T 1 = Nervulus. EB == Subcosta. al> == Costella. HLH 1 = Radius. bd : : Metacarpella. GIM 1 == Cubitus. eb == Subcostella. FJ 1 = = Medius. hk = Radiella. J'FS = Discoideus. gk l = = Cubitella. PN 1 ? 1 = = Subdiscoideus. fg = Mediella. rT 1 == Submedius. gs = Discoidella. T 1 !! 1 Brachius. et 1 == Submediella. JJ 1 = ' Basal. tki 1 = : Brachiella. KK 1 = 1st Intercubitus. kk 1 = Intercubitella. LL 1 = = 2d Intercubitus. gt 1 : Xorvellus. AIM 1 == 3d Intercubitus. Fig. 9. Foenm species. \\'y -- Costa. PP 1 == Subdiscoideus. BC = = Stigma. UT 1 = = Submedius. CH!D = : Metacarpus. T 1 !! 1 = ' Brachius. EB = = Subcosta. BG = : Basal. HKH 1 = Radius. KK 1 = Intercubitus. CIK'G 1 == Cubitus. II 1 - 1st Recurrent. FG = : Medius. TT 1 = = Nervulus. GTIiPS 1 Discoideus. ad == Costella + Metacarpella. Fig. 10. Serphus caudatus (Say). AB == Costa. PP 1 == Subdiscoideus. BC == Stigma. UT 1 == Submedius. CH 1 !) = = Metacarpus. T 1 !! 1 = = Brachius. EE 1 == Subcosta. JF 1 -. Basal. KH 1 : Radius. KK 1 : Intercubitus. (IK'G == Cubitus. TT 1 Nervulus. FF 1 == Medius. al> == Costella. F!PS = Discoideus. Fig. 11. ('halcix orata Say. AB ---- Submarginal. <'ll = Stigmal. BC : Marginal. al> Submargiiu-lla. ('I) Post marginal. be = : Marginclla. nf /i//lil ii'iil/nti, A/ir/'l 5, H>/>; ANNOUNCEMENT Separates of all the important papers published in the PROCEED- INGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON and a num- ber from other journals are for sale at approximately two cents per page (no article less than ten cents). They can be had by apply- ing to the Corresponding Secretary of the Entomological Society, U. S. National Museum.. Washington, D. C. No receipt will be mailed for the sale of printed matter unless especially requested. OF SPECIAL INTEREST BUSCK, AUGUST. A New Tineid Genus from Arizona 10 " " A Revision of the American Moths of the Family Glechiidae with Descriptions of New Species... 1.00 " " A Review of the American Moths of the Genus Cos- mopteryx Hubner 15 " " A Review of the American Moths of the Genus De- pressaria Howarth, with Descriptions of New Species " " Descriptions of North American Tineina 30 " ' New American Tineina 10 " " New Microlepidoptera from Mexico. 1C ' New Species of Moths of the Super-family Tineina from Florida 20 " " Notes on Breckenridge Clements Types of Tineinae. .15 11 " Tineid Moths from British Columbia with Descrip- tions of New Species 25 Tineid Moths from Southern Texas with Descrip- tions of New Species 10 " Two Microlepidoptera Injurious to Chestnut 10 ' " Three short systematic papers 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THIS NUMBER BAKER, A. C., and TURNER, W. F.: Some intermediates in the Aphididae c. 10 DUCKETT, A. B.: Notes on a little-known rabbit ear-mite 17 KOTINSKY, J.: The European fir trunk bark louse (Chermes piceae Ratz.) apparently long established in the United States 14 OBITUARIES : FABRE, JEAN HENRI 2 RUSSELL, H. M 3 PIERCE, W. D. : Notes on the habits of weevils. . 6 QUAINTANCE, A. L., HTSLOP, J. A., and WALTON, W. R.: The life and works of H. M. Russell 3 ROHWER, S. A., and GAHAN, A. B.: Horismology of the hymen- opterous wing , 20 TOWNSEND, C. H. T.: Non-intentional disposal of muscoid species by man, with particular reference to tachinid species 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY WASHINGTON VOLUME XVIII, No 2 JUNE, 1916 PUBLISHED QUARTERLY BY THE SOCIETY OFFICE OF PUBLICATION 2419-21 GREENMOUNT AVB. BALTIMORE. MD. EDITORIAL OFFICE WASHINGTON. D. C. Entered M oond-ol*i matter at the poatoffice at Baltimore, Md . February 28. Iftll, under the Act of Aueuit 24, 1913 THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884. The regular meetings of the Society are held on the first Thursday of each month, from October to June inclusive, at 8 P. M. Annual dues of active members, $3.00; of corresponding members $2.00; initiation fee (for active members only), $1.00. OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1916. Honorary President E. A. SCHWARZ President C. R. ELY First Vice-President E. R. SASSCER Second Vice-President FREDERICK KN AB Recording Secretary A. B. GAHAN Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer .S. A. ROHWER U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. Editor J. C. CRAWFORD Representing the Society as a Vice-President of the Washington Academy of Sciences W. D. HUNTER Executive Committee. THE OFFICERS. A. N. CAUDELL. A. L. QTTAINTANCE. W. D. HUNTER. PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON. Published quarterly bythe Society at Baltimore, Md., and Wash- ington, D. C. Terms of subscription: Domestic, $2.00 per annum; foreign, $2.25 per annum; recent single numbers, 75 cents, foreign postage extra. Remittances should be made payable to the Entomological Society of Washington. Authors of leading articles in the PROCEEDINGS will be entitled to 25 separates of each contribution, free of charge, provided the Editor is noti- fied before page proof is returned. Additional copies may be bad at rates fixed by the Society. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH.. VOL. XVIII. PLATE IV. Francis Marion Webster. M916 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON VOL. XVIII 1916 No. 2 A joint meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington and employees of the Bureau of Entomology was held in mem- ory of Francis Marion Webster on January 14, 1916, at which more than 60 persons were present. The resolutions adopted are printed on a following page. Reminiscences were given by Messrs. Walton, Hunter, Schwarz^ Sasscer, Howard, Marlatt, Currie and Banks illustrating the many- sided character of Professor Webster and showing the prominent part he played in the development of economic entomology in the United States. 77 78 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Jfranctg Jflanon Siebster WHEREAS, the long and useful life of our colleague and friend, Professor Francis Marion Webster, was ended on January 3, 1916; and WHEREAS, by his highly intelligent and successful work in Illi- nois, in Ohio, and in the Bureau of Entomology of the U. S. De- partment of Agriculture at Washington, he had done much for agriculture in the United States and for the promotion of the science of economic entomology; and WHEREAS, at the same time, by his helpful interest in the work of others and by the cordial impetus which he gave to his own assistants, inspiring lasting friendship and respect; and WHEREAS, by his blameless and irreproachable life he stood always as an example of the things that are good and fine; Therefore be it resolved, That the scientific employees of the Bureau of Entomology and the members of the Entomological Society of Washington feel that his death, though crowning a full and well-rounded career, leaves a great gap which, on account of his unique and lovable personality, can never be filled; that he will be remembered by all of us with feelings of admiration and respect, and that the recollection of his qualities will for many years help to strengthen our interest in the cause of entomological science. Further be it resolved, That the warm sympathy of these organi- zations is extended to his family, and that copies of these resolu- tions be forwarded to Mrs. Webster and their children. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 79 FRANCIS MARION WEBSTER. BY L. O. HOWARD. Francis Marion Webster was born at* Lebanon, New Hamp- shire, August 2, 1849. He was son of J. S. and Betty A. (Riddle) Webster. He married Maria A. Potter, of Sandwich, Illinois, August 21, 1870. He was Assistant State Entomologist of Illinois, 1882-4; Special Agent, U. S. Department of Agricul- ture, 1884-1892; Entomologist of the Ohio Agricultural Experi- ment Station, 1891-1902; an assistant on the Biological Survey of Illinois, 1903-4; after which he was appointed to a position in the Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Department of Agriculture, in charge of Cereal and Forage Crop Insect Investigations. He was Professor of Economic Entomology in Purdue Univer- sity 1885-88, and Consulting Entomologist of the Indiana Ex- periment Station 1888-1891. He was sent on a mission to the Melbourne, Australia, International Exposition by the U. S. Departments of State and Agriculture in 1888, visiting other portions of Australia, Tasmania and New Zealand, returning in 1889. He was engaged during part of the years 1886-1899 in the solution of the problem of the suppression of the buffalo gnat in the valley of the lower Mississippi River. He was a Fellow of the American Association for the Advancement of Science and of the Indiana Academy of Science. He was a member and ex-president of the Ohio Academy of Science, the American Association of Economic Entomologists and the Entomological Society of Washington. He was a member of the Biological Society of Washington, the National Geographic Society, the American Society of Naturalists, and the Geological Society of Iowa. He was an honorary member of the Entomological So- ciety of Ontario and a corresponding member of the Cambridge Entomological Club and the New York Entomological Society. This is the brief statement, practically as it appears in Who's Who in America, concerning the career of our fellow member, who died at Columbus, Ohio, January 3, 1916. Since his death three biographical sketches have been published; the first by Mr. W. II. Walton, one of his principal assistants, in Science, February 4, 1916 (Vol. XLIII, No. 1101), the second by Prof. S. A. Forbes, with whom he was formerly associated in entomo- logical work, published in the Journal of Economic Entomology for February, 1916 (Vol. 9, No. 1), and the third by Dr. C. Gor- don Hewitt, Dominion Entomologist of Canada, in the Canadian Entomologist for March, 1911). The writer was so close to Webster, who has left us so recently, that it is difficult to view his life in perspective, yet it is per- 80 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY fectly obvious that his career was so useful and so well rounded that many important lessons can be learned from a study of its steps and from a general consideration of his character. In the first place he was a farmer's boy, and not trained in the schools, yet, by his ability and originality and his clear, practical mind, he accomplished work of the highest character, organized a strong branch of the government service, directed the investi- gations of men of the highest college training, had strong clear ideas as to the direction and aim of college courses in science as applied to agriculture, and was often consulted by teachers in arranging and developing such courses. This statement alone indicates that we are dealing with a most unusual character. It is probably the fact that he was a farmer's boy that ac- counts for the turning of his mind to entomological study, and the practical side immediately appealed to him from the fact that his father died when he was fifteen years of age. He mar- ried at twenty-one, and a few years later bought a farm in his home county in Illinois (Dekalb County). On his farm he studied the injurious insects and began to collect beetles. His first published articles appeared in the Chicago Weekly Inter ocean for 1874 and consisted of six weekly installments of notes on some of the common injurious and beneficial insects, under the general heading "Entomology and Agriculture." His more serious publishing career, however, began in 1879, in the columns of the Prairie Farmer. His earliest papers relate to the herbivorous habits of certain carabids, and, after several notes on this subject published in different issues of the journal, he brought out, in Bulletin No. 3 of the Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History (November, 1880), a paper entitled "Notes upon the Food of Predaceous Beetles," which attracted very gen- eral attention and indicated quite plainly to the few of us who were then interested in such studies that a new and very careful ento- mological observer had entered the field. This paper showed care in the search of the literature, admirable powers of observation, familiarity with the insects studied, and an unusually strong literary style. From this time on until the time of his death Webster's bib- liography covers rather more than six hundred titles. 1 It is true that very many of these titles are short newspaper articles published in the Ohio Farmer, the American Agriculturist and other agricultural journals, but it is also true that very many others contain the results of original observations and many of them have a broad character. 1 See Bibliography of the more important contributions to N. A. Ento- mology, S. Henshavv, Nathan Banks, U. 8. Department of Agriculture, parts IV-VIII, et seq. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 81 Webster, so far as the writer can find, described only one species Pteromalus gelechiae. In one of his pape 'S he refers to the taxonomists as the pioneers attached to an army corps, who blaze the way, make the roads, build the bridges, and thus enable the army of biological and economic workers to fol- low more smoothly and to realize the direction in which they are going. He, by the way, instances the quarrels of species makers as likely to bring about the same confusion as though the pioneers differed as to the proper construction of a bridge along the path of the army. He had a philosophical mind, and many of his papers showed this trend. It is not necessary to recall the titles of these papers to those who read this. Perhaps he sometimes went too far, as in his writing on the trend of insect diffusion in the United States, but it goes to show the breadth of his mind. We have referred to the fact that so many of his titles are those of newspaper publications. He defends this manner of publication in his annual address as President of the Association of Economic Entomologists delivered at Detroit August 12, 1837, and he argues that the daily and weekly press form better con- veyances for placing the results of studies and investigations be- fore the public. "The daily press," he says, "can scatter infor- mation broadcast over the land within the space of twenty-four hours and, within a week, place it in the hands of every person who takes even the most isolated weekly paper." He then refers to the unfortunate reputation of the daily press for unreliability of statement, and further s'ates that the agricultural press, while affected in this way to a far less degree, still offers a wide field for improvement. This address as a whole is one of the best things Webster ever wrote. It is entitled "The Present and Future of Applied Entomology in America;" and it if sound, while containing many of his characteristic metaphors and similes. He was always a good writer. His best work, on the whole, was done with insects that affect cereal and forage crops, the very field in which he built up his branch of the federal entomological service. His early investi- gations of the Hessian fly and the chinch bug started him on ;i long and comprehensive study of 'hese two insects which continued until the day of his death. His joint-worm investigation- opened up a field of much biological as well as economic importance, and he deserves the credit of establishing, not only parthenogenesis in the genus Isosoma, but a dimorphism and alternation of genera- tions which holds in a perfectly fixed way for one of the important crop pests of this genus, Isosoma grande. For nnny years in Ohio he made notes and careful biological observations upon all 82 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY insects affecting this class of crops, and the results of his work down to 1903 are admirably displayed in Bulletin No. 42 of the Division of Entomology, entitled "Some Insects Attacking the Stems of 'Growing Wheat, Rye, Barley, and Oats, with Methods of Prevention and Suppression." In this admirable bulletin, which contains a very large amount of matter of biological and practical interest, he told for the first time over his own signa- ture the story of the discovery of dimorphism and alternation of generations in Isosoma. He also in this paper gives much atten- tion to the Dipterous enemies of the stems of grains, and years afterw r ards was able to station Dr. J. M. Aldrich, as a part of his force, in a field near the place of his old observations, to attempt to follow out life histories which he himself had been obliged to leave incomplete. In fact, it may safely be said that cereal and forage crop insects was Webster's own field. Aside from work in this direction, perhaps the most notice- able work which he did was that upon Simulium in the Missis- sippi bottomlands, and, in a paper which he read at the twenty- fifth annual meeting of the Society for the Promotion of Agricul- tural Science, he covered in a very excellent way a field well expressed in the title of his paper, " The Suppression and Control of the Plague of Buffalo Gnats in the Valley of the Lower Mis- sissippi River and the Relations Thereto of the Present Levee System, Irrigation in the Arid West and Tile Drainage in the Middle West." Webster was instrumental in the calling of the first convention for the consideration of a national horticultural quarantine law, and in fact was the originator and promoter of the movement which resulted in the convention of nursery-men, horticulturists, entomologists, and plant pathologists which was held in Wash- ington, D. C., March 5 and 6, 1897. Although no legislation fol- lowed this convention, yet as a direct result the original bill was framed and introduced into both branches of Congress, and after a prolonged effort of nearly fifteen years resulted in the final passage of the Federal Horticultural Law in August, 1912. All the time that Webster was working on these intensely prac- tical questions he carried in the back of his head an intense interest in insect life entirely aside from its economic aspects, and the latest paper which he wrote (not yet pir lished) dealt with the interesting topic of ethno-entomology, which was read in part at Columbus by Doctor Felt the morning aft CM- its author was stricken with the fatal attack of pneumonia which resulted in his death four days later. This manuscript, the hundred or more entomologists who were present at that Hireling may be interested to know, has been offered to the Bureau of American Ethnology, and, if they find it impossible to publish it, it will be OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 83 sent to his son, R. L. Webster, at the Iowa Agricultural College, who will doubtless find some place where it will be printed. Webster was a man who had many friends. He was especially liked by our Canadian colleagues, made frequent visits to Canada, lectured before the Ontario Entomological Society, published many notes in the Canadian Entomologist and in the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Ontario, and held the warm friendship of the late Dr. James Fletcher and his successor, Dr. C. Gordon Hewitt, Doctor Bethune, the late William Saunders and others. In the States he was regarded with warm friendship and affection by a very large class of farmers, fruit-growers, scientific men, and especially by his entomological colleagues. As has been pointed out in two of the biographical sketches cited in an earlier paragraph, he had the respect and affection of his official assistants in the degree that a kind and wise father might have had. He died at the end of a long and useful career, actively in the harness, but with a most useful life work accomplished, with his children grown up and practically established in life, and after all it was a good way to die. Two HUNDRED AND NINETY-FIRST MEETING, JANUARY 6, 1916. The 291st meeting of the Society was entertained by Mr. C. L. Marlatt at the Saengerbund Hall January 6, 1916. There were present Messrs. Abbott, G. G. Ainslie, C. N. Ainslie, Barber, Borden, Boving, Busck, Caudell, Craighead, Crawford, Cushman, DeGryse, Duckett, Ely, Fink, Fisher, Gahan, Greene, Hunter, Hutchinson, Hyslop, Kewley, Knab, Kotinsky, Mclndoo, Paine, Rohwer, Sanford, Sasscer, Schwarz, Shannon, Simanton, Snyder, Turner, Walton, White and Wood, members and Messrs. C. T. Brues, H. G. Ferguson, H. H. Knight, Frank E. Lutz, C. M. Packard, H. K. Plank, and H. L. Viereck, visitors. The following new members were elected: Messrs. Arthur N. Borden, G. H. Paine, and R. M. Garner, active members and A. I. Fabis, corresponding member. The following amendment to the constitution was adopted. ARTICLE IV. Add Section 2 as follows: Section 2. The Society may elect, at any regular meeting, by three- fourths majority of the active members present, an Honorary President. 84 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY The Honorary President shall hold office until recalled by the Society at any regular meeting through recommendations of the Executive Com- mittee and by vote of three-fourths of the active members present. ARTICLE V. Add Section 6 as follows: Section 6. The Honorary President shall be exempt from dues and shall have no specific duties, but he shall be ex-officio a member of the Executive Committee. Following the adoption of this amendment, Mr. E. A. Schwarz was unanimously elected Honorary President. At the conclusion of the Presidential address, a vote of thanks was tendered Mr. Caudell for his excellent address. At the end of the regular program Dr. F. E. Lutz and Dr. C. T. Braes were called on and responded with appropriate re- marks. The following program was presented: ADDRESS OF RETIRING PRESIDENT. AN ECONOMIC CONSIDERATION OF ORTHOPTERA DIRECTLY AFFECTING MAN. BY A. N. CAUDELL. At first glance the subject I have chosen may seem one of little scope, scarcely broad enough for a paper such as the present one. As a matter of fact, however, it is necessary to treat it in a very concise manner in order to keep it within desirable bounds. Therefore the following considerations are condensed as much as is conveniently possible. Orthoptera directly concerning man, either beneficially or in- juriously, affect him either physically or psychically, that is his physical person, externally or internally, or his spiritual or emo- tional nature. Orthoptera may, to the uninitiated, appear scarcely worth mentioning as directly affecting man injuriously but literature contains a number of incidents of sufficient interest to merit brief reference. Forms injuriously affecting man's person externally is a subject dealing mostly with injuries inflicted by biting. In dealing with this and allied subjects it is not easy to separate popular superstitions from actualities and when the evidence rests upon the observations of laymen it is often more or less faulty. Actual incidents are evidently sometimes exagger- ated by recognized observers and more popular and less scrupu- lous writers often go still further. Inexperienced or ignorant people misconstrue facts and thus our literature teems with ques- OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 85 tionable statements. This was especially true in times far past but continues true, unfortunately, to a considerable extent even yet. A superstition long prevailed in Maryland that if a black beetle, that is a cockroach, enters your room, or flies against you, severe illness, or perhaps even death, follows. 1 . As a recent example of evident error in observation I may mention a letter from a physician in New Mexico relating how a boy was bitten on the toe by a Stenopelmalus and, though the toe was immediately incised by a doctor, severe results followed, the boy being in a critical condition for some days and nearly losing his life. While it is very doubtful if the insect was the real cause of the boy's ailment, it is undoubtedly true that at least quite severe mechanical in- jury and pain may be caused by the bite of orthopterous insects. I have myself been bitten in the palm of the hand bv a native Orchelimum, an insect scarcely exceeding an inch in length, so severely as to almost draw blood and similar bites on the finger or back of the hand by some of our larger and more powerful Orthoptera would easily pierce the skin. Davis states that Belo- cephalus bites severely 2 and Bernard records natives sleeping in vineyards in France as being bitten by Ephippigera. 3 Brunner lost a piece of flesh, bitten out by the powerful jaws of Saga,* and Wellman writes that Brachytrupes, a large cricket, can draw blood with its strong jaws. 5 Cockroaches are known to bite off the eyelashes and nibble the toe nails of children in South Amer- ica 6 and in addition they scratch the faces of men, bite the greasy fingers of sleeping children 7 and even eat the toe nails of sailors. 8 And not only do roaches bite man but they annoy him in other ways. Thus, Rev. Laock, an early Swedish clergyman in Penn- sylvania, had a roach enter his ear, causing intense pain until drowned out with water like a rat from its hole. 9 There are other similar incidents recorded and the name " earwig" was given the Forficulidae by reason of the widespread belief that they habitually enter the ears of man. Orthoptera directly injuring man's person internally is a sub- ject pertaining mostly to their causing disease and the dissemi- nation of the same. This phase of orthopterous economy is 1 Cowan's Curious Facts, p. 82 (1865). 2 Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., vol. xx, p. 305 (1912). 3 Tech. trait. Vigne (1914). 4 Burr, Proc. S. Lond. Ent. Soc., 1899, p. (11) (1900). 5 Ent. News, vol. xix, p. 29 1908). ; II. II. Smith, In Circular, 2 ser., No. 51, Div. Ent. U. S. Dept. Auric., p. 6 footnote (1902). 'Catesby, Nat. Hist. Carolina, vol. ii, p. 10 (17 IN.. 'Gates, U. S. NavM Mod. Hull., vol. vi, p. 212 214 (1912). 9 Cowan's Curious Facts, p. 79 (1865). 86 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY closely connected with that dealing with external injuries by the entrance of the ear by roaches, etc., as mentioned above, and especially by injuries to the skin by secretions given off by cer- tain species. Thus an African katydid exudes a clear yellowish fluid from pores in the side of the body near the junction of the thorax and abdomen which causes a quite severe eruption if it comes into direct contact with the skin. The natives appreciate and fear this property and its potency was verified experimentally by Dr. H. Stannus, 10 who thinks extensive ulcerations of various parts of the body may sometimes result from this cause when proper medical advise is lacking. Certain earwigs are reported by Dr. Wellman to be considered poisonous by the natives of Angola, and Wellman himself thinks it possible that septic matter may be introduced by a 'bite' from the powerful forceps of the forficulid in question. 11 Hasselfc has written on an affection of the lips of persons to whose mouths roaches are attracted for food or drink. 12 There are few Orthoptera recorded as the direct cause of disease in man. In 1872 there was published in Philadelphia an eight paged pamphlet which reads like a production of pre-Plinyan days. 13 The writer contends that locusts and grasshoppers are the prime cause of the eruptive diseases of living things. He proves his assertions by biblical quotations and qualifies as a learned scientist by various interesting statements, such as that houseflies originate from the intestinal worms of man. A more recent charge against Orthoptera as a direct cause of disease in man was brought to the attention of this Society a year ago by Dr. Howard. This was a letter from a correspondent who drank a bottle of soda water and found a decayed roach in the bottom which he considered the cause of Bright's disease, a malady with which he was soon afterwards stricken. While the instances cited above involve elements liable to just criticism, there are others which are at least plausible and some doubtlessly well founded. Thus literature records several cases where grasshoppers, during great invasions, fell into the sea to be later cast ashore in such immense numbers that the air was polluted by the decaying mass, resulting in pestilential conditions costing the lives of many people. Also in times of grasshopper invasions the insects be- foul the roofs of houses with their excrement and the rain water drained into cisterns from such roofs is defiled 14 and dysentery 10 Bull. Ent. Research, Lond., vol. ii, p. 180 (1911). 11 Ent. News, vol. xix, p. 32 (1908). 12 Tidschr. voor Erit., vol. viii, p. 98-99 (1865). 3 Rilcy, \V. D., Locusts and Grasshoppers. The beginning and the end of the febrile or eruptive diseases in living things. 14 Bull. Bur. Ent. U. S. Dept. Agric., No. 22, p. 106 (1900). OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 87 results from mechanical irritation by particles contained in such polluted water. 15 However few or doubtful the records of Orthoptera directly causing disease in mankind, their instrumentality in the dissemi- nation of disease organisms is a matter well worth consideration. Their importance in this respect is, of course, slight as compared with some other groups, especially the Diptera, and this phase of the subject is insignificant as compared with the general subject of medical entomology. But that certain Orthoptera, especially the Blatticlae, may yet prove of real importance as dis- seminators of disease is not to be doubted. That they are well qualified for playing such parts is certain. Many published articles show cockroaches to be veritable hotbeds of various kinds of germs and that they fairly teem with bacterial organisms both inside and out. 16 Their eggs are covered with bacteria when de- posited 17 and their feces show micrococci in abundance. 18 They may carry the hypopus stage of the cheese mite 19 and common cosmopolitan species in Denmark have been proven to act as secondary host to a bacillus which produces cancer in rats. 20 Morrell concludes that the common croton bug, by contamination with its feces, is able to, and may possibly, play a small part in the dissemination of tuberculosis and in the transmission of polo- genie organisms, 21 also that they are in all probabilities an active agent in the souring of milk kept in kitchens and that they are undoubtedly a very important factor in the distribution of molds to foods, etc., in cupboards and cellars. Gates states that roaches may spread typhoid on ships and carry in their intestines and on their feet the organisms of diphtheria, tonsillitis and tuberculosis, 22 and some writers consider them fully as dangerous as houseflies as the virility of bacterial organisms is not diminished by passing through their alimentary tract. 23 A Danish professor claims that cancer is caused by drinking water in which cockroaches have ovi- posited 24 and roaches have been mentioned as possible transmit- I5 Prout, Journ. Trop. Med. and Hygiene, p. 137-139 (1908). 16 Herms and Nelson, Amer. Journ. Pub. Health, vol. iii, p. 229 C1913), Sartpry and Clerc, C. R. Soc. Biol., vol. Ixiv, p. 545 (1908), and Barber, Philippine Journ. Sci., vol. vii, p. 521-524 (1912). 17 Petri, Mem. d. R. Stazionc di Palol. Vegetale, Rome (1909). > Northrup, Tech. Bull. Mich. Kxp. Stat., No. 18, p. 25 H914). 19 Ealand, Ins. and Man, p. 244 (1915). 20 Fibigcr, Berliner Klin. Wochcnschr., vol. 1, p. 2S9-298 (l'Jl3), Fibige ' Hospitalstid, Copenhagen, vol. Ivii, p. 1049-1112 (1914), and Fibiger ar Ditlevsen, Contr. liiol. morph. Spirnplera (1914). 21 British Med. Journ., p. 1531 '1911). 2 U. S. Naval Med. Bull., vol. vi. p. 212 C1912). :s Longfellow, Amer. Journ. Pub. Health, vol. iii, p. 58-61 (1913). 24 Nordlyset, New York, Febr. 20, p. 8 (1913). 88 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ters of the tropical disease beri-beri. 25 Roaches have also been considered in connection with the carrying of the vibrios of Asiatic Cholera 26 and, in common with many other insects, they have been investigated as possible factors in the cause and spread of pella- gra, but with negative results. 27 There are few published references of Orthoptera, other than the roaches, as disease carriers, the only one now recalled being the spread of cholera for long distances by migratory locusts in Africa. 28 It is recorded that grasshoppers in times of invasions leave a cholera-like pestilence in their w ke and they are also accused of carrving into uninfested regions the foot and mouth disease of cattle. 29 Aside from physical effects, either external or internal as dis- cussed above, man is injuriously affected directly by orthopterous insects scarcely at all. Aside from disagreeable odors of such spe- cies as cockroaches, etc., that offend his olfactory sense, his psychic nature is practically unaffected. True, his nervous sys- tem may now and then be more or less shocked from fright, as in the case recently recorded of terror caused in a Philadelphia school by the issuance of yo ng mantids from the ootheca. 30 A heroic janitor with a irop handle came to the rescue in this case. It reminds me of the first mole cricket I ever saw and of how gleefully I carried my wonderful prize home, only to have it killed 'good and dead' by mv frightened mother. Orthoptera beneficially related to man directly may be divided, like those injuriously affecting him, into those affecting him physi- cally and those influencing him psychically. The first group com- prises species used in medicine and those eaten as food. The former, I believe, is a matter based almost entirely on pristine beliefs and popular fallacies. A common European katydid is given the common name "wartbiter" from the belief prevalent in Swe ien that its bite removes warts. 31 Burr remarks that it is possible that the wound caused by the insect, together with the action of formic acid often exuded from the jaws of angrv Orthop- tera, and a goodly amount of faith on the part of the wart-stricken individual might indeed cause these mysterious growths to dis- appear. Ancient lore is replete with all kinds of cures attributed to various insects. The following recorded instances may be 25 yan der Scheer, Journ. Trop. Med., vol. iii, p. 96-97 (1900); Manson, Tropical Diseases 4 edit.), p. 370 t!907). :; Barber, Philippine Journ. Sci., vol. ix, p. 1-4 (1914). 27 Jennings, Amer. Journ. Med. Sci., vol. cxlvi, p. 418 ,1913). 8 Riley, Ref. Handb. Med. Sci., vol. v, p. 75 (18S7). 29 Kannemeyer, Trans. S. Afr. Philos. Soc , vol viii, p. 84-85 (1893). s Ent. News, vol. xvi, p. 292 1905). 31 Proc. S. Lond. Ent. Soc., 1899, p. (11) (1900). OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 89 mentioned as pertaining to the Orthoptera. A leg of Gryllus boiled in water prevents retention of urine by man and animal. 32 Cockroaches bruised and mixed with sugar cure ulcers and cancers and kill worms in children; the ashes of burned roaches are an effective physic 33 and the inner viscera of roaches boiled in oil cure earache. 34 Cockroaches are made into tea and formed into pills for various ailments of man and powdered and extracted in alcohol they are a remedy for dropsy/ 5 Oil of forficulids rubbed on the temples, wrists and nostrils strengthens the nerves; ashes of house crickets cure weak sight and enlarged tonsils and tritu- rated bodies of migratory locusts, with proof spirits, cure haemor- rhoids and quench thirst. 56 There are many more such records of the remarkable medicinal properties of Orthoptera but no more need be repeated here. As an article of food the Orthoptera are of real importance and the general use of insects as food for man is not only a matter of ancient history but of the present times as well. Dr. Howard has but recently urged experiments along this line" and man of many climes annually consume considerable quantities of insects and insect products. Were the present paper one dealing with insects in general this one topic of their use as food would be quite enough for one evening's discussion. Confined to the Orthoptera it is limited mostly to a consideration of the edibility of locusts, or grasshoppers. Other families of Orthoptera however enter somewhat into the diet of man and even the unsavory cockroach, when properly salted, is said to have an agreeable flavor for those fond of highly flavored dishes. 28 Personally, however, I have formed no liking for roaches as food, in spite of the fact that on a trip through the west I had them served to me alive in straw- berries, a la carte with fried fish, and baked in biscuits/ 9 At least one genus of Phasmidae serve as food for man, the natives of Woodlark Island eating a species of Karabidion* Gryllidae, too, are eaten, field crickets being an article of diet in Jamaica when that island was first discovered, 41 and the natives of Africa eat quantities of Brachytrupes, which they dig from their burrows and prepare for the pot by removing the legs and wings. 42 The Orthoptera most extensively used as food are, as stated above, 32 Sanchez, Datos para la Mcdica Mexicana (1893). 33 Sloane, Hist. Jamaica, vol. ii, p. 204 (1707-25). 34 Cowan's Curious Facts, p. 82 (1865). 35 Bogomolow, St. Petcrsb. Mod. Wochenschr. (1884). 3 "' Ealand, Insects and Man, p. 217 (1915). "Monthly Letter, Bur. Ent. U. S. Dept. Agric., No. 18, p. 1 (1915). 38 Lugger, 3 Repts. Minn. Exp. Sta., p. 36 (1898). 39 Ent. News, vol. xv, p. 63 '1904). 40 Montrouzier, Fauna Woodlark, p. 82 (1855). 41 Sloane, Hist, of Jamaica, vol. ii, p. 204 Q707-25). Wellman. Ent. News, vol. xix, p. 29 (1908). 90 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY locusts, or grasshoppers. There is no doubt but that wholesome and palatable dishes may be prepared from the bodies of these insects and a somewhat extensive use is now made of them for this purpose by the natives of many regions. Ansorge says that John the Baptist needs no pity by reason of his entomo- logical diet as he should tire of honey sooner than of locusts. 41 That the flavor of well cooked locusts is not distasteful is vouched for by no less an authority than Dr. C. V. Riley. A somewhat extensive experiment was seriously carried out by Dr. Riley and others and the results summed up in his candid statement that, from personal experience, he considered our common locust more palatable when cooked than some animals commonly served on our tables. 44 In this experiment, which was given considerable newspaper notoriety at the time, locusts were prepared in various ways, all proving satisfactory. Ancient and recent literature is rich in reference to this subject and an interesting compilation of older accounts may be found in Cowan's Curious Facts, pages 120-131. I wish here to refer to but one of these ancient items, a poetic inventory of the larder of a poor Athenian family. The writer, Alexis, says: For our best and daintiest cheer, Through the bright half of the year, Is but acorns, onions, peas, Ochros, Lupines, radishes, Vetches, wild pears nine or ten, With a locust now and then. Under the title "Why not eat insects?" Vincent M. Holt has published an undated booklet of 99 pages treating of insects as food and, while the menus suggested seem ludicrous, he is evi- dently sincere in his arguments. Recipes are given for the prep- aration of locusts and the writer attests their palatability from personal experience and the testimony of others. I quote a menu from this work as a matter of interest, though locusts do not happen to be included in it: Snail Soup. Fried soles, with Woodlouse Sauce. Curried Cockchafers. Fricassee of Chicken with Chrysalids. Boiled leg of mutton with Wire-worm sauce. Ducklings, with Green Peas. Cauliflowers garnished with Caterpillars. Moths on toast. 43 From Under the African Sun (1900). 44 Proc. Amer. Assoo. Adv. Sci., p. 208-214 (1S75). OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 91 The above menu, of course, sounds absurd, but is a raw oyster more attractive, gastronomically, than a well prepared locust? I say 'well prepared locust/ for nothing favorable can be said of illy prepared concoctions such as an unauthenticated account credits certain Indians with using, that is, fatty juices dipped from decayed masses of locusts and eaten as a salad. There is a justified vagueness as to the details of this practice but such salads need not be compared with the undoubtedly tasty and nutritious preparations civilized man might enjoy could he only overcome prejudices and eat insects. Chemical analysis shows locusts to possess a high nutritive value, 45 we have divine permission from the Bible to use them as food, 46 and they are admittedly tasty morsels, therefore why, indeed, not eat them? My final topic, Orthoptera directly affecting man's psychic nature beneficially, is one of some importance. Man's aesthetic nature is appealed to by the beauty of many forms, his music- loving soul is soothed by their song and his sporting proclivi- ties are gratified by contests of strength and valor between pug- nacious males of certain species. As objects of beauty a considerable number of Orthoptera are rivaled only by the most brilliantly colored butterflies. For ex- ample, certain giant lobe-crested grasshoppers of South America have the under wings brilliant with various hued tints, so blended as to incite the admiration of the most stolid observer. Certain mantids of the Old World are so constructed in form and color as to resemble brightly colored orchids. There are also many Orthoptera of more somber hues which are objects of admiration by reason of their wonderful forms, some exhibiting a marvellous array of spines and flanges, and others are so constructed as to perfectly mimic in form or color certain objects, as bark, twigs, etc. Our common walking stick insect resembles, when at rest, the twigs among which it lives so perfectly as to merit our appre- ciation. Still other Orthoptera, which are neither brilliant in color nor striking in structure, are objects of interest by reason of their gracefulness of form or agility of motion. The songs of insects has been enjoyed and applauded by man since the dawn of history and among our musical insects the Orthoptera are dominant. So musical are the notes of some of our orthopterous songsters that it is difficult to express their melody. The rhythmic beat of the tree-cricket has been termed by Burroughs as a "slumberous breathing," while Hawthorne describes it an "audible silliness" and declares that "if moon- light could be heard it would sound like that." 47 45 Howard, 1st Kept. Locust Bur., p. 63-69 (1907). 'Leviticus, Chapter xi, p:ir. l_':_>. 17 McNeill, Ent. Anier., vol. v, p. 103 (1889). 92 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Various efforts have been made to set to music the notes of Orthoptera. Scudder made the attempt with the songs of a number of species 48 and Regen has attempted it with the notes of Thamnotrizon.^ The results of these efforts look interesting but a lack of musical training prohibits my judging their merit. A species of large katydid is kept captive by natives in South America for the sake of its song 50 and the natives of Africa are lulled to sleep by the song of caged crickets. 81 Some species, in- deed, are objects of barter in some regions. Thus gryllids are sold in little cages in the streets of Florence on Ascension day as songsters 52 and caged crickets are sold in Portugal for their song and for the good luck which they are supposed to bring their owner. 55 Considerable use is made of Orthoptera in sport, especially in China and Japan. The Chinese are much given to gambling and will bet on anything and are said to win and lose fortunes on cricket fights as American sportsmen win or lose at horse races. In China the fighting crickets are trained and cared for as care- fully as if they were blooded horses. They are given a fixed diet, partly of honey and boiled chestnuts, and if one falls ill it is fed on mosquitoes. A good cricket fight will last half an hour and, to win, one of the combatants must slay his adversary or throw him bodily over the six-inch wall inclosing the arena. These fighting crickets, which are all males, are bought and sold like horses, one with a good record bringing five or ten dollars, while a champion often sells for as much as fifty dollars. My initial plans for the present discussion included the con- sideration of the economic relations of the Orthoptera to man both directly and indirectly. But I soon decided that the first, and by far the smaller, phase of this general subject would suf- fice even when discussed as briefly as above. The second phase, even if treated as briefly as I have covered my subject this eve- ning, would form a paper far too long for such an occasion. Even the one subject of injurious locusts and the havoc they play with vegetation would require a paper as long, if not longer, than that which I have presented this evening, and I therefore leave the consideration of their indirect relations for some future time. 48 Hitchcock's Kept. Geol. N. Hampshire, vol. 1, p. 362-380 (1874); twenty-third Ann. Kept. Ent. Soc. Ontario, 1892, p. 62-78 (1893). 49 Sitz. her. Akad. Wiss. Wien. Math. Nat. Klasse, vol. x^vii, p. 487- 488 (1908). 60 Bates, Journ. Ent., vol. i, p. 474-477 (1863). 51 Moufet, Ins. Theatr., p. 136 (1634). 52 Burr, Proc. S. Lond. Ent. Soc., 1899, p. (12-13) (1900). 53 Bather, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., vol. viii, p. 56 (1913). OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 93 In discussing the address Mr. Schwarz stated that during the great grasshopper invasion of the western states, some of the residents had been compelled by lack of other food to eat grass- hoppers. He spoke of having once sampled grasshopper soup and pronounced it excellent in taste. Mr. Hunter congratulated Mr. Caudell on his address and re- gretted that more attention was not given to references to insects in classical literature and folk lore. Mr. Hunter also stated that the disease Beriberi occurred in various parts of the United States. A NEW SPECIES OF AGROMYZA DESTRUCTIVE TO BEANS IN THE PHILIPPINES. BY J. R. MALLOCH, Urbana, Illinois. This species was sent me by Professor Baker with the informa- tion that it is very destructive to beans in the Philippines. It works in the stems of young plants and sometimes destroys whole fields. In a later letter he adds the information that it "often causes extensive damage in planting of cowpeas, mungo, and beans." The following description is printed as a name is de- sired for the species. Agromyza destructor new species. Female. Shining black. Head entirely black, center stripe opaque, orbits and frontal triangle glossy black, with a bluish tinge. Thorax and abdomen with a slight tinge of blue. Legs entirely black. Wings clear, veins black-brown. Halteres black. Frons slightly over one-third the head-width, sides distinctly converg- ent anteriorly, the anterior width little more than half the posterior width; triangle very long and slender, its length about twice its posterior width, reaching almost to anterior margin of frons; orbital bristles 4 in number, decreasing slightly in length towards front; orbits narrow, distinctly dif- ferentiated from center stripe, without distinct hairs; third antenna! joint small, round; arista bare; cheek short, not over one-sixth the eye- height, not produced anteriorly, marginal hairs normal. Mesonotum with 2 pairs of dorso-centrals, discal setulae not numerous. Costa to end of fourth vein; inner cross-vein below end of first, and at two-fifths from apex of discal "cell; last section of fourth vein about five times as long as preceding section; last section of fifth about two-thirds as long as pre- ceding section. Length, 0.5-0.75 mm. Type locality: Los Banos, Philippine Islands (C. F. Baker). 94 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY NEW TACHINIDAE FROM NORTH AMERICA. BY HARRISON E. SMITH. Bureau of Entomology, Cereal and Forage Insect Investigations. Following are the descriptions of one new genus and five new species of Tachinidae taken in the United States, with several notes upon species belonging to this family heretofore described. Hypochaeta eudryae, new species. Length 5 to 7 mm. ; black, bronzy gray pollinose species. Front in each sex distinctly wider than either eye, frontal vitta varying from faintly yellowish to golden gray pollinose, about three times as wide as sides of front. Ocellar bristles reclinate, frontal bristles descending nearly to the base of the third antennal joint, the sides of the front bear- ing a few scattered bristly black hairs outside of each frontal row. Eyes hairy. First two antennal joints yellowish, the third joint from four to five times as long as the second. Arista thickened on the basal fourth to one-third, the penultimate joint as broad as long. Sides of face about one-fifth as wide as the facial depression, bristles on the facial ridges ascending three-fifths of the distance from the vibrissae to the base of the antennae. Vibrissae inserted on a level with the front edge of the oral margin, palpi and tip of probosis yellow. Dorsum of the thorax bronzy gray pollinose, the vittae indistinct. Three dorso-central and two sternopleural macrochaetae. Scutellum bearing a discal pair of macrochaetae, three pairs of marginals and a longer cruciate apical pair. Tibiate yellowish, the middle tibiae on the outer side bearing two or more strong bristles near the middle. Hairs of the abdomen depressed, the second segment bearing a pair of median discal and marginal macrochaetae, the third segment a discal pair and a marginal row and the fourth a discal and marginal row. Wings hyaline, the apical cell ending but little before the extreme wing tip, the first longitudinal vein bristly almost to the tip, the third vein bearing two or three bristles at its base. Calypteres whitish. Described from one male and one female taken at Oswego, New York, June 11, 1897, one female from the White Mountains (Morrison) and one female (Holotype) reared from Eudryas grata, April 12, 1911, from a larva taken at Newton, Mass. All of the material placed in the collection of the U. S. N. M. from which it was kindly loaned to me by Mr. Frederick Knab, with the exception of the holotype which was reared at the Gypsy Moth Laboratory. Holotype: Cat. No. 20175 U. S. N. M. Hypochaeta townsendi, new species. Differs from //. eudryae as follows: Length 6 to 7 mm. Abdomen coxae, femora and tibiae reddish yellow, first two joints of the antennae, palpi OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 95 and tip of probosis yellow. Front nearly as wide as either eye, outside of the frontal row, a row of weaker bristles, the three uppermost simulating orbital bristles. Frontal vitta, sides of front and the parafacials gray pollinose, faintly tinged with yellow, as viewed from above. Thorax and scutellum black, bronzy gray pollinose, thoracic vittae indistinct. Median abdominal vitta blackish, middle tibiae on the outer side bearing a single bristle near the middle. Apical cell ending in the costa close to the extreme wing tip. Described from a single male specimen taken at Miami, Flor- ida, October 27th, by Dr. C. H. T. Townsend, after whom the species is named. Holotype: Cat. No. 20176 U. S. N. M. Winthemia okefenokeensis, new species. Length 8 mm. Black, gray pollinose. Front in male about three-fifths as wide as either eye, frontal vitta opaque brownish black, wider than either side of front. Frontal row of bristles descending to base of third antennal joint, outside of these scattered bristly black hairs. Para- frontals and sides of face silvery gray pollinose, the bristly hairs on lower half of parafacials irregularly disposed. Cheeks about one-fifth the eye height, palpi yellow. The third antennal joint faintly tinged with rufous at its base, about two and one-fourth times as long as the second. Thorax black, golden gray pollinose, marked with four broad black vit- tae. Four postsutural and three sternopleural macrochaetae. Scutel- lum wholly black, bearing three pairs of long marginal macrochaetae and a shorter -cruciate apical pair. Discal scutellar bristles present. Legs black, the hind tibiae ciliate with bristles of equal length, middle tibiae bearing a single bristle on the outer side near the middle. Front tarsi greatly dilated, the pulvilli longer than the last tarsal joint. Sides of the first three abdominal segments and the fourth segment reddish yellow. Abdominal macrochaetae confined to a marginal row upon the third and fourth segments. Hairs of abdomen long, depressed. Venter of the third and fourth segments beset with a distinct patch of long bristly hairs, on either side of the median. Base of wings and along the costa to the tip of the first longitudinal vein tinged with yellowish. Apical cell open, the third longitudinal vein bearing one or two bristles at its base. Described from a single male specimen taken in June, 1912, on Billy's Island, in the Okeefenokee Swamp, Georgia, by Mr. J. Chester Bradley. Holotype: Cat, No. 20054 U. S. N. M. Amobia utahensis, new species. Length 13 to 14 mm. Silvery gray pnllinose species, head slightly wider than thorax, front at base of the antennae, as vk-wed from the 96 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY side, projects nearly four-fifths the horizontal diameter of the eye. An- tennae black, not reaching below the middle of the face, the second and third joints of nearly equal length. Arista thickened on at least the basal two-fifths, the penultimate joint as broad as long. Frontal bristles not descending below the base of antennae, outside of these numerous bristly black hairs. Eyes bare, sides of front and the parafacials con- colorous, densely silvery gray pollinose, the sides of face bearing many irregularly disposed bristly black hairs. Vibrissae inserted far above the level of the front edge of the oral margin, proboscis short, the palpi black. Genae a rich velvet reddish brown. Cheeks broad, weir" covered with bristly black hairs. Facial plate deeply concave, hardly wider than the sides of face. Thorax densely gray pollinose, marked with three wide black dorsal vittae, either side of the wide median vitta an indistinct narrow vitta which gradually disappears just beyond the transverse suture. Post- sutural macrochaetae four, sternopleura bearing two strong bristles with many long bristly hairs between, several of which approximate the true macrochaetae. Scutellum bearing three pairs of strong marginal and several discal macrochaetae. Legs including the coxae black, the tarsal claws elongate. Abdomen elongate conical, gray pollinose, marked with three rows of semi-triangular contiguous black spots. First and second abdominal segments bearing a median marginal pair of macrochaetae, the third a marginal row and the fourth a marginal row and sub-marginal pair. Wings hyaline, the third longitudinal vein bearing two or three bristles at its base, calypteres milky white faintly tinted with yellow along the borders. Described from a single male specimen taken in the Logan Canon, Utah, by Mr. E. P. Hoff. (The date of collection upon the locality label, pinned beneath the specimen is not plainly descernible, but is apparently July 4, 1909.) Holotype: Cat. No. 20055 U. S. N. M. Parkeriellus, new genus. Genotype: Parkeriellus flavipalpis new species. Head wider than the thorax, sides of face on the lower half bare, front. -i bristles in a single row, descending to the base of the third antennal joint, frontal vitta opaque brownish black, not as wide as the sides of front. Ocellar bristles directed forward. Vibrissae cruciate, placed on a level with the front edge of the oral margin. Facial ridges bristly on the lowest fourth to one-third. Parafacials less than one-third as wide as the facial depression. Eyes bearing short scattered hairs, penultimate joint of arista as broad as long. Cheeks about one-fifth as wide as the eye height. Ab- domen short conical, bearing discal and marginal macrochaetae. Ovi- OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 97 positor broad, nearly one-half as wide as its length, shining black, some- what sickle shape. (This type of ovipositor is unique in character, and of a type not previously noted by the writer.) Wings hyaline, the apical cell ending in the costa but slightly before the extreme wing tip. Parkeriellus flavipalpis, new species. Length 7 mm. Front about one and one-fifth times as wide as either eye. Paraf rentals gray pollinose; as viewed from above, faintly tinged a golden hue, sides of face, genae and facial depression silvery gray pol- linose. Antennae black, extending nearly to the oral margin, the third joint two and one-half times as long as the second, arista thickened nearly to the middle. Palpi yellow. Two pairs of strong proclinate orbital bristles in the female, sides of front bearing a few weak scattered hairs outside of the frontal row. Thorax and scutellum concolorous, dull bronzy gray pollinose, four indistinct black vittae, gradually disappearing toward the- posterior margin. Three postsutural and three sternopleural macrochaetae. Scu- tellum bearing a discal pair, three pairs of long marginals axid a shorter cruciate apical pair of macrochaetae. Legs black, the middle tibiae each bearing a single bristle on the outer side near the middle, hind tibiae sub-ciliate. Abdominal segments except the first, grayish pollinose on the basal two-thirds, the first segment bearing a pair of median marginal macro- chaetae, the second a discal and marginal pair, the third a discal pair and a marginal row and the fourth segment a discal pair and a sub-marginal row. Hairs of abdomen depressed Posterior end of the hind cross-vein ending nearer to the bend of the fourth longitudinal vein than to the small cross-vein, the third longitu- dinal vein bearing two or three bristles at its base. Described from a female specimen taken at Laurel, Montana, August 9, 1914, by Dr. R. R. Parker, in honor of whom the generic name has been proposed. Holotype: Cat. No. 20053 U. S. N. M. Neodichocera tridens, Walton. A male specimen of this species taken on the Gallatin Moun- tain, Montana, June 30, 1914, by Dr. Ralph R. Parker, thus adding a new locality record for this most interesting species, but recently described. Paradmontia brevis Coq. I also have two male specimens of this species which were taken at Laurel, Montana, July 9, 1914, by Dr. R. R. Parker. 98 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Neophorichaeta johnsoni Smith. 1 I am under obligations to Dr. C. H. T. Townsend in kindly calling my attention to the possible synonymy of the above spe- cies with that of Tricogena setipennis Coq. 2 Mr. W. R. Walton has graciously compared the paratype of N. johnsoni with Coquil- lett's holotype of setipennis and finds them identical. Coquil- lett had the female and the specimens from which N. johnsoni were described were the males. Thus, N. johnsoni becomes a synonym of Tricogena setipennis Coq. Twp HUNDRED AND NINETY-SECOND MEETING, FEBRUARY 6, 1916. The 292nd meeting of the Society was entertained by Dr. L. O. Howard at the Saengerbund Hall, February 3, 1916. There were present Messrs. Ainslie, C. N. Ainslie, C. G. Baker, Barber, Borden, Boving, Busck, Caudell, Craighead, Crawford, Gush- man, DeGryse, Ely, Fink, Fisher, Gahan, Garner, Greene, Hein- rick, Heidemann, Howard, Isely, Kewley, Knab, Kotinsky, Mid- . dleton, Paine, Pierce, Quaintance, Rohwer, Sanford, Schwarz, Shannon, Simanton, Snyder, Turner, Walton, Webb, and Wood, members, and H. A. Ingerson and T. D. Urbahns, visitors. The following program was presented : A new Interpretation of the Relationships of Temperature and Hu- midity to Insect Development. By W. Dwight Pierce. 3 MORE LIGHT ON MYIOPHASIA. 1 (Diptera, Tachinidae.) BY J. M. ALDRICH. Cereal and Forage Crop Insect Investigations, Bureau of Entomology. After reading with much interest the analysis of this group published in the September number of the Proceedings (vol. xvii, pp. 107-114), the thought occurred to me that it might be possible to get additional information about Wiedemann's Mon- tevideo specimen, type of aenea and this species the type of Myio- phasia. I accordingly addressed a letter to the well-known Vienna 1 Psyche, vol. xxii, No. 3. 2 Revis. Tach., p. 130. 3 Withdrawn for publication in Journ. Agr. Research. 4 Published by permission of Chief of Bureau. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 99 dipterist Friedrich Henclel, asking him to look at the type and answer certain specific questions about it, also to send sketch of head profile and wing. Owing to the absence of Hendel, the latter was answered by Dr. Zerny, Custodian of Diptera, giving the following information: Wiedemann's type is a male in pretty poor condition. The eyes are naked; I enclose a diagrammatic drawing of the head in profile. The bristling of the abdomen is for the most part lost by abrasion; but it can be seen that on the first and second seg- ments macrochaetse are wholly wanting; on the third and fourth the scars of a row of marginal bristles are present on each. A sketch of the wing-venation is also enclosed. The three specimens from Georgia (2cf cf, 1 ) 9 agree perfectly with the type; the eyes are naked in both sexes, the apical cell open. The part of the work of Brauer and Bergenstamm in which Myiophasia was published, appeared at the latest in November 1891; Myiophasia therefore has priority over Townsend's name, which was published in December. The accompanying pencil sketches, copied by me with the utmost care, are submitted herewith. Fig. 1. Myiophasia aenea, type,' from sketches by Dr. H. Zerny. The letter and wing figure appear to settle beyond all further question that Mr. Townsend's Phasioclista metallica is a synonym of Myiophasia aenea. Incidentally, the establishment of this fact has some bearing on Mr. Townsend's theory that the various forms of Myiophaxni. are each closely associated with a certain ecological environment. Aenea, it appears, occurs from Montevideo to Maryland and Illinois; I have it also from New Bedford, Mass., and Fort Col- lins, Colo. Townsend recognizes seven principal life zones, of which this form has been collected in five. Referring to his tabu- lation (op. cit., p. Ill), it appears that setigera has been collected 100 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY twice, in two zones; setigera oregonensis twice, in two zones; clistoides twice, in two zones; mesensis once, necessarily in one zone; sierricola twice, in one zone; robusta once, necessarily in one zone; ruficornis twice, in two zones; nigrifrons several times, through a range of five zones; globosa several times, through a range of five zones. Looking at the facts from this point of view, one would hesitate to say, "The impress of the environ- ment is upon each of them." In discussion of this paper Dr. Townsend presented the fol- lowing : NOTE ON MYIOPHASIA AENEA WD. BY CHARLES H. T. TOWNSEND. Dr. Aldrich has kindly sent me letter received from Dr. H. Zerny, of the Vienna Museum, giving certain structural details of the holotype of this species, together with a drawing show- ing venation and side view of head. The holotype is a male. In my synopsis of the Myiophasia group published in the Pro- ceedings of the Society last year, the characters furnished by Zerny lead unmistakably to couplet 11, and there agrees with Phasiodista in the absence of median marginal macrochaetae on second abdominal segment. But otherwise they agree with Myiophasia and not with Phasiodista. Males of the form given as Phasiodista metallica in my synopsis, from the Atlantic coast region, show the front not produced in profile and the hind cross- vein normally in middle between small crossvein and bend of fourth vein. The drawing by Zerny shows the front well pro- duced and the hind crossvein nearer to bend of fourth vein (20 mm. from small crossvein and 13 mm. from bend), agreeing per- fectly with males of Myiophasia setigera from the western moun- tain region (New Mexico). The information supplied by Zerny is thankfully received, but does not decide the matter. The lack of bristles on second seg- ment of Wiedemann's holotype may be abnormal. A good series of specimens from Montevideo, the holotype locality, as well as further study of the holotype in connection with same, will be absolutely necessary to decide the question. In any event, the characters furnished by Zerny show that aenea Wd. is not con- specific with metallica Towns., and hence will need a new name, as it is preoccupied by Tachina aenea Mg. (1824). In this connection, I note that my original description of Phasiodista metallica does not agree fully with the specimens of the form given under that name in the above-mentioned synopsis. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 101 Either there is some variation yet unaccounted for or two forms have been confused. The holotype of mztallicT, and a series from the holotype locality must be studied to decide this point. NOTES ON SOME GENERA OF SYRPHIDAE WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. BY R. C. SHANNON, Bureau of Entomology. This paper includes synopses of the genera Chrysogaster and Caliprobola, the latter genus in this country hitherto included un- der Brachypalpus. The kind interest and assistance which Dr. Al- drich and Messrs. Knab, Crawford and Barber have taken in various ways has had much to do with its preparation. The material used is from Dr. Aldrich, Mr. Banks, the Biological Survey and the National Collection. Genus CHRYSOGASTER Meigen. The genus Chrysogaster in North America can be divided into four distinct groups, as is shown below in the table. Verrall, 1 in his British Syrphidae, has a table which separates the British species into three groups which he designates by their subgeneric names, but the comparison of these groups with our species shows intergrading differences and affinities. Although our groups are distinct, their species are, as a rule, closely allied to each other. Loew 2 has described a species, nigrovittata, which has the third antennal joint almost three times as long as broad. This species belongs to the group of which stigmata Will, is typical, as is indi- cated by the wing venation and color of the legs. The writer has seen only one species in this group with antennae as long as Loew described for nigrovittata and this is stigmata (see table). Specimens now in the National Collection which were determined by Williston and recorded in his synopsis of the Syrphidae as nigrovittata are placed by the writer under other species, sinuosa and p'irva, n. sp. Paul R. Jones' records two females of nigrovittata from Idaho. 4 He states that the antennae are a trifle longer than indicated in Loew's description. 1 Brit. Flies, VIII, p. 186, 1901. 2 Zeitschr. fur Naturw. XLVIII, No. 14, p. 323, 1876. 3 Ent. News, 18, p. 238, 1907. 4 Ent. News, XVIII, p. 238, 1907. 102 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY TABLE OF SPECIES. 1. At least first two tarsal joints yellow or yellowish red. Antennae elongate; apical cross vein rectangular or directed slightly inwards; stigma about as long as distance between the tips of second and third vein; mesonotum with coppery vittae. (Group 1) 2 Legs entirely dark 5 2. Eyes with several linear markings 3 Eyes with only a faint median transverse stripe 4 3. Vertical markings on eyes very labyrinthine, last section of fourth vein at the middle with an inward angulation which bears a stump and terminating beyond tip of the second vein; wings with blackish markings on the outer cells nitida Wied. The vertical markings on the eyes fairly regular; last section of fourth vein without the angulation and stump; wings with spot only at tip of second vein and sometimes one at tip of fourth vein, .bellula Will. 4. Cross veins with brownish clouds pictipennis Loew. Wings entirely hyaline pulchella Will. 5. Last section of fourth vein (apical cross vein) recurrent on its distal half; stigma only about as long as distance between the tips of second and third veins; antennae not very small, sometimes elon- gate; a whitish pollinose band extends across face just below anten- nae, except in stigmata and possibly in nigrovittata, and below this band the face is rugulose. (Group 2) 6 Last section of fourth vein directed obliquely outward in its distal portion 13 6. Third antennal joint approximately three times as long as broad. . 7 Third joint less elongate 8 7. Pile on frons and ocellar triangle black nigrovittata Lw., d" Pile on frons and ocellar triangle whitish stigmata Will., d" 8. Squamae and halteres darkened 11 Squamae and halteres whitish 9 9. The transverse pollinose band below antennae reduced almost to two spots at the eye margins; frons black; arista a little shorter than the antennae stigmata Will., 9 The pollinose facial band complete and distinct; frons greenish metallic 10 10. The vittae on the mesonotum very faint, paler than rest of dorsum; arista a little longer than the antennae; rather large, robust species. robusta n. sp. Vittae on mesonotum coppery colored; arista a little shorter than antennae; small species parva n. sp. 11. Dark, greenish black species; pile on ocellar triangle and frons rather long and dark pacifica n. sp. Dark steel blue species with very short whitish pile on frons and ocellar triangle 12 OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 103 12. Entire abdomen unicolorous with thorax and as distinctly punctured. unicolor n. sp. Disc of abdomen subopaque sinuosa Bigot. 13. Stigma only about as long as distance between the tips of second and third veins; frons in the female with nearly parallel sides and with two slightly rugulose, longitudinal stripes; antennae small; squamae and halteres pale; disc of abdomen shining. (Group 3). . .lata Lw., 9 The stigma elongate, much longer than the distance between the tips of the second and third veins; the penultimate section of the fifth vein a little bowed downwards; a transverse whitish pollinose band just below the antennae; antennae very small; disc of abdomen subopaque. (Group 4) 14 14. Frons in the male but little inflated; in the female the width of the eyes at mouth margin but little greater than at vertex; both sexes with rather faint vittae on mesonotum; small species. . . .nigripes Lw. Thorax without vittae; frons of the males much puffed out; larger species 15 15. Squamae with a darkened tinge; pile on the frons rather long. inflatifrons n. sp. Squamae whitish; pile on the frons in male rather short. . texana n. sp. Chrysogaster stigmata Will. The description of this species was based upon specimens from California. Three specimens, two males and one female, from Moscow, Idaho, sent by Professor Aldrich, agree with the types except that they are somewhat blacker in color, but this is not a sufficient difference to separate them. The antennae of the fe- male are less elongate, the third joint being only a little more than one and a half times as long as broad; the third joint dif- fers further from that of the male in being broadly reddish on the lower margin. Chrysogaster robusta, new species. A rather large, robust species for this genus; dark greenish bronze. Male: Ocellar triangle and frons bronzy green, with conspicuous, pale brownish pile. Antennae blackish, reddish on under side of third joint, which is a little longer than broad; arista dark, very minutely pubescent and but little longer than antennae. Face greenish black, with short white pile, rather gently excavated, mouth margin reaching forward as far as antennal prominence; a distinct whitish pollinose band extending across to the eyes and below this the face is broadly, faintly rugulose. Thorax with very short, pale brownish pile; mesonotum with two median, very faint stripes. Disc of abdomen subopaque, shining at the sides. Hypopygium rather large, with abundant, short, whitish pile. Wings slightly smoky. Squamae whitish and halteres yellowish. The first 104 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY tarsal joint of the hind legs somewhat swollen. Length, 7.5 mm.; wing 5 mm. Allot ype Female: Differs from the male as follows: Frons rather smoothly, transversely rugose, interrupted medianly by a very shallow longitudinal furrow, the pile short, yellowish brown. Stripes on the mesonotum more distinct, silvery green. Abdomen nearly as broad as long. Length about 6.5 mm.; wing 5 mm. Pacific Grove, California, two males and two females, May 9, 1906, wet meadows in woods (J. M. Aldrich). Type: Cat. No. 20279 U. S. N. M. This species appears to be closely related to C. stigmata Will., but this latter species has elongate antennae, shorter pile on the frons and the pollinose band below the antennae is represented by only two silvery spots at the sides. Chrysogaster parva, new species. Small, light greenish bronze species. Male: With whitish, short pile on ocellar triangle and frons, shorter on the frons. Antennae fulvous, darker on tipper margin, third joint a little longer than broad, arista dark, a little shorter than antennae and without perceptible pubescence. Face greenish black, with whitish pol- linose band below the antennae and beneath this broadly, faintly rugulose; the pile white, very short and scattered. Thorax with very short brown- ish pile; mesonotum with four faint copper-colored vittae. The sub- opaque disc of the abdomen surrounded by shining sides. Hypopygium large, with inconspicuous, white pile. Wings somewhat smoky. Squa- mae whitish; halteres yellowish. First tarsal joint of the hind legs not swollen. Length: 5 mm.; wing about 4 mm. Allotype Female: Frons greenish black, with transverse rugose ridges, interrupted medianly by a longitudinal, very shallow depression and with very short, whitish pile which is longer on ocellar triangle. The vittae on the mesonotum more distinct than in the male. Abdomen broad and oval. Length about 5.5 mm.; wing about 4.75 mm. Colorado, nine females, one male (four of these were placed by Williston under C. nigrovittata) ; Lake Tahoe, California, one male and one female; Ormsby, Nevada, one 9 , July 6 (C. F. Baker); Reno, Nevada, one 9 (H. F. Wickham); Garland, Colorado, a pair in copulation, June 18. The four specimens mentioned last are larger than the others. Type: Cat. No. 20280 U. S. N. M. The types are labeled only "Colorado." This species is very closely related to robusta, but is smaller and much less robust, the pile on the frons is shorter, the arista shorter and apparently entirely without pubescence, while there OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 105 are four vittae on the thorax instead of two, and these are coppery colored. The first joint of the male hind tarsi is also noticeably more slender. Chrysogaster pacifica, new species. Large, robust, dark, greenish bronzy black species, the largest of this group. Male: Ocellar triangle and frons with rather long blackish hairs. Frons shining black, noticeably inflated. Antennae reddish brown, third joint twice as long as broad; arista darker, a little longer than antennae. Face shining, black, with short whitish pile, not excavated and the mouth margin but little produced and not reaching as far forward .as antennal prominence. A whitish pollinose stripe extends across to the eyes just below the antennae and below this the face is broadly, faintly rugulose. Thorax with very short, whitish pile. Mesonotum with four da.rk vittae. Disc of abdomen subopaque. Wings somewhat smoky. Squamae blackish, the halteres darker. Length 8.5 mm.; wing 6 mm. Type: Cat. No. 20281 U. S. Nat. Mus. Described from two males without locality labels but labelled "Collection Coquillett" and determined by Coquillett as C. nigro- vittata, which is a Californian species (the different length of antennae distinguishes it at once from nigrovittata) . Since much of Coquillett 's early material was from California and since he determined it as a species described from California, the surmise that California is the habitat for this species would seem justified. This species is easily recognized by its large size, rather long, dark pile on the frons and the straight face with the mouth margin but slightly produced. It resembles Chryscgaster robusta some- what in general appearance, but its longer antennae and the color of the squamae and halteres at once distinguish it. Ghrysogaster sinuosa Bigot. Medium sized, dark, steel blue species. Mule: Frons and ocellar triangle bluish black, with blackish hairs. Antennae reddish yellow, darker on upper margin, third joint about one and one-half times as long as broad; arista darkened at the base, yellowish towards the tip, a little longer than the antennae. Face shining bluish black, entirely" bare but for a few hairs along the eyes; just below the an- tennae, a whitish pollinose cross band extends to the eyes, the face faintly rugulo.se lielow this. Face receding, the mouth margin but little produced. Thorax with minute whitish pubescence. Mesonotum with four distinct blackish vittae. Disc of abdomen subopqauc, the rest of the dorsum shining. Hypopygium prominent, with whitish pile. Wings with a black- ish tinge. Squamae and halteres blackish. Length: 7 mm.; wing 5 mm. Female: Frons with very short pile, longer on the vortex, with the 106 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY transverse rugosity interrupted down the middle. The frons widens rather gradually toward the antennae. Wings, squamae and halteres paler than in the male. Four males and two females: "Washington Territory;" Seattle, Washington, May 22, 1897; Moscow, Idaho, June 2, 1908 (J. M. Aldrich); Moscow Mountain, Idaho (J. M. Aldrich); Oregon, (Koebele) ; Mono Lake, California, July 23, 1911 (J. M. Aldrich). The specimens, now in the National Collection, four from Colo- rado and one from Washington Territory, which Williston re- corded as nigrovittata Loew in his "Synopsis of North American Syrphidae" do not fit the description that Loew gave for the length of the third antennal joint. The four specimens he had from Colorado now form part of the material of C. parva, a new species described in this paper; his other specimen, from Wash- ington Territory, except for a few minor points, fits the descrip- tion of Bigot's C. sinuosa, which Williston had placed as a syn- onym of C. stigmata. C. sinuosa may be recognized by its dark steel blue color, the fulvous antennae, darkened squamae, halteres and wings, and the microscopic pubescence on the body. The third antennal joint varies somewhat in size in the male. In the Oregon specimen it is a little longer than in the others, while in the specimen from Moscow Mountain, Idaho, it is nearly as broad as long. Chrysogaster unicolor, new species. Medium sized, dark steel blue species; the entire dorsum of the abdomen unicolorous with the thorax. Female: Frons shining, bluish black, with the transverse ridges more broadly separated and the longitudinal, median dividing ridge broader than in the other species of this group; pile short and pale. Antennae elongate, first and second joints darkened, third reddish brown, darker on the upper margin and about two and one-half times as long as broad; arista darkened at the base, becoming lighter towards the tip. Face dark steel blue., with a pollinose, whitish band extending across to the eyes just below the antennae and below this broadly, faintly rugulose; a tubercle or swelling on each side of the face below near the eyes. Thorax with mi- croscopic pile; mesonotum with four blackish vittae, the outer ones very faint. Abdomen entirely dark steel blue, the same as the thorax. Wings, squamae and halteres darkened. Length: 7 mm.; wing 5.25 mm. Two females from Ormsby County, Nevada (type locality) , July 6 (C. F. Baker); Reno, Nevada (H. F. Wickham). Type: Cat. No. 20282 U. S. N. M. This is the only species of this group in which the disc of the abdomen is not subopaque, but unicolorous with the mesonotum. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 107 Chrysogaster nigripes Loew. Rather small, dark species. The apical cross vein is bent inward to join the third vein. Stigma much longer than the distance from the tip of the second vein to tip of the third. Legs entirely black. Male: Ocellar triangle raised and with rather short black pile. Frons but little inflated, shining bluish-greenish black, the pile black, longer than on the ocellar triangle. Antennae quite small, third joint ovate, yellowish brown, the arista darker. Below the antennae a transverse whitish pollinose band extends to the eyes. Face colored as the frons, with a small tubercle. Thorax velvet black with numerous irregular me- tallic greenish spots enclosing punctures, more or less confluent at the sides, and a pair of rather ill-defined stripes of the same color on the dorsum midway of the middle and the sides; pile short and rather dense, blackish. Scutellum concolorous with mesonotal punctures. Dorsum of abdomen opaque, the sides shining, dark metallic green. Wings with a distinct blackish tinge. Squamae and halteres darkened. Length: about 6 mm.; wing about 4.5 mm. Female: More bluish or greenish than the males, immature specimens purplish. The pile everywhere shorter, being hardly noticeable. Frons transversely rugose, interrupted at the middle by a longitudinal ridge, above the antennae smoothed, with depression in the middle and some- what produced forward. The eye margins but little wider below than at vertex. Antennae noticeably larger than in the male, yellow, somewhat darkened. Below the antennae a whitish, pollinose band extends across to the eyes. Mesonotum and scutellum dark metallic blue, unspotted and without stripes. Wings a little clearer, in immature specimens hyaline, and the squamae paler than in the male. Length: about 5.5 mm.; wing about 4.5 mm. Specimens from Ontario, Maine, New Hampshire, Massachu- setts, Connecticut, New York, Maryland, Virginia, North Caro-. lina, Georgia. Chrysogaster inflatifrons, new species. Large species, color dark greenish black. The apical cross vein not recurrent, stigma much longer than the distance between the tips of the third and fourth vein. Legs entirely black. Male: Ocellar triangle prominent, with black pile. The frons well puffed out, shining, with rather long, black hairs. Antennae reddish yel- low, the arista blackish; third joint ovate, nearly as broad as long. Be- low the antennae a whitish pollinose band extends across to the eyes. Face with large rugulose spots on the sides above and with a small tubercle. Mesonotum velvety black and with many punctures which are enclosed by metallic greenish spots and with dense, short, blackish pile; scutellum unicolorous with the spots on thorax. Dorsum of abdomen subopaque, 108 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY the sides shining, dark greenish black. Wings and squamae slightly blackish, the halteres darker. Length: about 8 mm.; wing about 6 mm. North Carolina, four males (Morrison). Type: Cat. No. 20283 U. S. N. M. This species is closely related to C. nigripes. The larger size, the greater swelling of the frons in the male, which also has no- ticeably longer pile, the longer pile on the thorax and scutellum and the absence of the stripes on the mesonotum distinguish it from nigripes. The antennae are also larger. Chrysogaster texana, new species. Male: Bright steely blue. Ocellar triangle prominent, with black pile. Frons well puffed out, highly polished, steel blue, with rather short black pile. Antennae yellowish, the third joint darkened above, ovate, nearly as broad as long, arista blackish. A whitish pollinose band below the antennae extends to the eyes. Face with arcuate rugulose spots directed toward the antennae and with rather poorly defined tubercle. Thorax with short dark pile; mesonotum without stripes. Dorsum of abdomen subopaque, the sides bright steel blue. Legs entirely dark. Wings hyaline; squamae whitish; halteres dark. Length: 6.5 mm.; wing 6 mm. Female: Shining, metallic blue. Frons transversely rugose, with a longitudinal ridge down the middle, above the antennae smooth and pro- duced forward. Antennae reddish, arista blackish. Below the antennae a rather broad band extends across to the eyes; margin of the eyes notice- ably wider below than at vertex. Thorax shining metallic blue, with very short pile, the mesonotum without vittae. Wings hyaline; squamae tinged very slightly; halteres dark. Length: 7 mm.; wing 5.5 mm. Willis, Texas, one male and one female. Type: Cat. No. 20284 U. S. N. M. This species is separated from C. nigripes by the absence of the vittae on the mesonotum and the pale wings and squamae; the male differs in the greater inflation of the frons, the female by the eyes more widely separated below. Genus CALIPROBOLA Rondani. Brachypalpus pulcher and sorosis were described by Williston in his Synopsis of the Syrphidae in the genus Brachypalpus, although, in his table of species he separated them off under a subgenus, Caliprobola, a genus which Rondani 1 established in 1844 for Milesia speciosa. Verrall 2 in his British Syrphidae re- 1 Ann. Sci. Nat. Bologn. (ser. 2) II, p. 455. 2 Brit. Flies, VIII, p. 627, fig. 430. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 109 describes this genus and species, detailing characters which he considers distinguish it from the closely allied genera Cytt'irrhina, Milesia, Spilomyia, and Temnostoma. Pulcher and sorosis must be referred to Caliprobola, since they agree in all generic charac- ters except that they possess small spines on the lower margin of the hind femora; the absence of these spines or bristle-; Verrall claims to be an essential character for the typical European species. Verrall states that the subgenus which Williston used in his table is not the true Caliprobola, as it has bristles present on the hind femora. But even C. speciosn has "tiny bristles beneath the hind femora," as is stated by Yerrall him- self in his description of this species. The material before me tends to show that this is a specific rather than a generic char- acter. C. aldrichi, new species, has the spines very minute, in this respect agreeing closely with C. speciosa. A character seemingly of more importance is the brilliant bronze aeneous color of the abdomen which is similar to our Chrysochlamys croesus O.S., and even more so to CaU/c.'m aenea Fabr. of Europe. At the present time the catalogues list only two species under this genus; speciosa from Europe and cimbiciformis Portsch, from Siberia. Sack has described a species C.aurea from Transcaspia (Beil. Progr. Gymn. Wohler, vol. 42, p. 28, 1910). Brachijpalpus and Caliprobola may be distinguished as follows: Head noticeably triangular shaped, face entirely dark, abdomen dark, thorax with longitudinal vittae, hind femora with 1 short bristles behnv Brachiii)nli>nx Head not not iceably triangular shaped, face largely yellow, abdomen bright aeneous with opaque cross bands; thorax without vittae, 2 hind femora with .short bristles beneath, sometimes very small < 'ul />ns are said not <<> have short bristles below. -With proper reflection two median ones are scarcely perceptible on individual specimens. 3 One 9 specimen of pulcher has a faint band. 110 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Wings slightly infuscated, first and second basal cells hyaline; anterior cross-vein very oblique, joining discal cell noticeably beyond the middle; first abdominal segment opaque, its anterior angles aeneous pulcher Will. 3. Abdomen bright metallic green, meso-pleurae with black hairs inter- mixed with the yellow pile; hind tibiae of female nearly as thick as hind femora opacus n. sp. Abdomen shining bronze; meso-pleurae with only yellow pile; hind femora of female noticeably thicker than tibiae aldrichi n. sp. 4. Legs almost entirely yellow, sometimes a reddish brown and on fe- mora; only the tips of tarsi blackish; anterior cross-vein joins discal cell at middle sorosis Will. All the femora blackish, yellowish at tips and bases; cross-vein joins discal cell a short distance beyond middle crawfordi n. sp. Caliprobola pulcher Will. 1 Head distinctly broader than high. Frons in male yellow, with mi- croscopic pubescence which is longer along the eyes. Arista dark, more than twice the length of antennae, and with minute pubescence along entire length. Frons in female black with yellowish, pollinose sides and short fuscous pile. Wings hyaline, darkened somewhat along veins. Length: Male 14-17 mm., wing 11-13 mm.; female 13 mm., wing 11 mm. Five males and two females: "Washington Territory" (type specimen) ; Mt. Hood, Ore., d" and 9 . The following is material loaned by Mr. Banks: Marys Peak, Ore., July 18, 1914 (L. G. Centner), Pamelia, about 3000 ft, alt., Mt. Jefferson, July 27, 1907, and Mt. Jefferson, July 15, 1907 (J. C. BridwcU Coll.) : Corvallis, Ore., Sept. 20, 1914 (A. F. Barss Coll.). This last specimen is the female which unlike the others of this sex has a narrow, interrupted opaque band on the fourth abdominal seg- ment. The band on this segment is characteristic of the females of sorosis and its ally crawford: but not of pulcher and its allies, aldrichi and opacus. The antennae are missing in this specimen but it agrees otherwise with C. pulcher female. Caliprobola opacus, new species. Rather slender, with head but little broader than high; dorsurn of thorax entirely subopaque black; abdomen bright metallic green with several opaque cross-bands; wings strongly infuscated anteriorly. Male: Frons reddish brown, silvery pollinose along sides; no pile. Antennae reddish yellow; third joint broader than long, darkens I an- teriorly; arista brownish, less than twice the length of antennae. Ocellar triangle black and with blackish pile. Pile of thorax deep brown, yellow 1 Syn. Syr., U. S.N.M. Bull. 31, 1886, p. 223, pi. X, fig. 9a, b, c. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 111 along posterior margin of scutellum and on post-alar calli. Abdomen bright metallic green; second segment with two opaque black cross-bands, the first one on the anterior margin; third segment similarly ornamented, but with the second opaque band very narrow; fourth segment entirely metallic green, longer than broad. Femora of the front and middle legs brownish black exteriorly, reddish brown on inner sides, yellow at bases and tips; hind femora blackish on more than basal half, yellow distally. All the tibiae and first three joints of tarsi yellow, the other tarsal joints black. Length : Body about 15 mm. ; wing 10 mm. Female: Frons aeneous black, reddish brown above antennae, with very narrow whitish pollinose stripes along eyes and with a flat surface, not depressed. Legs as in male, except that hind femora are yellow at base; hind tibiae, except at base, nearly as thick as femora. Scutellum with almost entirely black pile. Length about 12 mm.; wing 11 mm. Kanaka Bay, San Juan Islands, Washington, one male, type, May 31, 1906 (J. M. Aldrich); Ft. Wrangel, Alaska, one female allotype (Wickham). Type: Cat. No. 20287 U. S. N. M. Caliprobola aldrichi, new species. Very similar to opacus but more robust, head obviously broader than high; abdomen brilliant bronze, with the pile more golden. Female: Frons depressed, dull aeneous black, somewhat reddish above antennae, with dark brown pile and very narrow whitish pollinose stripes along eyes. Dorsum of thorax sub-shining black, with dark brown pile; meso-pleurae with rather long golden pile; posterior margin of scutellum and post-alar calli with yellow pile. Abdomen banded similarly to opacus. Fore femora dark on outer side, yellow on inner side; middle femora al- most entirely yellow; hind femora yellow, a dark band around the middle; the rest of legs yellow, except the last two joints of all the tarsi. Wings infuscated anteriorly, darkest along the veins. Length: Body about 12- 14 mm., wing 11-12 mm. Described from three females: Mt. Rainier, Washington, above Longmires, 5000 ft,, Aug. 3, 1905 (J. M. Aldrich). Type: Cat. No. 20288 U. S. N. M. I have great pleasure in naming this species in honor of Pro- fessor J. M. Aldrich, who very generously sent me certain new species of Syrphidae in order that I might describe .them. Caliprobola sorosis Will. Williston described this species only from the male; characters for the female follows: Female: Frons dull darkaeneous, yellowish above antennae, with whitish pollinose stripes along the eyes and with short brownish yellow pile. 112 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Color of the legs, thorax, abdomen, and pile as in the male. Wings also the same. Fourth abdominal segment with a narrow, interrupted cross- band. Length: Body about 11.5 mm., wing 9.5 mm. Mr. Banks has loaned me a male and female; on the latter the above description of the female is based. Southern Pines, N. C., March 29, 1910 (A. H. Manee). The male is smaller and some- what darker than the type specimen. Galiprobola crawfordi, new species. All the femora blackish, yellowish at tips and bases; the cross-vein joins the discal cell beyond the middle. Male: Frons reddish brown or yellowish, silvery pollinose along sides. Antennae and arista reddish yellow; third joint nearly quadrate. Meso- notum and scutellum shining metallic bronze, with abundant yellow pile ; meso-pleurae and sternopleurae same as dorsum of thorax, the other parts of the pleurae black and bare. Dorsum of abdomen the same color as dorsum of thorax, with opaque bands; second segment with two opaque bands, the first on anterior margin; third segment similar to the second; fourth entirely aeneous. Fore and middle femora entirely black except tips; hind femora black, yellow at tips and bases. Tibiae and first two tarsal joints of the front and middle legs yellow, the other tarsal joints blackish. Tibiae of hind legs reddish yellow with a little black; first two tarsal joints yellowish, the rest blackish. Wings infuscated, quite pale posteriorly. Anterior cross-veins joins discal cell a short distance beyond the middle. Length: Body about 11.5-13 mm.; wing 10-11 mm. Female: Frons blackish, reddish brown above antennae, and with short yellowish pile. Second and third abdominal segments banded as in male; fourth segment with a band on anterior margin, partly concealed by the overlapping of the third segment, and with a narrow interrupted band across the middle. Coxae of all the legs black, trochanters reddish yellow; bases and tips of femora of the front and middle legs yellow, the rest blackish. Femora of hind legs largely reddish brown, tibiae reddish yel- low; the tarsal joints darkening posteriorly. Wings as in the male. Length: 11 mm.; wing 10 mm. Seattle, Washington, May 15, 1898 (Male type, female allo- type, J. M. Aldrich). Type: Cat. No. 20289 U. S. N. M. Described from six specimens; paratypes from Potlatch, Idaho, June 20, 1907, J. M. Aldrich Coll: and one specimen "Washington Territory." (This latter specimen was part of Williston's type material of Brachypalpus pulcher.) This species is closely allied to Caliprobola sorosis Will. Ad- ditional characters that should aid in distinguishing them are as follows: In sorosis the spiracle below the humerus is surrounded OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 113 by short bright yellow pile, the wing bases are a deep yellow, the wing roots are reddish brown with short, yellow bristles and the base of the costa has short, bright yellow bristles. In crawfordi the spiracle below the humerus is surrounded by short, brown pile, the wing bases are brownish yellow, the wing roots blackish, with short, black bristles and the bristles on the base of the costa are black and yellow. Mr. Crawford has helped me considerably in working up the material of this group and it is with great pleasure that I name this species in his honor. Besides the above specimens the National Collection contains the following specimens of doubtful specific position:- One female speci- men from Lake Co., Cal., (D. W. Coquillett Coll.), which differs in having the frons yellow above the antennae, the pile on thorax and abdomen more golden and the wings lighter at base; another female from Kaslo, B. C., June 12, (R. P. Currie Coll ) differs in having the third antennal joint obviously broader than long; the anterior cross vein joins the discal cell at the middle and the hind femora are almost entirely yellowish red. A REVIEW OF NORTH AMERICAN TORTOISE BEETLES. (Chrysomelidae; Cassidinae.) BY H. S. BARBER, Bureau of Entomology. The writer recently rearranged the National Collection of North American species of cassidids according to the catalogue of this group by Spaeth 1914 (Junk's Coleopt. Catal., pt. 62) and was much surprised at the result, for the six genera and twenty spe- cies of the Henshaw list and supplement have now become six- teen genera and twenty-eight species with several additional sub- species, varieties and aberrations. Of our fauna as here treated five genera and eleven species are tropical, entering our south- ern limits at only one or two points, while two or three European species are reported to have become established; a few of the species listed below do not deserve continued space in our lists. Only seven of our species appear to be known exclusively from the United States and we have no genus peculiar to our fauna. For our few species we have heretofore gotten along very well with but few genera. Yet when our forms, which are in reality only the northern fringe of a great tropical fauna, are studied in connection with their closest relatives of other regions, finer generic distinctions are demanded and new generic terms are forced upon the unwilling local collectors. Our own systematic litera- ture is, as might be expected, comparatively meager and it is 114 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY necessary for the student to consult foreign works which are available in but few entomological centers in America. The principal American papers are, Riley 1870 (2nd Ann. Rep. Nox. Ins. Missouri, pp. 56-64) who mentions eight species in five genera illustrating adults, pupae, larvae and an egg; Crotch 1873 (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1873, pp. 76-79) who treats eighteen species in five genera; and Blatchley 1910 (Coleop. of Indiana, pp. 1228-1233) who tabulates twelve species in four genera as occurring in his state. Our ignorance of our fauna is perhaps most apparent when one spots the exact locality records of specimens before him on a base map, and begins to wonder at the enormous areas in which a certain species (or its close relatives) probably occurs but from which no material is available. No satisfactory way of indicat- ing the overlapping distribution of a number of forms on a single map has been devised, but three maps are here introduced, from which it is hoped the reader may, with a little study, get a clearer idea of the distribution of most of the species than by much read- ing of locality records. A short explanation of their preparation is perhaps necessary to avoid mistaken deductions. Each lo- cality has been found by the use of an atlas and spotted on the base map, numbering the spot according to the numerical posi- tion of the species in the appended list, circles being used to indi- cate inexact records such as state labels or localities which could not be exactly located. All spots bearing a certain number are then connected by straight lines to some central point where the number may be conspicuous, but the placing of these centers must be well considered to prevent their systems becoming too complex, and the reader must be warned against considering them as centers of dispersal. There is a limit to the possibilities of this, as of other methods, and to avoid confusion in the maps here given, certain of the common, widely-distributed species (Cassida bivittata, Chirida guttata and Metriona bicolor) have been omitted. To use the map the number assigned in this paper to the species sought for should be found, from Avhich the radiat- ing straight lines lead to all its localities as represented by speci- mens before the writer, localities mentioned in the literature being only rarely added. The writer's specific concept is quite conservative, and as this has gradually come to be regarded as almost a term of reproach it may be pertinent to review our fundamentals. He regards sys- tematics and nomenclature as a means and not an object, the suc- cess and only reasonable purpose of either being their usefulness to other students in any part of the world. Nomenclature is supposed to furnish the means of cataloging and correlating the biological or economic observations that .are made by all work- PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XVIII. PLATE V. Locality records of Tortoise Beetles (Cassidinse) in National Collection (for species numbers see pages 118 to 125.) 115 116 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ers, and systematics supplies the means of identification of the objects upon which the observations have been made. Both are merely helps towards our understanding of the living forms, but most systematists seem to forget this and work as though the ultimate acceptance of their ideas would depend only on their particular, preserved specimens. A species, in the writer's opinion, is composed of a vast number of living ^ individuals re- producing their kind from generation to generation, usually dis- tributed over a rather large area and tending to differ more or less in the extremes of its range, according to environmental differ- ences and to the migratory habits of its individuals before ovi- position. An infinitesimally small sample of a species is pre- served in all the collections in the world, and under existing conditions, no systematist can study very much of this sample. It is probable that the confusion of forms mentioned below under Metriona bicolor is the direct result of the early descrip- tion as distinct species of insufficient samples from widely sepa- rated local races, which not only blend in intermediate localities but attain greater divergence in localities then unknown. The only solution of such cases may be through such field studies and breeding projects as have been undertaken by Tower on Lepti no- tar sa. Until material many times greater than that now available is at hand and is accompanied by biological data and specimens of immature stages, the writer thinks it unwise to argue about the specific, subspecific, varietal or aberrational status of the forms in such composite species as Chelymorpha cassidea, Physonota unipunctata, Jonthonota nigripes or Metriona bicolor. According to the standards of many workers he would probably be justified in proposing a dozen or two new names for forms that differ more or less in habitus, and further data on them might or might not justify this course but he prefers to await justification of such procedure than to anticipate it. The temptation to as- sume that our material comes from isolated colonies which there- fore represent "species," "subspecies," "incipient species" "va- rieties" or whatever we are in the habit of calling them, is very great, and it may seem a duty to propose new names for them if possible. But when some other student of the group, wlu.x 1 locality records would fall in regions intermediate to the spots on our map, tries to apply such subdivision to his material, he is apt to experience serious trouble in deciding the affinities of his forms. The writer believes that most species are composites of separable units but that the piecemeal segregation of some of these units as "species" of the same rank as the original composite, complicates rather than simplifies future work. Usable subdi- vision of a recognized compound unit can only be done from a OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 117 very extensive study of a series of specimens from each of a large number of localities well distributed throughout its entire range. The adoption of the recent generic combinations will be quite confusing at first and to aid American students who may have to use these names, a list of the species in their new form is appended. One generic name at least is improperly applied in Spaeth's catalogue and must be used in a different sense. Deloyala Red- tenbacher 1858 (a subgenus of Cassida) is preoccupied by Chevro- lat 1834 (Dejean Cat., p. 371 and "3rd ed." 1837, p. 395) who prepared the Chrysomelidae in the Dejean Catalogue and the species listed under this name in the earlier work include the names since designated as the types of at least three subsequent genera (Aspidomorpha Hope 1840, Chirida Chapuis 1875, and Metriona Weise 1896), the suppression of any one of which, would surely be resented by some. The best solution of the difficulty is to designate clavata Fabr. as type of Deloyola Chev., and leave the suppression of Metriona Weise, the last segregate (under which this species has been listed) to the judgment of others. The genera established by Chevrolat 1834 in the Dejean Cata- logue, seem to be entirely disregarded by Spaeth and their resur- rection will cause increased annoyance the longer it is postponed. The writer also objects strongly to the omission of one of our best-known and oldest specific names through what appearsto be very faulty nomenclatorial selections. Cassida guttata Olivier 1790 (Enc. Meth. Ins. vol. 5, pp. 383-384) does not appear in Spaeth's catalogue except as we recognize it under the name Chirida signifera Herbst 1799, among whose synonyms we find "guttata Boh. 1855 (nee. 01. 0-" After a long search the writer believes he has found the reason for this omission to be that many workers have considered the species as founded in Olivier's second great work, 1808 (Ent., vol. 6, p. 956) which is antedated by Herbst's name. Champion 1894 (Biol. Cent.-Amer. Colcop., vol. 6, pt. 2, p. 195) believed he had Olivier's two original examples in the Banks cabinet (mentioned in 1808 work) and identified one with the Mexican Coptocycla extensa Boh. and the other with the oriental sexguttata Boisd. 1835, designating the latter specimen as the true guttata Ol. Spaeth 1903 (Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., vol. 1, p. 122) vigorously objects to Champion's findings for what seems to the writer to be untenable reasons, and says the name should be dropped "as a mixed name" (als Mischname). Apparently it is for this reason that he has omitted it in his catalogue in 1914. Unfortunately, neither of these authorities allude to Olivier's 1790 description, where no mention of the Hanks cabinet is made and where the locality is given as North America instead of Tropical America as in his 1808 work. Hoping to settle the question with some degree of finality the 118 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY writer sent specimens of our species to Mr. Lesne of the National Museum in Paris, explaining the above conditions, but in spite of his careful research he failed to find the original Olivier type. It may be preserved elsewhere but there is little chance that it is other than our common mottled tortoise-beetle. Mr. Lesne found a specimen however, received at the Paris Museum in 1798 which is labelled "C. guttata Oliv." in an ancient handwriting not that of Olivier, and which he believes was probably determined by comparison with the type. This specimen was collected in Saint-Thomas W.I. by Mauge about 1797 and agrees well with a South Carolina specimen sent to Mr. Lesne for comparison, ex- cept in the size of the yellow spots. The writer believes there- fore, that we must readopt guttata Oliv. and suppress signifera Hbst. The economic literature contains much information about these beetles but has been, for the most part, neglected in preparing this paper. Those interested can find many references in the various parts of the Bibliography of Economic Entomology published by the Department of Agriculture, but as usual, care must be used in accepting the determinations. The species reported from America north of Mexico are as fol- lows, but certain of them should be dropped from our lists : 1. Porphyraspis cyanea (Say) occurs in Florida and Georgia. As the species develops exclusively upon palmetto, the locality Kentucky cited by Spaeth must be incorrect. Larvae found by Hubbard and Schwarz in May 1875 differ but little from the figures of the two species of this genus by Candeze 1861, and Olliff 1884. 2. Mesomphalia ephippium (Licht), described from North America is believed to have been wrongly labelled (cf . Melsheimer Cat. 1853, p. 119) and has justly been omitted from our lists since 1853. 3. Mesomphalia chevrolati Boh. has appeared in our lists since Crotch 1874 and the only basis the writer has found for its inclusion is the allusions to the genus by Crotch 1873 (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. PhiL, 1873, p. 76) and by Le Conte and Horn 1883 (Class. Coleop. N. A., p. 356). In the Spaeth catalogue the name appears as Pseudomesomphaliapunicea var. chevrolati Boh. Noth- ing in its recorded distribution seems to warrant its continued appearance in our lists. 4. Hilarocassis exclamationis (Linn.) of the tropics from Brazil to the West Indies and Mexico is reported by Horn 1894 (Cal. Acad. Sci. (2), vol. 4, p. 344) from El Chinche, Lower Cali- fornia. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 119 5. Chelymorpha cassidea (Fabr.) is considered a composite of a number of local races, four of which (lewisi Cr., phytophagica Cr.l7-punctata Say and geniculata'Boh.) are indicated in the Spaeth catalogue and occurs from Canada to Cuba and west to Winnipeg, Washington, Utah and Arizona. As is to be expected the forms differ in the extremes of their ranges, but probably no collection contains representative series from enough intermediate locali- ties to justify a statement of their relationship. Many food plants have been named for this beetle and its larvae: milkweed (Riley 1870, 2nd Rep. Nox. Ins. Mo., p. 58), wild morning-glory, raspberry, cabbage, plantain and corn (Lintner 1887, Cultivator and Country Gentl., vol. 52, p. 673), sweet potato, milkweed and wild morning-glory (Chittenden 1897, U. S. Dept. Agri. Div. Ins., Bull. 9 n. s., p. 23), strawberry vines (Webster and Mally 1898, U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Ins., Bull. 17, n. s., p. 99), Solanum (Fall and Cockerell 1907, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 33, p. 200), "Convolvulus," "Asclepias" and sometimes raspberries (Chitten- den 1910 in Smith's List Insects of New Jersey, Rep. N. J. State Mus. 1909, p. 356) but Mr. Knab tells me he believes that the only native host-plant is wild morning-glory, and explains the other records by the habit displayed by the full fed larva of mi- grating to other plants for pupation. Subspecies geniculata Boh. has been taken abundantly on a coarse convolvulaceous plant, Ipomoea biloba, at Marathon Key and Key West, Fla., by Knab, who informs me also, that the larvae differ from those of the Massachusetts form. Knab 1909 (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 11, p. 152) mentions the color changes between hibernating and sexually mature adults and alludes to a pale race found at Winnipeg. 6. Eurypepla jamaicensis (Linn.) was recorded by Schwarz 1904 (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 6, p. 7) as established at Key West, Fla. where it lived, as Boheman has already recorded, on the leaves of the "geiger tree," Cordia sebestana; and Dr. Chit- tenden has just received a specimen found on the same species of tree by S. H. Richmond at Cutler, Fla., July 1, 1915. E. brevi- lineata Boh. from Yucatan may not be distinct from this species. 7. Physonota alutacea Boh. is reported to range from Vene- zuela to our southern boundary. Horn 1884 (Cal. Acad. Sci. (2), vol. 4, p. 344) has reported var. cyrtodes Boh. from El Taste, Lower Cal. and Mr. Schaeffer has taken it in July at Brownsville, Tex. on Cordia boissieri and has kindly deposited an adult and two larvae in the National Collection. 8. Physonota unipunctata (Say) is variable, probably divis- able into a number of more or less distinct forms which may be restricted to certain food-plants, but is distributed from Montreal and North Carolina to Montana and Arizona. The National 120 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Collection contains, among other specimens, a series of a small form from Pine Ridge, Nebr. received from Prof. Bruner as feed- ing on Monarda, and two specimens of a large form, doubtfully belonging to this species, taken on Gaertneria xanthocarpa in the Santa Catalina Mts., Ariz, by Pierce. A specimen labelled Tucson, Ariz., sent me under the name picticollis Boh. by Mr. Schaeffer differs slightly in form from the two latter specimens although it is undoubtedly the same species, but all differ in habitus from a Guatemalan specimen of picticollis received from the Biologia collection. Popenoe 1877 (Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci., vol. 5, p. 36) records it on Vernonia while Walsh and Riley 1879 (Amer. Ent., vol. 2, p. 4) state that its larvae feed on Sonchus. Hamilton 1884 (Can. Ent., vol. 16, pp. 134-5) reports a form breeding on a mint Monarda fistulosa, at Allegheny, Pa. (which seems to be different from the Pine Ridge form on Monarda) and cities Randall's and Walsh and Riley's forms as breeding on Helianthus. Caulfield 1884, 1886 and 1887 (Can. Ent., vol. 16, p. 227; vol. 18, pp. 40-45; and vol. 19, pp. 73-76) gives three accounts of a form on Helianthus decapetalus near Montreal, and Hamilton 1886 (Can. Ent., vol. 18, p. 113) insists on the distinct- ness of unipunctata and 5-punctata. Knab 1909 (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 11, p. 151) reviews Caulfield's notes in regard to nuptial colors. 9. Cassida nebulosa. This European species is said to be de- structive to cultivated beets and if the three records cited below are correct, it is strange that it has not received more attention in our literature. Horn 1894 (Ent. News, vol. 5, p. 146) records its capture by Bolter near the Santa Ana River in Southern California and Schaeffer 1901 and 1902 (Proc. X. Y. Ent. Soc., vol. 9, p. 94, and vol. 10, p. 170) mentions its occurrence at Suffern, N. Y. 1 10. Cassida rubiginosa Mull. The extensive synonymy in this genus has made recognition of forms by name very uncertain and our records of the capture of this species in America are mostly under the specific names viridis and thoracica. Three citations to its occurrence on burdock at Levis, Quebec are as follows: Fyles 1902 (Can. Ent,, vol. 34, pp. 273-4), Roy 1902 (Nat, Can., vol. 29, pp. 145-149, figs. 1-6) and Fyles 1903 (Nat, Can., vol. 30, p. 22). Schaeffer 1903 and 1904 (Journ. N. Y. Ent, Soc., vol. 11, p. 113; vol. 12, p. 60 and p. 258) has mentioned the species on three occasions, on the last of which he gave the above name for the insect on the authority of Weise. 1 These latter notes may, however, have been based upon the specimen herein mentioned under the name Cassida flaveola. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 121 11. Cassida sp. (possibly panzeri? Schwarz determ.)- A single specimen somewhat resembling the last species is in the National Collection labelled "Victoria Tex. May 19, 1907 J. D. Mitchell" and the determination is given with much doubt. It is doubtless introduced and is not known to be established. 12. Cassida flaveola Thunb. Six American specimens of what appear to be this European species are before the writer from the following sources: Rigaud, Quebec, May 24, 1902, Chagnon (in National Collection from F. Knab) Suffern, N. Y. 1 (Schaeffer Collection), Beaver Dam, Wis., Apr. 20, 1896 and Apr. 9, 1911, Snyder (the latter in the Dury Collection and the former in the National Collection), Duluth, Minn. (Fall Collection), and Mora, Minn., June 27, 1907 ,Vickery (in National Collection from F. Knab). The species is said to live in Europe upon certain "chickweeds," Stellaria holostea, S. graminea and Spergula arvensis. The specimen reported by Mannerheim 1853 (Bull. Naturforsch. Gesellsch. Moscou, vol. 26, p. 260) and cited by Hamilton 1894 (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 21, p. 32) under the name Cassida nobilis Linn, may possibly have been this species but their record is based upon a single specimen supposed to have been introduced on horticultural importations into Sitka, Alaska. 13. Cassida bivittata Say occurs from Massachusetts and Florida to Nebraska and Arizona but its locality records are omitted from the map. Riley 1870 (2nd Rep. Nox. Ins. Mo., pp. 57 and 61) illustrates and describes its biology but mentions only sweet-potato as its host-plant. Knab has collected the species on wild morning-glory at Springfield, Mass. It is remarkable that the toothed claws have not tempted someone to make a different generic assignment for this species. 14. Jonthonota mexicana (Champ.) has been recorded by Schaeffer 1905 (Sci. Bull. Mus. Brook. Inst., vol. 1, p. 173) from a single example on live oak in the Huachuca Mts., Ariz, and another single example from an unknown source is in the National Col- lection labelled Nogales. Mr. Schaeffer informs me that he also has specimens from Prescott and Phoenix, Ariz. 15. Jonthonota nigripes (Oliv.) is another species apparent- ly divisible into local races to which the correct application of the specific and varietal names are at present uncertain. The extremes of habitat of this complex are, according to labels on specimens before the writer, New Jersey, Florida, Michigan, Texas and Nevada, but the material is very insufficient. Riley 1870 (2nd Rep. Nox. Ins. Mo., p. 63) figured larva, pupa and 1 Possibly the specimen upon which Schaeffer's records of Cassida neb- ulosa are based. 122 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY adult from sweet-potato in Missouri. Popenoe's 1878 (Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci., vol. 6, p. 84) allusion to Cassida sexpunctata as frequent on Ipomoea leptophylla in western Kansas may refer to this species or to the form mentioned here as possibly distinct from Metriona bicolor. Baker 1895 (Ent. News., vol. 6, p. 28) men- tions larvae bred on Convolvulus saepium at Ft. Collins, Colo, and Cockerell 1903 (Ent. News, vol. 14, p. 207) records adults from Convolvulus incanus at Las Vegas, N. M., alluding to the species as a sweet-potato pest and citing his former reference (Bull. 35, N. M. Exp. Sta.). The Calif ornian material is regarded as the following species. 16. Jonthonota novemmaculata (Mann.) is represented in the National Collection by a series from Los Angeles and San Francisco, Cal., taken by Koebele, but the species is omitted in the local list by Fall, 1901 (Occ. Papers Cal. Acad. Sci., vol. 8). A specimen from Dunsmuir, Cal. (H. C. Fall) loaned me by Mr. Schaeffer, seems to be intermediate between nigripes and this species. 17. Gratiana pallidula (Boh.) (more familiar as Cassida texana) has been recorded by Riley 1882 and 1883 (Amer. Nat., vol. 16, p. 679, and vol. 17, p. 1070) on the leaves of Solanum elaeagnifolium in Texas and as injuring egg-plant on Wilmington Island near Savannah, Ga., citing also its capture on Solanum carolinense at Washington, D. C. Coquillet 1892 (Ins. Life, vol. 4, p. 262) records its occurrence on Solanum xanti near Los Angeles, Cal., this record being copied by Fall 1901 (Occ. Papers Cal. Acad. Sci., vol. 8, p. 160). The National Collection contains also a. set found breeding on S. carolinense at Washington, D. C. about 1909, donated by Knab, and representatives from Kirkwood, Mo. (also on S. carolinense) 1 Wellington, Kans., Tulsa, Okla., Mansfield, La., fourteen localities in Texas, Las Cruces and Albuquerque, N. M., and Santa Rita Mts., Ariz. 18. Orectis callosa (Boh.) from Texas (Dallas, Sharpsburg, San Diego, Corpus Christi and Brownsville) is labelled as found on Solanum and Physalis, and there are two slightly different specimens in the National Collection from Crescent City, Fla., collected by H. G. Hubbard. Mr. Knab has just donated a specimen from Swansea, S. C., taken Aug. 12, 1911, which is larger than any of the others. 19. Coptocycla repudiata Suffr. 1868 (Archiv fur Naturg., vol. 34, pp. 249-251 translated by Gundlach 1891 (?), Contrib. 1 Somes' notes (Journ. Econ. Ent., vol. 9, 1916, p. 42) on his transfer- ence, in Missouri, of larvae of this beetle from colonies on S. carolinense to caged plants of tomato and potato, and their successful development and reproduction on these plants, has since come to the writer's attention. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 123 Ent. Cubana, vol. 3, p. 398), described from a single example sent by Dr. Gundlach in Cuba (exact locality unknown), has ap- parently not been recognized since, but a series of eleven speci- mens from Florida in the Hubbard and Schwarz Collection (Haw Creek June 10, Crescent City, Lake Poinsett May l,andCocoanut Grove May 24) agrees well with Suffrian's description, except that the specimens differ slightly from the description in the hind angles and margin of the thorax, and in the size. The size given, "Long. H'"; Lat. I'".," is the same as that stated for Porphyraspis fallax, a specimen of which, in the National Col- lection measures 5 mm., while the specimens under consideration measure 5| to 6 mm. in length. The species is not congeneric with any other cassidid in our fauna, and not having been re- ported since its original description, still is listed under the genus Coptocycla, the type of which does not appear to have been fixed. An anomalous specimen from Piney Branch, D. C., May 27, 1906, collected by the late Mr. C. E. Burden seems very closely related to this species but may be distinct. Another specimen also from the vicinity of Washington (taken at Fourmile Run, Va., May 30, 1910 by Knab) is superficially very similar but has toothed instead of simple claws throughout. It is thought best to await more data before attempting to attach a name to either. 20. Chirida guttata (Oliv.) As stated above signifera Hbst. is antedated by Olivier's name and the available evidence indi- cates their synonymy. Spaeth's Catalogue includes under this name two subspecies and five aberrations bearing distinctive names, two of which are there proposed as new (pennsylvanica n. nov., for trabiata var. a Boh., and bohemani n. nov., for "gut- tata Boh. (nee Ol.)")- The pale variety is frequently confused with other species but is easily distinguished from all except ex- tensa by the 3rd antennal joint being twice as long as the second and by the sharp carina on the outer edge of a narrow groove in which antennal joints 2, 3 and 4 lie when at rest. The species occurs from Massachusetts and Montana to South America but our locality records are not indicated on the accompanying maps. The forms of this variable species are worthy of an extended study on a very large scale but it may be well to call particular attention to subspecies lecontei. 21. Ghirida guttata lecontei (Cr.) is so strikingly different in outline that, until sufficient evidence of its union with guttata is obtainable, the name should be given greater prominence. Of four specimens in the National Collection, one was collected by Morrison in Arizona, another from the same state came from the Belfrage Collection, the third is from Mesilla, N. M., July 15, 1897 (Cockerell) and the fourth is from the Huachuca Mts., 124 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Ariz., July 25, 1905 (Schaeffer). Another specimen is in the Dury Collection from the Santa Rita Mts., Ariz. July 1915. Three nearly similar specimens, but having a black venter, are from uncertain Mexican sources. 22. Chirida extensa Boh. I am indebted to Mr. Schaeffer for the identification of this species which had been confused among the pale specimens of C. guttata. Five specimens from Brownsville, Tex. are in the National Collection, three of which were taken June 9, 1895 by Mr. Schwarz, the other two having been received from Schaeffer. 23. Psalidonota leprosa (Boh.) or marmorata Champ. Seven specimens from Brownsville, and one from the Guadalupe River, Texas (Townsend, Wickham, Dury, Schaeffer and Mitchell, collectors) are smaller than our more tropical specimens of leprosa but. do not quite agree with marmorata. 24. Deloyala clavata (Fabr). As above stated this species is hereby chosen as the type of Chevrolat's long neglected genus, and this combination was used in the Melsheimer catalogue 1853, and by Riley 1870 and others, who allude to the species as an enemy of the white potato. Pierce has found the species in Texas, breeding on Physalis cornuta and Knab informs me that larvae and adults occur on both white potatoes and bitter-sweet (Sola- num dulcamara) in Massachusetts. Dr. Chittenden has a speci- men labelled "on Solatium nigrum, Glen Echo, Md." Speci- mens from Texas, New Mexico and Arizona are larger, paler and less tuberculate posteriorly but are not regarded as specifically distinct. They are believed to represent intergrades between our eastern form and the Central American testudinaria, but I am dissatisfied as to the strict application of Fabricius' name. 25. Metriona bicolor (Fabr.) This, familiar to most of us under the name Coptocycla aurichalcea, is apparently a composite of ill-expressed local forms distributed throughout the United States. Champion 1894 (Biol. Cent.-Amer. Coleop., vol. 6, pi. 2, p. 212) applies this name to a smaller and quite distinct form, varieties of which he admits merge with a series of varietal forms which he treats under the name trisignata and it seems certain to the writer that in Texas, these latter merge with the series of forms we have known as bicolor Fabr., aurichalcea Fabr., auri- splendens Mann, and marylandica Hbst. with which Champion thinks bis-tripunctata Hbst. may not be strictly synonymous. Until their status can be better determined, further nomrnrlu- torial changes would be unwise. The localities for this ubi- quitous species are not indicated on the appended maps. Riley 1870 (2nd Ann. Rep. Nox. Ins. Mo., p. 62, figs. 33 and 34) cites sweet-potato, morning-glory and bittersweet as hosts, but adults are found evidently at home on a large number of plants, and OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 125 breeding observations on colonies of larvae as well as adults are needed. One of the better marked forms which is probably spe- cifically distinct but which is assigned here awaiting more data, is more convex than the common form, has a narrower more decli- vous and opaque expanded margin, usually displays one or three maculae on each elytron and has coarser elytral sculpture. A Cincinnati specimen in the Dury collection was- determined by Dr. Geo. Horn as C. bisignata Boh. but the description does not quite fit the series examined by me, the localities of which are, Chicopee and West Springfield, Mass. (Apr. 1884 and June 1898, Knab, 4 examples), Dayton, Ohio (July 22, 1905, Dury), Douglas Co., Kans. (Snow, 8 examples), Onaga, Kans. (Crevecoeur, 2 examples) and Texas (Belfrage). The anterior claw of the middle feet in the male lacks the basal tooth and is more strongly asymmetrical than in the other forms I have left under the name bicolor. 26. Metriona emarginata (Boh.) is recorded from Arizona but without definite locality indicated. Three specimens in the Knab collection were received from Schaeffer labelled Huachuca Mts., Ariz., July 25, 1905. 27. Metriona purpurata (Boh.) represented in the National Collection by specimens from Maine to Montana, Utah and Texas, seems to have been neglected biologically, for no record of host plant is at hand, except that the writer is informed by Mr. Knab that it breeds on wild morning-glory in Massachusetts. A specimen of very different habitus, labelled "Fla., Coll. O. Dietz" is in the Schaeffer Collection. It is larger, more depressed and more highly colored than the northern specimens and if the lo- cality is authentic it must represent a distinct local race which greatly extends the habitat of the species. 28. Metriona profligata (Boh.) has been cited by Schaeffer 1905 (Sci. Bull. Brook. Mus., vol. I, p. 174) from Arizona as occur- ring commonly on low weeds and branches of various trees. Speci- mens kindly given to the National Collection by him are labelled Huachuca Mts. June 16 and 27. Other specimens are from the Chiricahua and Santa Rita Mts., Arizona (May 20, June 13 and July 3, Hubbard and Schwarz) and Las Vegas Hot Springs, N. M. (Aug. 11, 1901 Schwarz). 29. Ctenochira bonvouloiri (Boh). This Mexican species is mentioned by Horn 1894 (Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. (2), vol. 4, p. 344) from two localities in Lower California and three examples are in the National Collection from Brownsville, Texas. The following admittedly imperfect key to our species does not emphasize the recently proposed generic characters but is added in the hope that it will be of assistance to some who have not access to large collections or to better literature. 126 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1. Head visible from above, pronotal front margin straight or emar- ginate 2 Head covered by the arcuate front margin of the pronotum 5 2. Smaller species (5 mm.), metallic blue, shining, coarsely seriately punctured (Florida) Porphyraspis cyanea Larger (10 mm. or more) 3 3. Metallic green with red or yellow elytral spots (tropical) Pseudomesomphalia spp. Red or yellow 4 4. Elytra each with two narrow longitudinal black vittae. (Tro'pical) Hilarocassis exclamationis Elytra and pronotum spotted Chelymorpha cassidea 5. Claws simple : 6 Claws angularly dilated at base 18 Claws pectinate 26 6. Outline deeply and broadly notched between humeri and pronotum, expanded margins broad translucent, length about 10 mm. (Florida) Eurypepla jamaicensis Outline nearly continuous 7 7. Size larger (10 mm. or more), form elongate oval 8 Size smaller, form oval or circular 9 8. Elytra tumid. (Tropical) Physonola alutacea Dorsum evenly rounded Physonota unipunctafa 9. Form oval 10 Form more circular 14 10. Form strongly convex, color red 11 Form depressed 15 11. Elytra unmarked, expanded elytral margins strongly descending (Florida) Coptycycla repudiata Elytra with infuscate markings 12 12. Elytra obsoletely vittate. (Arizona) Jonthonola mexicana Elytra maculate , 13 13. Elytral margin opaque, spots less evident. (Middle States) Jonlhonota nigripes Elytral margin translucent, spots more evident. (Pacific coast). Jonthonola 9-maculata 14. Size large (9 mm.) dorsum gibbous, margins translucent (Brownsville, Texas) Psalidonota leprosa Size small (5-6 mm.), elytra multituberculate, margins maculate Oreclis callosa 15. Sculpture coarse, elytra usually tessellate, color reddish or yellowish 16 Sculpture finer, elytra not costate, color green 17 16. Size larger (8 mm.), elytral sculpture very coarse and reticulate Cassida nebulosa Size smaller (5 mm.), elytra coarsely punctate and subcostate Cassida flaveola OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 127 17. More depressed, unicolorous. (Quebec) Cassida rubiginosa More convex, sutural and scutellar region fuscous. (Texas) Cassida panzeri (?) 18. Elytra with sutural and two lateral black vittae . . . . Cassida bivittata Elytra not vittate 19 19. Depressed, pale, coarsely punctate Gratiana pallidula Convex, maculate or golden, punctures usually fine 20 20. Antennal joints 2, 3 and 4 lying at rest in groove whose outer edge is produced into a sharp carina, 3rd joint twice as long as 2nd 21 No antennal groove, joint 3 but slightly longer than 2nd 22 21. Elytral margin black or clouded at humerus, elytra usually macu- late Chirida guttata Elytral margin translucent at humerus, elytra usually immaculate (Tropical) Chirida exlensa 22. Elytra gibbous, rugose and irregularly reticulate Deloyala clavala Elytra smooth, evenly convex 23 23. Elyeral margin entirely translucent Metriona bi.colorf Elytral margin clouded opposite humeri 24 24. Transparent lateral area of expanded margin bordered internally with narrow black band. (Arizona) Metriona emarginata No black markings 25 25. Outline nearly circular, opaque part of elytra darker at sides, size larger Metriona purpurata Outline more elongate, color uniform, size smaller. (Arizona) Metriona profligata 26. Outline nearly circular, disc with large black ring containing three minute black points on yellow ground. (Tropical) Ctenochira bonvouloiri The following has been accepted for publication: SOME AMERICAN HYMENOPTERA. BY J. C. CRAWFORD. Alcidamea colei, n. sp. Male. Length about 5 mm. Black; head and thorax clothed with dense white pubescence; head closely strongly punctured, punctures sepa- rated by about a puncture width; on mesonotum the punctures similar, closer laterally and slightly sparser in middle; antennae short, brown, flagellar joints subquadrate, first slightly longer than broad, last slightly longer than first; wings almost hyaline, first and second cubital cells along radius subequal in length; legs dark brown, tarsi more reddish, pubes- cence on legs sparse, white; abdomen black, shiny, the apical margins broadly testaceous, margin of 6th segment including lateral teeth, almost colorless; segments 1-5 with apical bands of appressed white pubescence; 7th dorsal segment pointed at apex the produced portion hardly as long 128 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY as its width at base; first three segments sparsely finely punctured, seg- ments 4-6 with punctures closer and somewhat coarser; second ventral with a transverse ridge the medial portion of which is triangularly elevated. Described from one specimen from Redlands, Calif. F. R. Cole, collector. Type: Cat, No. 20402, U. S. N. M. This species has the apical segments of the abdomen shaped about as in uvulalis, producta and pilosifrons,- all of which are much larger and more robust; uvulalis and producta have a great projection in the second ventral segment. Protandrena bishoppi, n. sp. Female. Length about 7 mm. Head and thorax black, abdomen with the three basal segments rufous, the following ones dark brown, segment one brown at base, segments two and three with a brown stripe near apex ; face with the punctures rather coarse and not very close, those on clypeus somewhat larger and more scattered; the following parts yellow; dog's ear marks, supraclypeal area but this so deeply indented above as to make it almost two triangular marks, a median mark on clypeus not reaching apical margin, tubercles and front and middle tibiae at base; antennae dark brown; process of lab rum smooth, truncate apically; mesonotum shiny, with sparse punctures; scutellum closely punctured, the punctures laterad large, punctures medially, finer and crowded; wings dusky, stigma and veins almost honey color; legs brown, the tibiae more reddish; the tarsi rufous; first abdominal segment shiny, sparsely, finely punctured, the punc- tures closer towards base, following segments closely punctured; de- pressed apical margins of segments with fine crowded punctures. Described from one specimen from Hetty, Texas, July 10, 1904, F. C. Bishopp, collector. Type: Cat. No. 20403, U. S. N. M. Easily separated from heteromorpha Ckll. the other small spe- cies with light tarsi, by the truncate, non-carinate process of labrum, the scattered punctures of mesonotum and the rufous abdominal segments. Actual date of publication, August 4, 1916 ANNOUNCEMENT Separates of all the important papers published in the PROCEED- INGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON and a num- ber from other journals are for sale at approximately two cents per page (no article less than ten cents). They can be had by apply- ing to the Corresponding Secretary of the Entomological Society, U. S. National Museum. Washington, D. C. No receipt will be mailed for the sale of printed matter unless especially requested. OF SPECIAL INTEREST ATVERIKOV, S. S. Lepidopteres receuillon par I'Expeditiou de B. M. Zhitkov, dans presqueille de Jaminen 1908 $0.10 BEUTENMULLER, WM. Synopsis of the Food Habits of the Larvae of Sesiidae 10 GARY, M. On the Diurnal Lepidpptera of the Atha- baska and MacKenzie Region of British Columbia 15 CHITTENDEN, F. H. Four Economic Papers 25 DUZ.EE, E. P. VAN List of the Macrolepidoptera of Buffalo and Vicinity. 10 DYAR, H. C. The Life Histories of the New York Slug Caterpillars, 1895-1899 (Complete) 1 .50 Life Histories of North American Geometri- dae (Sixty-three parts, complete except Part 20) 75 A List of the American Cochlidian Moths with Descriptions of New Genera and Species ; . . .20 Descriptions of New Species of Moths of the Family Cochlidiidae 10 A Generic Revision of the Hipocritidae (Arctiidae) 10 Lepidoptera from the Harriman Alaska""* Expedition .15 A Generic Revision of the Lachneidae (Lasiocampa) 10 A Review of the North American Chrysangi- nae . .10 A Review of the Hesperidae of the United States 15 A Descriptive List of a Collection of Early Stages of Japanese Lepidoptera 1905.. .15 Life Histories of Some North American Moths 1900 .15 Preliminary Notes on the Larvae of the Genus Arctia 10 Descriptions of North American Moths and Larvae 1906 10. The Life History of Ersides amyntas 10 A New Form of Clisioeampa from Colorado .10 A New Genus of South American Moths .... .10 A Note on the Head Setae of Lepidopterous Larvae with Special Reference to the Appendages of Perophora melsheimerii. .. .10 Descriptions of Larvae of Some Moths from Colorado 15 Notes on Some Species of Xotodontidar in the Collection of the U. S. National Mu- seum with Descriptions of Now GomT:i..and Species 15 TABLE QT CONTENTS FOR THIS NUMBER ALDBICH, J. M. : More light on Myiophasia . . t : 98 BARBER, H. S. : A review of North American Tortoise beetles 113 CAUDELL, A. N., Presidential Address: An economic consideration of Orthoptera directly affecting man 84 CRAWFORD, J. C. : Some American Hymenoptive 127 HOWARD, L. O. : Francis Marion Webster 79 MALLOCH, J. R. : A new species of Agromyza destructive to beans in the Philippines. 93 Obituary: Webster, Francis Marion 78 SHANNON, R. C. : Notes on some genera of Syrphidae with descriptions of new species , 101 SMITH, H. E. : New Tachinidae from North America 94 TOWNSEND, C. H. T. : Note on Myiophasia aenea Wd 100 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON VOLUME XVIII, No. 3 SEPTEMBER, 1916 PUBLISHED QUARTERLY BY THE SOCIETY OFFICE OF PUBLICATION 2419-21 GHEENMOUNT Ava. BALTIMORE, MD. EDITORIAL OFFICE WASHINGTON, D. C. Entered as second-clou matter at the postoffice at Baltimore, Md., February 28, 1913, under the Act of August 24, 1912 THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON t ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884. The regular meetings of the Society are held on the first Thursday of each month, from October to June inclusive, at 8 P. M. Annual dues of active members, S3. 00; of corresponding members $2.00; fnitiation fee (for active members only), $1.00. OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1916. Honorary President E. A. SCHWARZ President,. C. R. ELY First Vice-President. . . E. R. SASSCER Second Vice-President . . ... FREDERICK KNAB Recording Secretary A. B. GAHAN Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer. . . .S. A. ROHWER U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. Editor. . J. C. CRAWFORD Representing the Society as a Vice-President 6f the Washington Academy of Sciences W. D. HUNTER Executive Committee. THE OFFICERS. A. N. CATJDELL. A. L. QXTAINTANCB. W. D. HUNTER. PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON. Published quarterly by the Society at Baltimore, Md., and Wash- ington, D. C. Terms of subscription: Domestic, $2.00 per annum; foreign, $2.25 per annum; recent single numbers, 75 cents, foreign postage extra. Remittances should be made payable to the Entomological Society of Washington. Authors of leading articles in the PROCEEDINGS will be entitled to 25 separates of each contribution, free of charge, provided the Editor is noti- fied before page proof is returned. Additional copies may be had at rates fixed by the Society. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON VOL. XVIII 1916 No. 3 TWO HUNDRED AND NiNJKTY-THIRD MEKTING, MARCH 2, 1916. The 293d regular meeting of the Society was entertained by President C. R. Ely at the Saengerbund Hall, March 2, 1916. There were present Messrs. Baker, Borden, Boving, Craighead, Cushman, DeGryse, Ety, Fisher, Gahun, Greene, Heinrich, Holloway. Hopkins, Isely, Knab, Middleton, Pierce, Rohwer, Schwarz, Shannon, Snj'der, Turner and Walton, members, and E. H. Gibson, H. G. Ingerson and A. T. Speare visitors. The Corresponding-secretary announced the election of Mr. A. N. Caudell to the vacancy on the Executive Committee. Dr. J. M. Aldrich, and Messrs. T. W. McGehee and R, W. Moreland were elected as corresponding members. The following program was presented: THE DETERMINATION OF THE ABDOMINAL AND THORACIC AREAS OF THE CERAMBYCID LARVAE AS BASED ON A STUDY OF THE MUSCLES. 1 BY F. C. CRAIGHEAD. INTRODUCTION. The purpose of this paper is to establish a foundation for the subsequent description and classification of the North American cerambycid larvae (of which one part has already been published) . 2 1 Contribution from the Branch of Forest Insects, Bureau of Entomology. 2 Craighead, F. C., Larvae of the Prioninae, Kept. No. 107, U. S. Depti Agr., June 25, 1915. 129 130 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY In the following papers on these larvae the terminology given here will be adopted. From an anatomical study of the ceram- bycids alone, it was found inadvisable to draw conclusions, consequently the larvae of some eight or ten other Coleopterous families have been studied more or less thoroughly. The general areas as defined here have been found to conform very well, but as to the terminology of some parts and the importance or sig- nificance given to certain areas, this paper is provisional and will be followed by another discussing a series of larval types. Before the 274th meeting of this society Dr. Adam Boving presented a paper on the abdominal structure of certain Coleopter- ous larvae as based on the muscular anatomy. 1 This he stated was a continuation of Dr. Hopkins' study of the structure of the scolytid larvae. The writer fully adopted this nomenclature in a paper on the larvae of the Prioninae 2 and found it adaptable to the abdominal structure which only was there discussed. But this paper in which a further study and correlation of both the abdominal and the thoracic structures of the cerambycid larvae is carried out, certain modifications of Dr. Boving's terminology are sug- gested as more generally applicable. Dr. Boving further mentions that he believes the characters which he describes can also be used for larvae of other family or ordinal rank. I can, in this connection, state that this has been found the case in several Coleopterous families (beside those here discussed) in which the anatomy has been studied. Especi- ally applicable is his description of the intersegment al skin, the muscles from its cunea as well , as the mechanical principles involved, in the whole arrangement of folds, areas and muscles pertaining to what he calls the lateral zone. A study of the principle of the primary segmental divisions, as represented by Dr. Hopkins 3 in his study of the scolytid beetle, Dendroctonus, and the above discussed principle of Dr. Boving it is evident that these principles are identical, but that different terms have been used to designate the homologous areas. Thus Dr. Hopkins has shown that the pleurum is the main lateral region, divided into two pleurites, the epimeron and episternum of the adult, w r hich he says are undoubtedly homologous to the epipleurum and hypopleurum of the larvae, and that between 1 Boving, A. G., On the Abdominal Structure of Certain Beetle Larvae of the Campodeiform Type. Proc. Entom. Soc. Wash., Vol. XVI, No. 2. June, 1914, p. 55-60. 2 Craighead, F. C., Larvae of the Prioninae, Rept. No. 107, U. S. Dept. Agr., June 25, 1915. 3 Hopkins, A. D., Contribution Toward a Monograph of the Scolytid Beetles. Technical Series, No. 17, Part 1., U. S. Dept. Agr., 1911. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1016 131 these areas lies the pleural suture. This pleurum of Hopkins is homologous to the lateral zone of Boving, but the line which corresponds to his pleural suture in the adult is in the cleridand cerambycid larvae a somewhat oblique line, less distinct than the sutures above and below the pleurum or lateral zone. Snod- grass 1 (page 537) has shown that in the nymphs and immature stages, that line is often indistinct, which corresponds to the pleural suture of the adults. This is considered the case in the clerid and cerambycid larvse. Thus the principal changes in this paper will be to adopt the term pleurum for Dr. Boving's lateral zone, and for the prominent' larval lines above and below pleurum (which Dr. Hopkins has not named) adopt Wallengreen 2 names of tergopleural 3 and sterno- pleural suture for Dr. Boving's terms antipleural and pleural suture. Dr. Boving's name for hypopleurum (which name has been used as a part of pleurum) will have to be changed and the name postcoxal (PoCx) is here adopted. These are the principal alterations to be made in this paper to bring about a homology of the names and to adopt terms in more general use for areas which are here considered the same. Above the pleurum is the tergum, its divisions are called ter- gites; below the pleurum is the sternum, its divisions are called sternites. THE ABDOMINAL STRUCTURE. The following discussion and figures are based on the anatomy of the cerambycids. Not all the muscles to be found in the seg- ments are illustrated, but the longitudinal muscles between the cunea are here omitted for the sake of clearness. One plate (Plate 9) shows these longitudinal abdominal muscles essentially like those of the clerid. These longitudinal muscles are attached to the posterior edge of one cunea extending to and attaching on the posterior edge of the cunea behind. The longitudinal muscles which extend backward determining folds within the segment, are always attached to the anterior edge of the cunea. Thus the cunea can always be defined by longitudinal muscles. Also the superior cunea can be indicated l>\ iln> two fascia of the muscle s-pn- from the posterior cuneal notch. One fascia of this muscle attaches to the anterior and one to the posterior edge. 1 Snodgrass, H. K., The Thorax of Insects and the Articulation of the Wings, Proc. I". S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 36, p. 511-595, 1909. Wallengreen, H., Physiologisch-Biologische Sludien i':l>er Die Atniunv Bei Den Arthropoden, Lands University s Arssknft, N. I-'., Vol. 10, 191 I ; Uimmock, Geo., Primer Informc Annul de la Estacion Central Agro- mica de Cuba, 1906. On page 295, canal lateral, lateral furrow. i< u-ed, equivalent to tergo-pleural. 132 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Starting with an abdominal segment of a Lepturinae larva (Plate 6) the homologies will be pointed out comparing it with a clerid, as illustrated by Boving. 1 First will be noticed a con- siderable reduction both in size and number of the perpendicular muscles, except those between the pleural sutures (tp-sp). This pleurum is strongly protuberant in this form, produced by the numerous short muscle bands from the tergopleural to the sterno- pleural (tp-sp) and postcoxal line [hypopleural line of Boving] (tp-pcx). These tergopleural-sternopleural muscles are absent in clerid forms as well as several fascia of the tergopleural-post- coxal muscles. The tergopleural suture is defined as in the clerid, by two sets of perpendicular muscles extending downward, one from its anterior extremity below spiracle to the posterior cuneal notch (tp-pn), the other from its posterior extremity to the post- coxal suture (tp-pcx). The sternopleural suture (s.p.) defined by three (in the clerid) large muscles, from its middle extending dorsad, is here represented by a single band of several fibres (pasc-sp). These last muscles define the ventral limit of the parascutum (PaSc) and the dorsal limit of the spiracular area (SpA) in the clerid. So do they also in the cerambycid. A longitudinal band of muscles (e-s) attached along a perpendicular median line [the parascutal divisor (e)] on the lower half of the parascutum and upper half of spiracular area extends posteri- orly to the superior cunea. These muscles seem to be of little value as determining any abdominal area. In the cerambycids this parascutal area extends over the back of the larvae around a well defined plate, the scutum (Sc). The parascutum and the notal subdivisions are more or less protuberant forming the ambulatory ampullae. The writer believes the parascutum is nothing more than a portion of the notal areas as will be shown later in the thorax, but since it is of value for descriptive purposes the name should be retained. Of these notal divisions only the scutum (Sc) (or more correctly, the scutal plate) is well defined, first by two lateral sutures, the scutal lines (s.c.) defined by the large muscles (pn-sc), also by two transverse sutures (a.sc and p.sc) connecting the scutal lines, defined by muscles extending from the anterior line to the superior cunea behind the segment and from the posterior line to the superior cunea in front, on the same segment; also muscles from each of these lines extending in the opposite direction. These muscles defining scutum in the cerambycid and clerid cannot be absolutely homologized. In the clerid, prescutum arid postscutellum are defined by muscles s-pn (s-pn? of Cerambycidae) and pscl-hypl. These muscles 1 1. c., Plates III and IV, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 133 have dropped further down in these forms and do not produce a fold defining these areas. Hence the region in front of scutum which is considered prescutum and that just behind scutum which is considered scutellum, are both indistinct. The post- scutellum is wanting. Anteriorly beneath the sternopleural suture is a small triangle PrSt, which is considered the presternum. In most cerambycids it is formed more by the ampullar protuberance than by special muscles, and by this same protuberance crowded to the side, but in the thorax the ventral extremities often meet or fuse. In one subfamily, the Aseminte, it is definied by a muscle ps-i [represented in the Cerambyciriae figure (Plate 8)] and in the clerid and many other Coleoptera, it is well defined by two mus- cles dpl-s and dpl-i (of Boving) one extending to the superior and one to the inferior cunea. In the clerid the deuteropleurite and presternum are considered as fused together. Behind the presternum and below the sterno pleural suture lies the post- coxal area (PoCx), limited below by the postcoxal line which is defined by (Boving's hypopleurum) perpendicular muscles (tp-pcx) (anti-hypl) of Boving) from the postcoxal line (p.cx) to the posterior end of the tergopleural suture; and I may add this postcoxal line is (in the cerambycids) also defined by one or several muscles (s-pcx) to the superior cunea (probably hypl-tepl of the clerid.} This postcoxal area is usually more or less trian- gular in shape. Beneath the postcoxal area lies the coxal lobo (CxL). This is a conspicuous area in some cerambycid larvae, lying between the postcoxal and sternal lines. It can always be determined by two points of muscular attachments. One on the sternal line having two or three muscles (tp-si) to the tergo- pleural suture, the posterior of which represents Boving's pscl- hypl; the other point is on the postcoxal line defined by the muscles tp-pcx (clerid muscles a,nti-hypl). From the position of these muscles in the clerid, figure 4, it will be seen that the coxal lobe is inconspicuous, the muscle almost lying on the same line, nevertheless a very small triangle can be seen on the larvae. This is almost the case in the Cerambyciriae. In the clerid just beneath the postcoxal and coxal areas lies the parasternum. The broken line ventrally limiting it is con- sidered the sternal line defined by muscles s-st and cm-st. This area is not present in the cerambycids and only the posterior part of the line defined by muscles pn-st (an-st of the clerid) is considered as really the sternal line. The other muscles s-st of the clerid are only present in Leptura forms (s-st). Their posi- tion in these larvae and in many other Coleoptera is so variable that for the present their significance cannot be determined. However in the clerid, elaterid and trogositid they define an 134 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY area which may well be called the parasternum for descriptive purposes. Between the sternal lines extends a transverse line, the eusterno-sternellar line (est.stl), separating the eusternum from the sternellum. In some larvae it is continuous with the sternal line, in others perpendicular to it, and probably more or less represents the same line, but for the sake of the discussion it is considered separately. It is defined by muscles to the pos- terior notch pn-est.stl. That part of eusternum extending dor- sad to the sternopleural suture in front of the coxal lobe often becomes a separate area in the thorax. All the ventral areas like the corresponding dorsal ones, are protuberant ventrally, forming the ampulla. Several muscles (i-est) extending from the eusternal region posteriorly to the inferior cunea and several (i-stl) from the sternellar region ante- riorly to the inferior cunea are not considered as defining any definite areas or regions, but are of importance in contracting the ampullae and producing its bilobed form in many larvae. A comparison of two other types of larvae, the Cerambycinae and the Prioninae, with that of the Lepturinae shows that in both these forms the pleurum is not protuberant and only one of the short tergopleural-sternopleural muscles (tp-sp) is present. Like- wise the tergopleural suture is very indistinct, especially in Cer- ambycinae forms. By the stress being removed from this suture and distributed more generally over the spiracular area the region around the spiracle has assumed on ellipitical form, lying partly in the pleural zone and partly in the spiracular area. This to some extent acts as a substitute for the elastic effect of the pleural lobe which is very prominent in Leptura forms, indistinct on Prioninae larvae and still less evident on Cerambycinae types. Thus this tubercle or lobe becomes distinct or obsolete according to the position and strength of the sternopleural-tergopleural and other pleural muscles. In the last three abdominal segments of the Cerambycinae and Prioninae larvae the same development of pleural region and lobe is present as in all segments of the Lep- tura abdomen. Again in Prioninae the postcoxal line pushes downward shortening coxal lobe which is entirely lost in the Cerambycinae as the muscles indicate; those which define the postcoxal line (tp-pcx and s-pcx) having nearly the same attach- ment as those defining the coxal lobe. In the Cerambycinae the sternopleural suture is not defined anteriorly, thus presternum and pleurum are fused. THE THORACIC STRUCTURE The transition from the abdominal to the thoracic segments is a gradual one and can best be seen by comparing the integument from which all the muscles have been removed with another specimen with all the muscles in situ. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 135 First taking a prionine larva such a comparison will show that the anterior and posterior cuneal notches gradually separate as they approach the thorax. The former pushes dorsad, the latter ventrad. This produces a lengthening of the muscles s-pn 2 between them, together with a gradual reduction in the number of fibers until in the metathorax but two remain. Muscle band s-pn becomes more horizontal and in the first abdominal segment extends entirely across the segment (s-s-pri), to a point on the superior cunae. This muscle is retained in the thoracic segments. The muscle defining the scutal line (sc.-pn) loses many fibers as it approaches the thorax and suddenly disappears in these seg- ments. It is also absent in the abdomen of some other families. Now if the integument free of muscles is studied it will be seen that between the cuneal wedges a gradual reduction of the con- necting portion of the intersegmental skin (Is.S) takes place towards the thorax; so that between the metathorax and the first abdominal segment the anterior and posterior notches lie nearly in the same line, and the intervening skin is very short. These wedges and notches actually come into the same plane between the first and second, and second and third thoracic segments. This construction necessarily prohibits the telescopic movements of the abdominal segments. The longitudinal muscles between these cunea are gradually collected and narrowed into a dorsal and ventral wedge-shaped band which becomes respectively the superior (s-rt) and inferior retractor (i-rt) muscles of the head. The dorsal are attached to a point at the fusion of the posterior limit of front and the epicranial halves, the ventral at the point of fusion of the collar of prothorax, and the hypostoma. Several other lateral longitudinal muscle bands (c-l) are attached to the collar or skin connection between head and prothornx around the occipital foramen. With the widening movement of the cuneal notches the par- ascutal line is gradually lowered but the muscle (pasc-sp) which defines this line gradually, approaching the thorax, moves its attachment dorsally forward until it is attached in the thorax on the anterior notch of the superior cunea (s-sp). In some Cer- :mibycinae larvae this muscle moves posteriorly upward and be- comes attached to the cunea behind [see broken muscles of Cer- ambycinse figure (Plate 8).] In some Asemiinae it is attached along the scutal line and does not reach the cunea. Suddenly in the mesothorax the abdominal muscles from tergopleural suture to postcoxal area and coxal lobe or sternal line (tp-pcx. tp,st) have extended their dorsal attachment to the parascutal (now called scutal line). These muscles are collectively c.-illed 136 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY the wing leg muscles and their dorsal attachment marks the dorsal limit of alar area (.4 .A.) and the ventral limit of scutum. This alar area (so called because in abnormal larvae and also in the pupa the wing evaginates from this region) is triangular vith its apex pointing downward nearly bisecting the pleurum (P). The sutures defining this apex are indicated by oblique muscles (tp-pn l 2 ) one set extending forward to the posterior notch of the inferior cunea the other backward to a corresponding point behind. The anterior band (tp-pn 1 } evidently is the ab- dominal muscles, tp-pn. The posterior cannot be compared with any abdominal set in the cerambycids but occur in other forms. This v-shaped suture below the alar area is considered the tergopleural (t.p) suture. The thoracic pleurum is usually divided into an anterior and posterior part by an oblique suture p.s. which is considered the pleural suture. It extends downward from the alar area and upward from the coxal lobe. It is much more prominent in some other larvae. The sternopleural suture retains its same relative position as in the abdomen. It is de- fined by two muscles from near its middle, one set s-sp already described, the other sc-sp, extends dorsad to the scutum repre- senting abdominal muscle tp-sp. Thus the pleurum assumes a more or less crescent shape having its anterior portion truncated by the triangle bearing the spiracle while its posterior extends far dorsad. Across the alar area extends a band of muscles a-a, which may represent some modification of the abdominal band d-s. In the Lepturinae and Priononae just in front and above the alar area is a small triangular lobe. It is formed by the wide points of attachments of the wing leg muscles and a shortening of some of the muscles a -a from their anterior attachment on the superior cunea. This (from its position) might belong to either alar area or scutum but is regarded as a part of the latter. In the Cerambycinae it will be seen that the sternopleural suture is not complete anteriorly but merges with that line below it defining the posterior limit of presternum. Also the muscle s-sp often moves down along this line. Thus pleurum and presternum are not distinctly separated (a dotted line is indicated between them) which condition will later be remarked upon in discussing the prothorax. It will be noticed that in the Cerambycinae and Prioninae the abdominal spiracle lies in an elliptical region the lower part of which was before mentioned as part of the pleurum. Just in front of this ellipsoid is the intersegmental skin (Is.S.). Also in the abdomen one muscle (spi-pn) is attached to the spiracle itself, and often extends to the parascutal line. Several others (tp-pn) define the tergopleural suture just below it. Synchro- OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 137 noniously with the pushing clown of the spiracular area to form the thoracic alar area, the muscles (t/>-pn) have become strength- ened and retain their same relative position (tp-pn 1 ) but the spiracle has moved below the tergopleural suture as the muscle (*l>i-pn) shows, which moves with it. Thus the spiracle has moved into the pleural region. This muscle is small in the meta- thorax with the rudimentary spiracle, but large in the mesothorax. It is of great importance in deciding the segment to which the spiracle belongs when it has apparently moved from mesothorax to the prothorax, as in some Lamiinae and other larvae. The rudiments of the lines defining the spiracular ellipsoid can still be seen in the metathorax (especially the Cerambycinse) but it is debatable whether to consider this region into which the spiracle has moved in the thorax as part of pleurun which it evidently was in the abdomen or to consider this spiracular triangle, as fused with the narrow piece of intersegmental skin and thus a part of it instead of the pleurum. In the mesothorax of Prioninae and Lepturinae this triangle is very sharply defined. For the sake of comparison in larva? of other families the latter view is adopted, for the present, i.e., that the spiracle lies in the intersegmental skin of the pleurum. In another subfamily of cerambycids, Aseminae, the spiracle in the first abdominal seg- ment has moved forward out of the ellipsoid past the line a.*./. (Plate 8) into the intersegmental skin, thus giving more evidence for the latter theory. To consider the formation of the notal subdivisions it may bo well to start with the clerid in which form Dr. Boving has shown that the large muscle s-pn (attached very high) and the muscle pscl-hypl behind, cause elliptical constrictions, the prescutum and postscutellum. In the cerambycid it has been shown that the postscutellum is absent. Now from the lowered attach- ment of the muscle s-pn 2 and greater protuberance of the ampullae with its many muscles, the preponderance of stress in this region is determined by the latter, forming curved lines as the limit of the parascutum. Therefore the presternurn cannot take its triangular form. But in the thoracic segments, the muscles s-pn- have pushed their upper attachment dorsad and by the loss of the large muscles sc-pn a poorly developed ampulla results with the consequential forming of a triangular prescutum and scutellum. Whether new sutures are formed in the thorax or the old ones modified is questionable, probably either alternative occurs in different forms of larvae. It is assumed as the muscles seem to indicate that the anterior and posterior sutures defining abdominal scutum a.sc and p.sc., have fused medianly and diverged laterally, thus opening scutum which fuses with parascutum to form what is collectively called in the thorax, scutum (Sc). 138 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY From this modification and that in other larvae evidence is suggested that the abdominal parascutum is in fact scutum crossing the dorsal part of the segment, in the median dorsal part of which a more or less rectangular plate, the scutal plate, is often defined by muscles for mechanical purposes. This of course would only be true in those forms where prescutum and scutellum are absent or do not meet medianly. For when these are developed as in the thorax of cerambycids and the abdomen of clerids it more or less dorsally restricts the scutum, but still in some forms is not entirely divided. It is believed that these notal subdivisions in various larvae cannot be definately homo- logized by the muscles and that the transition from the abdomen to the thorax is brought about through different alterations in different larvae. Just in front of the mesothoracic prescutum in Prioninae and Cerambycinae is found a narrow transverse fold (Pn.F) extending between the dorsal attachments of muscle s-sp. This fold is considered intersegmental skin, and as it is of value in descrip- tions is named the postnotal fold. Beneath the anterior extremity sternopleural suture will be noticed a triangle with its apex extending ventrad. This is the presternum (PrSt) homologous to that of the abdomen. It sometimes fuses medianly or has a median portion. The suture posteriorly limiting it is defined by three muscles (p-cx) to the anterior dorsal point of coxal and by several muscles (?>?) extend- ing backwards to the inferior cunea. Beneath the posterior half of the sternopleural suture lies the postcoxal area, (PoCx) surrounding the coxa. Its posterior ventral limit is weakly defined in the Prioninae but strongly so in the Lepturinae. Just in front of the coxa and behind the presternum the lateral ex- tremity of the eusternum is constricted off in the Priorinat and Lepturinae. This constriction is called the precoxal area (P.Cx). In many larvae this area becomes strongly chitinized acting as a brace in front of the coxa corresponding to the postcoxal area behind. These two areas dorsally surround the coxa and in the ceramlycids are usually fused and continuous but in many larvae are distinct and divided by a strong chitinization (often internally an appodeme). This fusion of the two areas is collectively called the epicoxal area (PCx-\-PoCx). The coxa is defined by four points, one dorsal more or less separating the precoxal and epi- coxal areas, but having no muscle attachments, one posterior dorsad, one anterior ventral and one anterior dorsad. The pos- terior or often somewhat dorsal is defined by muscles, sc-cx, two diverging bands to the scutal line, and one tp-cx to the tergo- pleural suture. This point corresponds to that of the abdomen made by muscle tp-pcx on the postcoxal line. The anterioi OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 139 ventral point is at the beginning of the eusterno-sternellar line and is defined by muscle sc-cx-st, to the scutal line, homologous to muscle tp-st of the abdomen. The anterior is defined by muscles p-cx, described before. From this lobe considered to be the coxa projects the trochanter which is moved by a muscle (sp-i) at- tached to its lower surface and to sternopleural suture. Thus that region in the abdomen called the coxal lobe can be sho \vn to have developed the leg in the thorax. The eusterno-sternellar line extending between the coxa divides the eusternum (ESt) from the sternellum (Stl). Muscles (e-s-i) run anteriorly and posteriorly from it to the respective inferior cunea. The poste- rior of these may be considered as abdominal muscles pn-st and e-s-i. It will be seen that the abdominal muscles i-est and /-*// of the abdomen are retained in the thorax. In the Lepturinae it was stated, in discussing the abdomen that the coxal lobe was large and the postcoxal area relatively much smaller. In the thoracic segments the coxa is also corre- spondingly large so that in the prothorax they meet medianly. Also the postcoxal area is practically divided into an anterior and posterior half. In the Cerambycinae these coxae are still smaller, and the legs are often absent, corresponding to an indis- tinguishable abdominal coxal lobe. Parenthetically it might be remarked that the adults of Prioninae and Lepturinae are characterized by large conical coxae. Again comparing the Cerambycinae it will be seen that the pleural suture of meso and metathorax does not extend forward to the inferior cunea but anteriorly the pleurum and presternum are fused. This corresponds to a similar modification in the prothorax where the pleural zone, presternum and eusternum are all fused, and the postcoxal area has been crowded back with the sternellum. In the prothorax a lengthening of all the anterior regions has taken place to accommodate the attachments of the many muscles for moving the head. These muscles are not drawn but their prothoracic attachments are represented by dots in the figure. They occupy practically all the space not utilized by other muscles. These are all attached to the collar and none to the head proper except the inferior and superior retractor muscles. Likewise for mechanical reasons a solidification and chitiniza- tion of many of the areas has taken place. All the notal sub- divisions above the alar ;in>;i have been fused into the larue rectangular pronotum (PN). In the Lepturinae this fusion often includes the alar area and is then spoken of as the protergum (PrTg). Beneath the pronotum, in turn, lies the alara area, the pleurum and epicoxal and precoxal areas surrounding the coxa. The muscles between these ,-ireas can readilv be homolo- 140 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY gized with those of the other thoracic segments, and are lettered similarly. One muscle sc-cx-st from the lower limit of scutum to the ventral point of coxa has not been found in the prothorax. Anteriorly beneath the pleurum the presternum (PrSt) has become very large and extends entirely across the sternum. In Lepturinae it still consists of two lobes. Behind it and between the coxa lies the triangular eusternum. The anterior curved suture is defined by muscles (e-c) to the collar. In the Cerambycinae some trouble may be experienced in ho- mologizing the prothoracic areas below the alar area. As noted before the pleurum and presternum are partly fused in the meso and metathorax. This same fusion is evident anteriorly in the prothorax but posteriorly the pleural suture is usually impressed. (In some forms it is entirely absent or in others entirely present) . The postcoxal area and small coxa have both been crowded back fusing with sternellum to form a narrow transverse fold. The point marked .r on the sternopleural suture in the Prioninse projects in an appodeme. Just above it extends two muscles to the pronotum and from it extends the muscle to the trochanter. At the inner point of the coxal lobe (xx) is a smaller appodeme. These two appodemes have become much extended and meet in a fine ligament inclined posteriorly over the coxa. Above this superior appodeme (x) extends the two muscles to protergum and from it the muscle to the leg, from the connecting ligament, extends the muscles p-i back to inferior cunea. In this sub- family the proeusternum is rarely distinct. The other subfamilies of the cerambycids, Aseminae, Lamiinae and Disteniinae can be easily homologized from the types which have been described. TECHNIC In dissecting the muscles of these larvae the most essential factor is to be certain of the attachment of each muscle in re- lation to the others. Ordinarily pickled larvae are so contracted that this is difficult. A number of methods of preservation were tried but by far the most satisfactory found was to inject the living larva? with absolute alcohol. This distends the specimen, and (except in prepupal larvae) disintegrates the fat, also preserves the muscle in a tough, elastic condition. The alcohol is injected through the anus into the body cavity with a small hypodermic syringe. The pressure created inside closes the puncture when the needle is withdrawn. Specimens killed in boiling water plus a few drops of acetic acid, then injected with equal parts of 4 per cent formalin and 95 per cent alcohol, give good material from which the muscles can all be readily removed and the skin OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 141 showing the muscle attachments studied. Comparing such a skin and a specimen with the muscles intact gives a correct in- terpretation of their attachment and position. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. y These plates were drawn by Miss Mary Carmody from sketches by the author. They are somewhat diagrammatic for the sake of clearness. In no segment are all the muscles drawn but are placed in two segments to avoid confusion. For the same reason several muscles are drawn with angles. The lettering is not present on every muscle on every plate but when not-present it can be easily located on another plate where lettered. A few unimportant muscles are not shown in all the figures. Capital letters represent areas; small letters separated by a dash rep- resent muscles, by a period lines or sutures. These figures were drawn from the internal right side of the larvae so that looking at the lines they will represent the external left side and the muscle can be imagined to be just beneath the skin on that side. Plate VI. Lepturinae larvae (principally from Leptura nitens). Plate Vll. Prioninae larvae (principally from Orthosoma). Plate VIII. Oerambycinae larvae (principally from Chum and Kin- phidion). Plate IX. More important longitudinal muscles. LETTERING ON PLATES. IA first abdominal segment; HA second abdominal segment; IIIA- third abdominal segment; A A alar area; a-a muscles across alar area (thorax); a.sc line forming anterior boundary of scutum or scutal plate; a. s.l. line forming anterior boundary of spiracular ellipse; a-sp muscle from mesothoracic spiracle to the center of the prothoracic alar area; c-l longitudinal muscles from cunea to collar of head; Cx coxa; d para- scutal divisor line; d-s muscles from parascutal divisor to cunea behind; e-c prothoracic muscles from eusternum to collar; e-x-i sternal thoracic muscles from eusterno-sternellar line to cunea in front and behind; ESI eusternum ; rxl.stl eusterno-sternellar line between eusternum and slerneU him; i-esl muscles from centra! part of eusternum to cunea behind; i-est.stl muscles from eusterno-sternellar line to inferior cunea behind; i-rt inferior retractor muscle of the head; /.s-.S Intersegmental skin; i-stl muscles from central part of sternellum to cunea in front; l-/>/,-* longitudinal abdominal muscles from posterior notch to superior cunea behind; MxTh Mesothorax; MtTh Metal In >ra\; P pleurum; PuS<- parascutal area; ixt.xc parascutal line bounding this area below; pnxc-s/i muscle from parascutal line to sternopleural suture, defining the ventral limit of parascutiim and the dorsal of the spiracular area; /V.c precoxal area; p.cjc postcoxal line; p-c.r the muscle from posterior margin of prestermun to coxa; p-i muscles from posterior margin of prestermuu 142 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY to inferior cunea behind; PI pleura! lobe; PN pronotum; pn-est.stl abdominal muscles from eusterno-sternellar line to posterior notch behind; PnF postnotal fold behind prothorax; pn-sc muscles denning scutal plate or scutum from posterior notch to scutal line; pn-st muscle from sternal line to posterior notch behind; PoCx postcoxal area; PrSc pre- scutum; PrSt presternum; PrTg protergum; PrTh Prothorax; p.s pleural suture; p.sc line defining posterior boundary of scutal plate; ps-i abdominal muscle from posterior line of prescutum to inferior cunea behind. This muscle is only present in one subfamily of Cerambycidae; S sternum; Sc scutum of thorax and scutal plate of abdomen; s.c scutal line, defining lateral limit of abdominal scutal plate and thoracic scutum. This line in the thorax is the same as the abdominal parascutal line; sc-cx muscles from scutal line to posterior point of coxa; sc-cx-st muscles from scutum to anterior ventral point of coxa near sternal line; Scl scutellum; sc-sp thoracic muscle from scutual line to sternopleural suture; s.p. sternopleural suture; SpA spiracular area; sp-c prothorac muscle from sternopleural suture to ventral boundary of coxa; s-pcx muscles from post coxal line to superior cunea behind; spi-pn muscles from posterior notch to spiracle; s-pn 1 lower band of muscles from pos- terior notch to superior cunea in front ; s-pn- upper band of muscles from posterior notch to superior cunea in front; sp-t thoracic muscle from sterno- pleural suture to trochanter; *->/ superior retractor muscles of head; s-sc muscle of the Prioninae from the scutal line to superior cunea in front also muscles from the anterior and posterior boundaries of scutal plate to superior cunea; s-sp thoracic muscle from sternopleural suture or occasionally posterior boundary of presternum line to superior cunea in front or rarely behind (Plate 8 dotted muscle); s-s-sp first abdominal muscle from posterior notch of second segment across first to superior cunea a continuation of muscle s-pn 1 , s-st several muscles from superior cunea to a point in front of post coxal area. They may be considered as forming the anterior limit of this area or a continuation of sternal line as found in the clerids; s.t sternal line perpendicular to eusternal-sternellar line; Stl sternellum; T tergum; t.p tergopleural suture; tp-cx muscle from tergopleural suture to posterior point of coxa; tp-pcx muscle from tergopleural suture to postcoxal line; tp-pn abdominal muscles from posterior notch to tergopleural suture; tp-pn 1 thoracic muscles homol- ogous to tp-pn; tp-pn 2 thoracic muscles on posterior half of segment from tergopleural suture to posterior notch. These two sets pull down the alar area; tp-sp muscles between tergopleural and sternopleural sutures; Ip-st muscles from tergopleural suture to sternal line; x appodeme on sternopleural suture; xx appodeme on eusterno-sternellai line. PROC ENT. 80C. WASH., VOL. XVIII. PLATE VI. 143 PHOC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XVHI. PLATE 144 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XVIII. PLATE VIIJ. 145 PROC. BNT. 80C. WASH., VOL. XVIII. PLATE IX. 146 OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 147 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW NORTH AMERICAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA. Hv ArcrsT Duvita, new genus. Labial palpi long recurved; second joint thickened with smoothly ap- plied scales, abruptly cut off at apex; terminal joint about as long as second joint, somewhat thickened with scales, smooth, acute. Antennae 4, simple, basal joint without pecten. Forewings elongate ovate, apex bluntly pointed; 12 veins; 7 and 8 stalked to costa; rest separate; 2, 3, 4, and 5 equidistant, nearly parallel; Ib furcate at base. Hindwings nearly as broad as the forewings, trapezoidal, apex somewhat produced, termen slightly sinuatcd below apex; tornus rounded; 8 veins; 6 and 7 stalked; 3 and 4 connate; 5 parallel to 4; lower part of cell below the fold open. Type; Duvita vitella Busck. This genus is allied to Aproaerema Dun-ant, differing mainly in the shorter palpi with the sharply cut off second joint and the thickened terminal joint. Aproearema also has the apex of the hindwings much more produced and termen emarginate. Nigra- tomella Chambers and concinusella Chambers, hitherto placed in Aproaetema are referable to Duvita. Conclusella Walker, hitherto placed in Gelechia, is also better placed in this genus, though it does not have veins 6 and 7 of hindwings as long stalked as the type of the genus. Duvita vittella, new species. Second joint of labial palpi blackish brown exteriorly, light ochreous fuscous on the inner side, with the edge of the abruptly cut off apex white; terminal joint whitish with a broad black annulation before the apex. Face whitish. Head and thorax whitish fuscous. Forewings light deer- brown with white markings strongly mottled with steelgray; basal half of costal edge dark brown; a broad ring of mottled white touching the base of the wing and the costal and dorsal margin encloses a spot of the ground color; from the middle of the costa runs an outwardly oblique white mot- tled fascia across the wing; this fascia is sharply denned toward the base of the wing, but is somewhat diffused exteriorly; from apical third of costa runs a parallel thin line of mottled white to tornus; a broad area of the same color along the terminal edge and including apex contains a conspicu- ous small deep black dash on the middle of termen; a thin black white- edged marginal line at base of the steelgray white tipped cilia. Hindwings dark fuscous. Abdomen blackish fuscous above with ligher underside. Legs blackish brown with narrow white annulations on the tarsal joints. Alar expanse: 10-11 mm. Habitat: Long Island, N. Y., HYinrirk, coll.; ( 'lirvy ( 'li.-isc. Md. Hopkins, coll.; Piney Point, Md. PergMiidc, coll. 148 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Type: Cat. No. 20206 U. S. N. M. Bred by Mr. Heinrick from stunted cones of Scotch and Aus- trian pine; by Mr. Pergande from cecid gall on Pinna taeda. A pretty species, very similar in color and pattern to the well- known pine-needle miner Paralechia pinifoliella Chambers, but larger and without scale tufts and at once recognized by the black tornal dash. Gnorimoschema chenopodiella, new species. Second joint of labial palpi and brush exteriorly mottled with dark fuscous on ochreous ground color; inner side light ochreous; terminal joint dark fuscous with a faint broad ochreous annulation in the middle. Face light iridescent fuscous. Head and thorax dark fuscous. Fore- wings dark fuscous, faintly mottled with white, black and brown scales, the last most prominent on apical half of the wing and tending to form indistinct longitudinal brown lines; black scales form small illdefined spots on the cell and more prominently on costal edge just before apex; cilia ochreous fuscous. Hindwings light fuscous with light ochreous fuscous cilia. Abdomen fuscous with light ochreous underside. Legs dark fuscous with narrow ochreous annulation at the joints. Alar expanse: 12-14 mm. Habitat: Springfield, Mass. Type: Cat. No. 20203, U. S. N. M. Bred by Mr. H. E. Smith from pigweed. A small inconspicuous species closely allied to G. artimisieUa Kearfott and lavernella Chambers, but darker in color and less conspicuously mottled. Gelechia puertella, new species. Labial palpi long slender with small divided brush on second joint; litjht ochreous dusted with black. Head light ochreous; face with large central horny pointed prominence. Thorax light ochreous; base of pa- tagia black. ForeAvings light ochreous, costa more or less dusted with black and with a black spot just beyond the middle; from this spot runs an indistinct darker ochreous shade across the wings, which at the end of the cell contains a small round black spot; on the middle of the cell is a larger black spot more or less connected with a similar spot on the fold below, which reaches to the dorsal edge; around the apical and terminal edges is a series of illdefined black spots. In some specimens the entire wing is more or less dusted with black scales; cilia light ochreous. Hind- wings light fuscous with ochreous fuscous cilia. Abdomen light ochre- ous. Legs light ochreous with black annulations. Alnr expanse: 18-20 mm. Habitat: La Puerta, Cal. Type: Cat. No. 20062, U. S. N. M. OF WASHINGTON. VOLUME XVIII, 1916 149 An easily distinguished species of the group barnesiellae Busck and like this species with the horny prominence on the face, which presumably indicates that the species are internal feeders. Other closely allied species, G. variabilis Busck and texanella Chambers, do not possess this structure. The venation approaches that of Gnorimoschema with 6 and 7 of hindwings nearly parallel. Gelechia paralogella, new species. Second joint of labial palpi light ochreous above, with large, deep black, divided brush; terminal joint black with ochreous apex. Antennae black. Face pearly white, irridescent. Head and thorax black. Fore- wings blackish brown, nearly black; from the base below costa runs a short deep black line dotted with single bright ochreous scales; an indis- tinct longitudinal row of black dots from the middle to beyond the end of the cell, each black dot edged exteriorly with a few light ochreous scales; a few similarly edged black dots on the fold. Cilia dark brown, dusted with white atoms. Hindwings light fuscous. Abdomen blackish brown. Legs black with ochreous annulations. Alar expanse: 17 mm. Habitat: San Diego, Cal., W. S. Wright, collector. Type: Cat. No. 20070, U. S. N. M. Nearest to the eastern Gelechia trialbamaculeUa Chambers. Gelechia diversella, new species. Labial palpi long slender with short furrowed tuft on second joint ; whitish fuscous mottled with black. Face and head light ochreous fus- cous. Thorax darker fuscous. Forewings narrow, pointed; the whitish ground color is closely overlaid with reddish fuscous scales, which denote the general color of the insect; a large illdefined reddish brown spot on the cell; a similar spot at the end of the cell, above and below which is a black costal and dorsal spot; a small black streak on the fold; a series of illde- fined black spots around the apical and terminal margin. Cilia light ochreous. Hindwings light fuscous with ochreous cilia. Abdomen ochre- ous fuscous. Legs with,broad black annulations. Alar expanse: 15-17 mm. Habitat: San Diego, Cal., W. S. Wright, collector. Type: Cat. No. 20069, U. S. N. M. Closely allied to Gelechia puertella Busck and barnesiella Busck, but smaller and without the facial horny prominence found in these species. Gelechia tiotandella, new species. Second joint of labial palpi with large divided brush, which become- gradually shorter towards apex; white strongly mottled with black and brown scales; terminal joint white with black apex. Face light fuscous, iridescent white in center. Head and thorax light fuscous. Kan-wings dark fuscous, longitudinally streaked with whitish fuscous, except on 150 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY extreme tip of the wing which is unicolored, dark fuscous; just beyond the middle of the cell is a black spot and at the end of the cell is a similar spot, both are slightly edged with white scales so as to be indistinct ocel- late; around the apical edge is a series of illdefined black dots. Cilia fuscous mixed with white. Hindwings dark fuscous with lighter ochreous fuscous cilia. Abdomen dark fuscous with two longitudinal black streaks on the under side. Legs blackish fuscous with narrow ochreous annu- aticns at the end of the joints. Alar expanse: 24mm. Habitat: San Diego, 'Cal., W. S. Wright, collector. Type: Cat, No. 20071, U. S. N. M. A striking species allied to Gelechia biannulella Chambers, but larger and at once distinguished by the different labial brush. Batrachedra mathesoni, new species. Labial palpi yellowish with four conspicuous broad black bars on the outer side, two on second joint and two on third; inner side yellowish strongly mottled and suffused with black, especially on the third joint; extreme tip light, second joint nearly smooth with but slightly projecting scales at apex. Face light ochreous. Head light ochreous on the sides with a broad violaceous black central longitudinal streak, which is con- tinued on thorax, which also has the sides and patagia ochreous. Anten- na; light ochreous with narrow black annulations, and with two or three broad black annulations before the tip. Forewings light ochreous dusted with violaceous black especially below the fold; on the fold below the middle of the cell an alongate conspicuous black spot. Cilia yellowish fuscous. Hindwings linear dark fuscous with yellowish fuscous cilia. Abdomen dark fuscous above with yellowish underside; male genetalia yellowish; female with a short protruding horny, hairy ovipositor. Legs light ochreous, mottled with black exteriorly. Venation typical, 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to termen (These are the veins designated as 6 and 7 by Meyrick) Alar expanse: 10-15 mm. Habitat: Cocoanut Grove, Fla. Type: Cat. No. 20336, U. S. N. M. Bred in long series from blossoms of Cocos nucifera received from Mr. H. M. Matheson, Cocoanut Grove, Fla. The species appears to be the primary cause of considerable damage to the flower clusters and to seriously influence the crop of nuts. The full grown larva is 8 mm. long; head and thoracic shield dark brown, nearly black; anal plate light brown; body whitish with faint and ill-defined purple, longitudinal lines, it spins a flimsy, white, oval, flattened cocoon; pupa light brown; pupa stage lasts from 5 to 7 days; imago issuing during latter part of May. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1910 151 Olethreutes piceae, new species. Labial palpi dusky white on the inner side, dark fuscous exteriorly. Face whitish fuscous. Head and thorax dark fuscous. Forewings black- ish fuscous with a greenish tint and white transverse markings as follows : near base is a small diffused whitish area not clearly defined from the groundcolor; on the costal edge a five geminate white dashes, the first of which at basal third is continued into an undulating transverse fascia the next two dashes on and beyond the middle of costa are united by a similar white transverse undulating fascia, which forks just below costa. The outermost geminate dash is continued into an irregular and sometimes broken undulating fascia just within terminal edge, and this fascia has in some specimens the tendency to fork near the costa, the fork running to the penultimate geminate costal dash. Cilia fuscous with a black basal line along the edge of the wing, followed by a diffused white basal line. Hindwings dark fuscous. Cilia fuscous with white tips and a white basal line. Abdomen dark fuscous with lighter underside and anal tuft. Legs blackish fuscous with narrow yellowish bars and tarsal annulations. Alar expanse: 13-16 mm. Habitat: Colorado Springs, Colorado. Type: Cat. No. 20337, U. S. N. M. Bred during May and July in the Forest Insect Division from Picea parvyana and Picea engelmanni, collected by Messrs. J. H. Polloch and B. T Harvey. The species is allied to 0. fuscalbana Zeller and 0. campestrana Zeller, but easily differentiated by the wing pattern. Laspeyresia populana, new species. Face and labial palpi light ochreous. Head ochreous with dark brown side tufts. Thorax blackish with posterior tip and the tips of patagia light ochreous. Forewings blackish brown with light ochreous markings; basal patch dark brown, sharply angulated outwardly and strongly mot- tled with ochreous on the dorsal edge; three large and three smaller ochre- ous geminate dashes occupy most of the costal edge; a large ochreous spot on the middle of dorsum; ocellus indicated merely by a broad transverse bluish metallic streak before and after its normal place; a deep black marginal line around apex and term en is broken below apex by t\vo short ochreous dashes and at tornus by two broad ochreous dashes; apical part of the wing finely irrorated with ochreous scales; cilia coppery brown. Hindwings light fuscous with whitish cilia. Abdomen dark fuscous with light ochreous underside. Legs light ochreous shaded externally \vitb il.-irk fuscous. Alar expanse: 13-14 mm, Habitat: Missoula, Mont. Foodplant: Popolus trichocarpa. Type: Cat, No. 20338, U. S. N. M. 152 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Reared by Mr. J. Brunner. Allied to L. gallae-saliciana Riley, from which it is at once dis- tinguished by the dark basal patch of the fore wings. Laspeyresia leucobasis, new species. Labial palpi and face light ochreous gray. Head and thorax darkei gray. Forewings with basal patch gray concolorous with thorax, out- wardly angulated on the middle and edged by .a broad transverse out- wardly angulated ochreous white fascia, which is but slightly mottled with gray on the costal and dorsal edges; outer half of the wing dark brown with four pairs of short whitish ochreous costal streaks and two short whitish ochreous terminal streaks, one below the apex and the other above tornus; irregular interrupted transverse bluish metallic lines form an illdefmed ocellus, which contains faint short black lines; on the fold ad- joining the light transverse fascia is a large deep black illdefined spot and on the end of the cell is a round black spot. Cilia coppery brown. Hind- wings blackish brown. Abdomen dark brown. Legs light ochreous brown with dark brown tarsal annulations. Alar expanse: 12-13 mm. Habitat: Evaro and Missoula, Mont. Foodplant: Larix occidentalis and Picea engelmanni. Type: Cat. No. 20339, U. S. N. M. Bred by Mr. J. Brunner from the former tree and by Mr. B. T. Harvey from Picea. A very distinct species nearest to L. tana Kearfott, but differ- ing in the light basal part and the much darker apical half; L. tana is also at once distinguished by the whitish cilia of the hindwings. Laspeyresia fletcherana is also closely allied, but is a lighter species, with the basal light part of the forewings much less sharply de- fined from the darker apical part of the wing. Laspeyresia laricana, new species. Labial palpi blackish fuscous. Face, head and thorax blackish fuscous. Forewings blackish fuscous with white and silvery transverse pattern and indistinctly dusted with light yellow scales; five white, geminate costal dashes; the first just before the middle, the second just beyond the middle and the three outer ones on apical third of costa; from the first of these geminate dashes runs an outwardly angulated, white, double fascia to the middle of dorsum, containing a narrow black central line and some metallic scales on the middle of the wing; from the second geminate spot runs a similar fascia, which, however, does not reach dorsum, but forms the inner edge of the ocellus; the lower part of this fascia is strongly overlaid with metallic scales; from the penultimate costal dash runs a broken irregular, metallic white transverse line along the outer side of the ocellus; this latter contains three parallel, longitudinal black lines; cilia dark bronzy with a black basal, marginal line. Hindwings and abdomen blackish fuscus. Alar expanse: 14-17 mm. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 153 Habitat: Evaro, Mont. Type: Cat. No. 20340, U. S. N. M. Bred by Mr. Brunner from Larix occidentalis. Argyresthia eugeniella, new species. Labial palpi and face golden. Head white. Antennae dusky without darker annulation. Thorax white; patagia dark golden brown. Fore- wing dark golden brown with a violet sheen and with darker grown trans- verse reticulation; the dorsal part below the fold is white, slightly mottled with dark brown and with a large illdefined brown spot on the edge just beyond the middle; cilia dark brown at apex; whitish outside the white dorsal area. Hindwings light silvery fuscous with ochreous fuscous cilia. Abdomen dark fuscous with white underside. Legs golden with indistinct dark brown annulations at the joints. Venation typical: Veins 7 and 8 in the forewings stalked. Alar expanse: 7-8 mm. Habitat: Key West, Fla. Foodplant: Eugenia buxifolia. Type: Cat. No. 20209, U. S. N. M. Collected and bred by Mr. E. A. Schwarz in March 1912. The smallest described American species of the genus, very close to A. deletella Zeller, but smaller and darker in color. The white cocoon is double with an open network outer layer and a tough closely woven inner cocoon. Argyresthia arceuthobiella, new species. Labial palpi golden. Face silvery white. Antennae golden with sharp black annulations. Tuft on head and thorax white; patagia golden yellow. Forewings golden yellow with a narrow leadcolored costal edge; a narrow longitudinal central white streak and a narrow white dorsal edge; apical third of wing overlaid with leadcolored scales; cilia golden with silvery costal and dorsal tufts; extreme apex black, edged on both sides with white scales. Hindwinps light silvery fuscous. Abdomen white. Legs white with dusky, faintly annulated tarsi. Alar expanse: 7 mm. Habitat: Mistletoe, Oregon. Foodplant: Libocedrus decurrens. Type: Cat. No. 20208, U. S. N. M. A very striking little species, reminding of the larger Zelleria haimbachi Busck in color and pattern. Venation typical: Fore- wings with veins 7 and 8 stalked. Argyresthia libocedrella, new species. Labial palpi, face and head light lemon yellow. Antennae silvery white with blackish brown annulations and with basal joint golden. Thorax and forewings dark golden yellow with two conspicuous dark brown dorsal spots, one on the middle of the dorsal edge and one at the basal fourth; 154 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY faint traces of slightly darker lines crossing the wing from these dorsal spots can with difficulty be discerned in certain lights. Ciiia dark golden yellow. Hindwings light fuscous with ochreous fuscous cilia. Abdomen dark fuscous above golden yellow on the underside. Legs golden yellow. Venation typical: Forewings with 7 and 8 stalked. Alar expanse: 13-14 mm. Habitat: Ashland, Ore., P. D. Serpent, collector. Type: Cat. No. 20114, U. S. N. M. Bred from Incense Cedar, Libocedrus decurrens. Nearest to the Eastern A. alternatella Kearfott, but larger and deeper in color and without the conspicuous mottling of that species. Argyresthia f urcatella, new species. Palpi, face, head and thorax white. Forewings white, sprinkled w'th dark brown transverse reticulations especially toward the apex; from the middle of the dorsum runs an illdefined outwardly oblique, dark brown fascia to beyond the end of the cell, but does not quite attain ccsta; on the fold between this and the base is a small round dark brown spot; a series of dark brown marginal spots begin on the middle of costa and reach round to tornus. Veins 7 and 8 stalked. Cilia dark ochreous fuscous. Hindwings ochreous fuscous. Abdomen silvery fuscous. Legs white with dark brown annulaticns at the tip of all the joints. Venation typical. Alar expanse: 12-13 mm. Habitat: Cheyenne Canon, Colo. Type: Cat. No. 20207, U. S. N. M. Bred by Mr. A. B. Champlain from cynipid gall on Oak. Nearest to Argyresthia pedmontella Chambers and rileiella Busck, differing in details of ornamentation, especially by the presence of the round dark spot on the fold, and by having veins 7 and 8 in the forewings stalked. ON THE TAXONOMIC VALUE OF SOME LARVAL CHARACTERS IN THE LEPIDOPTERA.i BY CARL HEINRICH, Specialist in Forest Lepidoptera. It is not proposed in this paper to enter upon a discussion of all the characters that have been used to distinguish larvae, but merely to consider certain head characters which are particularly valuable for defining generic limits and determining immediate family relationships within the so-called Microlepidoptera. 1 Contribution from the Division of Forest Insects, Bureau of Ento- mology. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 155 In studying the head we find that while under different condi- tions of environment it assumes a multitude of different shapes and is variously modified in the proportionate development of its organs and parts, that such changes are frequently more super- ficial than fundamental. Certain characters still persist in their typical form through most of the changes. Even when there is a radical and fundamental alteration in structure due to the same environmental stimulus the forms differ in groups of different origin. The best examples of this are found among the leaf and bark mining larvae that have become adapted to sap-feeding (Comp. Tragardh (8) ). The flat heads of all the Gracelariidae conform to one general family type while those of Phyllocnistis modified in the same organs and to the same purpose, exhibit a quite different form. Among the tissue feeding miners the dif- ferences are also striking. Ectoedemia and Opostega, for example, inhabit flat serpentine mines and have the head similarly de- pressed but differ in fundamental structure. The generic and larger group characters of the head are found in the shape and proportions of the head capsules, the character of the frons, the setae and the trophi. Color and color markings are at most of specific importance. Very often they vary in individuals, or in different stages of the same larva. The shape and intensity of pigmentation in the ocellar area is also variable, being often unevenly distributed on opposite sides of the same head. HEAD CAPSULE. The general shape of the head capsule is a character that must be used with considerable caution. By itself and unsupported by other characters it is worthless in many groups. In certain spe- cialized families and subfamilies it is diagnostic. The rounded, caudally-extended and widely separated blade-like dorsal hind margins of the epicranium are typical of the Nepticulidse. Mne- monica and Dorata have projections resembling these but much longer, differently shaped and closer at the extremities. The horse-shoe shaped head of Tischeria and the wedge-like heads of the flat gracilariids are characteristic. On the other hand, the free-feeding Micros have much the same type of head. There is, for example, little or nothing in the general shape to distinguish ;i gelechiid from a tortricid or a phycid. Taken together with other characters, however, peculiarities of shape are significant and con- stant within a genus. The general shape and proportions of the head capsule should be noted in larval descriptions. In our joint paper (7) on A. xtrnjijinihUn, Fr. Dc( iry.se and the writer have designated the line of greatest width as the norm of comparison in expressing proportions of the head capsule. This is a purely 156 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY arbitrary method but it has the advantage that, by stating where the greatest width lies and then defining other dimensions in its terms, one is able to describe the shape and proportions in brief formula. THE FRONS. The shape and dimensions of the frons and its adfrontal margins are characters of greater value and have been extensively used by Dyar in his numerous descriptions, and by both Forbes (5) and Fracker (6) in their diagnosis of families. The frons and adfrons are usually treated as separate sclerites. In reality frons and ad- frons are, as has been shown by Dampf (2), one piece, the only suture being between the adfrons and epicranium, the line mark- ing the division of frons and adfrons being merely an infolding. The extent of this infolding varies considerably in different forms. In the normal head of free-feeding larvae the external portion of the adfrons is appreciable, and narrowly borders the frons, the greater portion being folded in to form a strong chitinous, caudal- ly pointed arch within the head. The points (Plate X, fig. 1) where the frontal margins begin to converge sharply to make the V-like line, indicate the attachment of the tentorial arms. In sap-feeding larvae the frons is considerably widened and extends back to the vertex of the head with little or no narrowing. In these forms the infolding is greatly reduced and the adfrontal margins absent. The points of attachment of the tentorial arms are thrust correspondingly far back with a bridge between them, connecting the dorsal hind margins of the epicranium. In Mnemonica [Comp. Busck and Boring (1) ], on the other hand, there is but a slight infolding to mark the lines of a rather normal frons, and little or no reduction of the sclerite., the adfrontal mar- gins being extended until they form a half circle covering a greater part of the anterior dorsal surface of the head capsule. Such skeletal modifications are necessitated by the environment and biology of the larvae. Their degree would indicate therefor, the extent to which any particular form had developed to meet a given condition, but in spite of the fact that a similar biology will pro- duce similar modifications, the different fundamental form of the head structure remains distinguishable. A Cameraria and a Phyllocnistis rise to practically the same level of development from different starting places. Their en- vironment has caused similar modifications, but the type form remains different. There is an internal cause for certain changes in the frontal sclerite as well as the external one of alteration to accommodati the larva to any particular mining habit, and that is the increase or decrease of muscular tension at their points of attachment.' OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 157 The frons, with its strong infolding*, forms a bridge supporting the head against the thrust of the mandibles and the pull of the strong adductor mandibular muscles attached to the infolded portions of the epicranium forming the adfrontal suture (the straight line of the Y). In the forms which have only to tear delicate leaf-tissue to get the sap nourishment, and also in those nibbling the thin surface cuticle of the leaf, there is much less muscular tension and consequently less need of a strong buttress between mandible thrust and its muscle pull. Hence the frontal surface area is widened and the depth of the infolded adfrons proportionally reduced. When considered in comparison with the line of the epicranial suture and the character of the mandible, the proportions of the frons are good taxonomic characters. We find the shortest frons, the heaviest infolding of the adfrons, the longest epicranial suture associated with strongest mandible, possessed- by the larvae which feed on the edges of the tougher and more fibrous leaves. In the biologically diversified Micro group these structures indicate generic and larger divisions. THE SETAE. The setae of the epicranium are considered by Dampf of even more significance than the body setae and to him belongs the credit of giving them proper place in larval descriptions. Dyar in 1896 (4) designated a set of Roman numerals to distinguish the eleven primaries visible from the dorsal side of the head, numbering them from the hind margins forward. Forbes and Fracker have used these numerals in their references to head setae. Dampf (2), however, has shown that the setae form natural groups within certain areas and has named these groups after the areas upon which they are found. He counts as primaries besides the eleven given by Dyar and Forbes, one seta in the ocellar region, two on the hind part of the gena, and several, generally unhaired tubercles, or "punctures." His sys- tem with slight alterations and the addition of a set of symbols to designate the individual seta, is the one adopted here. The following table shows the homology of the system proposed with Dyar's numerals. In my opinion the 3rd seta described by Dampf among his Dorsolaterals (Dyar's II) does not properly belong there, but should be associated with the small seta near the epicranial suture (Dampf 's "vertical" seta), the unhaired tubercle or tubercles be- tween them and the several secondary setae or punctures near the dorsal hind margins. They form a natural and easily dis- tinguished group from the others and, considered apart, give a clearer understanding of the differing setae arrangements. I have 158 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Homology of Epicranial Setae. AREAS SETAE DYAR NUMERALS r Ad-1 IX Anterodorsal \ Ad-2. VU1 Ad-2a (puncture) '( Ad-3 IV \ Ocellar.. 0-1 la (puncture 1 ) O-2 O-3 V VII f SO-1 XI Subocellar { SO-2 VI SO-2a (puncture) [ Oo-3 X Lateral N L-l III L-la (puncture) f Pd-1. II Pd-la (puncture) Posterodorsal Pd-2 I Pd-2a (puncture) I Numerous secondary punctures Genal G-l G-la (puncture) designated them as the Posterodorsal group, and the 3 forward setae and puncture as the Anterodorsal group. I also place the most lateral of Dampf's Dorso-laterals (Dyar's III) and the puncture (L-la) on the side of the head near it, in a group by them- selves, calling them the lateral group. I think this is justified by the "migration" of the group, whch is of great significance; for the approximate distance of L-l from Ad-3, (as compared with distances separating the different Anterodorsals) in heads superficially alike (tortricid, gelechiid. or oecophorid), not only aids in the separation of such groups, but indicates a different scheme of head development in this particular region. In study- ing the heads of the Cossidae it was also found that there is a dis- tinct chitinization marking the areas of Anterodorsal, Ocellar and Subocellar groups. That the Lateral seta and puncture fall OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 159 behind this chitinization is added indication that they do not be- long with the Anterodorsals. The practically constant proportional differences in length of the epicranial setae in all but the most specialized leaf-mining species coupled with their arrangement into easily definable groups, make it possible for us to homologize the setae and to correlate even the most trifling differences in their positions. An important fact which is not brought out by Dampf, is that changes in position of the setae are due to modifications by growth or contraction of the chitinous areas upon which they occur. This is shown by the fact that the setae of any given group always remain in that group, and by the relative position of the groups themselves under obviously different and easily recognized changes in the head areas. For example, where there is an enlargement of the head surface there is not a corresponding spreading out of all the head setae, but only of those comprising the Posterodorsal group. We find also in several normally round heads (among most of the free-feeding Micros) a crowding forward of the setae, indicating an enlargement of the posterior part of the head at the expense of the frontal area. The most numerous changes in fact are due to modifications of the epicranium back of the area occu- pied by the Anterodorsal, Ocellar and Subocellar setae. And consequently, changes in the relative position of the Posterodorsal and Lateral setae are more frequent and striking than among the other groups. In the round feeding larvae of the Lithocolletinae, however, the development is more in the opposite direction, the Anterodorsal, Ocellar, and Subocellar areas are larger in propor- tion to the Posterodorsal, and there is a consequent spreading out of the setae of the former, the Lateral group is thrust further back and the Posterodorsal group is restricted to a smaller area. All changes, however, are not confined to group movements. There are also differences in the relative position of the setae within a given group, chiefly differences in distance, but also, among the Anterodorsals especially, in the alignment of the setae. In both the most striking changes are noted among the genera of any given family, but here again we find certain tendencies which aid in the identification of larger groups; for example, Ad-2 and Ad-3 are rather closely approximate in Stenomidae or Oecopho- ridae, and in the Tortricoidea the three Anterodorsal setae form a very obtuse triangle often, in fact, lying in almost a straight line with L-l, while in other families their alignment tends more to- wards a right angle. The positions of the punctures appear at first hand much less constant within families than those of the setae, and offer greater difficulties, for they are often invisible except under the highest 160 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY power of a compound microscope. Ad-2a revolves almost com- pletely around seta Ad-2 in the Gelechiidae, and Pd-2a is equally migratory in many groups. I have found, however, no very strik- ing differences among species of the same genus and within fam- ilies even the tendencies of migration are limited in certain direc- tions. It is never a serious problem to homologize these punc- tures. The one I have designated as Pel-la offers the most diffi- culty on account of its frequent proximity to L-l and Ad-3. That it really belongs with the Posterodorsals and indicates the devel- opment of that group is shown in Gnorrimoschema and Nealyda where it is closely approximate to Pd-2a, lying almost midway between the two primary Posterodorsal setae. Changes in position of setae and punctures within the setae groups in any given family are most frequent with Ad-2, Ad-2a, 0-1, Pd-la and Pd-2a and less frequent with Ad-3, L-la, 6-2, and 3, and the Posterodorsal and Subocellar setae. In fact, no group is so nearly uniform in the arrangement and the position of its individual setae throughout the Micros as the Subocellar group. 1 The secondary tubercles of the Posterodorsal area vary greatly in number and character. In many cases they differ on the two epicranial lobes of the same head and are frequently undistinguish- able even under high magnification. . THE TROPHI. Among the trophi we find our best characters on the labrum and the so-called maxillulae and in the arrangement of the ocelli. On its upper surface the labrum bears twelve primary setae ar- ranged in two symmetrically paired groups of three each (Fig. 1). The outer three are always located upon the area represented on the ventral side of the labrum by the epipharyngial rods (Fig. 2) . The development of these rods determining the relative position of the setae, the foremost seta being always at the front extrem- ity. These three setae also have a common nerve connection near the base of the labrum. The three medial setae also form a natural group with separate nerve connections from the laterals. As Forbes' (5) numbering of these setae contradicts their mor- phology I am proposing the symbols M 1-2-3- for the medial group and L 1-2-3- for the lateral, numbering from the base of the labrum forward. The punctures are treated as subprimaries of the medial group. Fig. 1 shows the homology with Forbes' 1 Dampf's division of the setae within and below the area occupied by the ocelli into two groups is a convenient one for purposes of descrip- tion and identification but the name ocellar and Subocellar are somewhat misleading as 0.1 often falls well below the ocelli and SO-2 as frequently within the ocellar area. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 161 numerals. Changes in the larum itself, especially the depth of the median incision, have much to do with alterations in the rela- tive position of the setae, particularly those of the medial group, but in spite of this a characteristic alignment prevails in certain families regardless of the shape of the labrum. This is well illus- trated in the Gracilariidae where the arrangement shown in Fig. 1 persists even through the flat stages and in spite of the most radical alterations in the form of the labrum itself. The more common grouping among the Micros is with M-2 laterad and slightly back of M-l. Fig. 1 Dorsal view of a Micro Labrum (Family Gracilariidae) M-l, M-2, M-S Medial setae; L-l, L-2, L-3 Lateral setae (Roman numerals show Forbes' numbering of the setae). Fig. 2 Epipharynx of a Micro Larva; ER Epipharyngeal Rod; ES Epipharyngeal Shield; ET Epipharyngeal Setae. Among the Micros the general alignment of the two groups is at least of family significance while slight differences in propor- tionate distances between setae, and differences in the relative position of the individual setae are of generic value. Besides the dorsal setae there are two other characters of im- portance on the labrum; the chitinized epipharyngeal shield in the notch and three pairs of modified setae near the anterior- lateral margin. The shield itself is often quite variable in dif- ferent species of the same genus and only seems to be generally consistent in the leaf-miners. The epipharyngeal setae are so PKOC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XVIII. PLATE X. *'.. o* &,*'-- ^>V F, 162 OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 163 uniform throughout the order that it is hard to see and more diffi- cult to describe their differences in different groups. They are mainly differences in length and in shape. In the Gracilariidae they are like saw teeth, tapering sharply and broad at the base. In some of the gelechiids they are wider in the middle. In Mnemonica they look like flat plates bluntly pointed at each end. That they are really flattened setae and not plates or "sensory cones" is realized from a study of them in Gelechia cercericella and G. gossypiella where their tubercle-like sockets are quite plain. Since the publication of Fr. DgGryse's paper on the "maxil- lulae" we have been able to study these organs in several more forms and in all where the plates are developed it is easy to iden- tify genera by this character. One can place a species of Parec- topa, of Gracilaria, or Ornix, or Cremastobombycia, or Ectoedemia in its proper genus by the labial parts of the larva alone. In Ectoedemia there are slight differences between the species but they do not obscure the generic character. The maxillulae however, are extremely difficult to describe in such a way as to convey as accurate an idea of their structure, and for that rea- son will probably not be as useful in tables or keys. To be really intelligible they must be drawn. The ocelli are more easily handled and as Fracker observes (6) offer valuable characters for the determination of genera. Occa- sionally (as in Sesiidae and Tineidae) their arrangement is suffi- cient to fix the family of a larva whose other body and head char- acters have been obliterated; but normally they are useful more as supplementary than diagnostic characters and should always be considered in connection with the setae associated with them. The setae are after all the best guide to a study of larval origin and development, showing not only the extent of separation be- tween species through environment, but their affinities as well by the manner in which each has reacted to the stimulus. BIBLIOGRAPHY. (1) BUSCK and BOVING: On Mnemonica auricyanea Walsingham. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. XVI, No. 4, 1914. (2) DAMPF A.: Zur Kenntnis Gehausetragender Lepldoptoronlarven Zoologischen Jahrbuchen, 1910. (3) DeGryse, J. J: Some Modifications of the Hypopharynx in Lepidopter- ous Larvae. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. XVII, No. 4, 1915. (4) DYAR, H. G. : Note on the Head Setae of Perophora melsheimerii. Jn. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Vol. IV, 1896. (5) FORBES, W. T. M. : A Structural Study of Some Caterpillars I. Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., Vol. Ill, No. 2, 1910. FORBES, W. T. M. : 11 (The Sphingidae) Vol. IV, No. 3, 1911. 164 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY (6) P'RACKER, S. B. : The Classification of Lepidopterous Larvae. 111. Biological Monographs, Vol. II, No. 1, 1915. (7) HEINRICH and DEGRYSE: On Acrocercops strigifinitella Clemens. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. XV11, No. 1, 1915. (8) TRAGARDH, I: Contributions towards the Comparative Morphology of the Trophi of the Lepidopterous Leaf-miners. Arkir. f. Zoologi., Bd. 8, No. 9., Stockholm 1913. (9) Contribution to the Knowledge of the Enemies of the Pine and Spruce amongst the Micro-Lepidoptera. Skogsvitrdsofreningens Tid- skrift 1915. (Meddelandap Fran Statens Skogsfor.soksanstalt, No. 12.) EXPLANATION OF PLATE x. (Schematic drawings). Fig. 1. Dorsal view of Head Capsule showing a typical Micro arrange- ment of setae and punctures. EP. Epistoma; Ep-1, Ep-2 Epistomal setae; FR Frons; Fr-l.Fr-a Frontal setae and punctures; ADF Ad- frontal area of Frons; Adf-1, Adf-2, Adf-a Adf rental setae and puncture. X Bend indicating forward attachment of Tenitorial Arms. Ocellar area of Epicranium; AD Anterodorsal area of Epicranium; Ad-1, Ad-2, Ad2a, Ad-3 Seta and, puncture of Enterodorsal area. L Lateral area of Epicranium; L-l, L-la Lateral seta and puncture; PD Posterodorsal area of Epicranium; Pd-1, Pd-la, Pd-2, Pd-2a Posterodorsal seta and punctures. Fig. 2. Side view of same head showing all Epicranial areas, setae, and punctures. Areas marked by dotted lines. The following seta are not indicated in figure 1 : O-l, Ola, 0-2, 0-3 Setae and puncture of Ocellar area; So-1, So-2, So-2a, So-3 Setae and puncture of Subocellar area; G-l, G-la Genal seta and puncture. Fig. 3 Anterior ventral view of left Epicranial lobe showing typical arrangement of Seta 0-1 and the Subocellar group. THE HYPERMETAMORPHISM OF THE LEPIDOPTEROUS SAPFEEDERS. BY REV. J. J. DEGRYSE, Staunton, Va. The habits and the structure of lepidopterpus sapfeeding larvae have for many years attracted the attention of Entomologists. Excellent studies on these subjects were published by Chambers, Dimmock, Chapman and more recently by Tragardh. The trans- formations of the sapfeeding larvae strikingly exemplify the ef- fects of environmental influences, of changes in habit and conse- quent use and disuse of organs. In their order of appearance they constitute a noteworthy exception to the famous "recapit- OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 165 ulation" theories. For detailed study the reader is referred to the able dissertations of the above mentioned authors. A synop- sis of the most salient features in the development of these larvae will suffice for our present purpose. To obtain their food, the sapfeeders burrow in leaves, stems, or twigs. By means of a narrow slit they separate the epidermis from the parenchyma and thus cause a flow of the plantsaps. This habit necessarily involves profound structural modifications. The head-capsule takes the form of a wedge. The mandibles are flattened into thin blades with small teeth and a serrate cut- ting edge. Becoming greatly enlarged, the hypopharnyx forms an ideal receptacle for the flowing saps. The spinneret is either absent or so greatly reduced as to be functionless. In some cases, the labial palps appear to be missing whilst in others they are merely rudimentary. The maxillar\ r palps are very incon- spicuous. It is readily seen why all these appendages of the lower lip should undergo such reduction. Their presence in the normal form would indeed prove very cumbersome to the larva in the making of its peculiar mine. The body also undergoes a general flattening and becomes moniliform. Legs and prolegs are rudi- mentary or absent. The sapfeeding habit is a very high specialization and must be considered as a comparatively recent acquisition in the Lepi- doptera. It has been found only in two families, the Phylloc- nistidae and the Gracilariidae. There is, however, a great dif- ference in this respect between the two families. As far as we know, the Phyllocnistidae feed on plantsaps exclusively through- out their whole larval existence. Such is not the case in the Gracilariidae. Here we have every indication of a gradual evo- lution tending to establish the sapfeeding habit as yet not fully acquired in many genera. In their early instars all gracilariids are sapfeeders and present as such the typical form induced by this habit. The larvae of many genera become external feeders or tissue feeding leaf miners in their later instars. On changing their habit they change their form and return to the normal type of lepidopterous larvae. This return occurs at different periods of larval life. Thus, Gracilaria and Ornix have only two flat instars. Acrocercops strigifcnitella has two and a partial one. Phyllono- rycter has three. With Marmara and Cameraria, on the other hand, the sapfeeding habit persists throughout the entire feeding period. That the early stages should specialize rather than the later ones is in itself a most remarkable feature. Chapman calls especial attention to this fact and advances the theory that "There is a tendency of a peculiarity acquired at any stage to be passed to the preceding or following stage. Hence that the young 166 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY . larva is just as liable to specialize in view of changed conditions as the adult one is." Dr. Chapman is of the opinion that where the sapfeeding habit has actually been acquired in two or three instars only, it will not continue to encroach on later instars. His idea that "Any larval instar may undergo changes without neces- sarily involving any other instar" may be true generally speak- ing, but in the Gracilariidae, in as far as the sapfeeding habit is concerned, it does not seem to hold, if any significance is to be at- tached to the existence of intermediate forms. Thus, Acrocercops strigifi.nitella, in its third instar has the head and mouthparts prac- tically normal, but the body is absolutely legless. In the so- called round stages of Parectopa, Phy Honor ycter, Cremastobomby- cia and Porphyrosela a marked tendency towards the flat type is exhibited in the shape of the head-capsule. To justify his con- tention, Dr. Chapman found it convenient to consider each larval molt as "A separate stage of development, as distinct as is the larva state from the pupa." This radical departure from all ac- cepted views seems unnecessary. There is a real subdivision of the larval life of the sapfeeders into distinct supernumerary stages, but it is established on other grounds. The most important modification induced by sapfeeding, consists in the atrophy of the spinning apparatus. Whenever the habit persists through- out the entire feeding period, this atrophy necessitates a special stage, in which by a regeneration of the spinning organs the larva is enabled to construct its cocoon. The spinning stage is as highly specialized as the feeding stage. The spinneret is now the organ "par excellence." In most cases maxillary and labial palps are also highly developed. As the larva never feeds in this stage, the mandibles become reduced. In nearly all cases, this reduc- tion produces the complete inability to leave the mine for pupa- tion. Various degrees of advancement in this direction may be observed. Marmara has flat functioning mandibles which cross each other like the blades of a pair of scissors. They are used by the larva to cut its way through the epidermis of the foodplant when leaving the mine and also to perforate the outer layers of its cocoon to adorn it with characteristic globules in the manner observed and described by Mr. Busck. Cameraria has the man- dibles of a normal tissue-feeding larva, but they are much re- duced and so placed as to be functionless. The mandibles of an unidentified phyllocnistid (?) erroneously described as the larva of Meiriochroa are merely small, shapeless chitinizations. The mandibles of P.iyllocnistis seem to be completely lost. In Phyl- locnistidae and Gracilariidae we thus find a series of molts so specialized as to accomplish ultimately the complete separation in time of two vital functions of the larva, namely that of feeding OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 167 and that of spinning the cocoon. We think, therefore, that this series of molts, whenever it occurs, should be considered as a dis- tinct hypermetamorphic stage. In other words the flat sapfeed- ing type should be accorded the same rank of distinction as that attributed, in the Meloidae for instance, to the campodeiform larva. The cases are, of course, not strictly parallel. The tri- ungulin owes its present existence to the preservation of a primi- tive form, whilst the sapf ceding larval type is the effect of the preponderance of a new form developed at the expense of a pre- existing type. But the preservation of the primitive form in Meolidae is due to biological factors of the same nature as those tending to establish the new modification in Gracilariidae. These assertions are based especially on recent studies of the transfor- mations of the genus Marmara. Between the feeding and spin- ning stages of this genus there is a period of quiescence. This period, it was found, is marked by a special stage similar to the pseudo-pupal stage of the Meloidae. This intermediate stage is coarctate throughout its existence. Shortly before the complete transformation of the spinning larva, the larval heads of the pseudo-pupal and spinning stages may be seen enclosed within the skin of the last feeding stage. Upon emergence, the last larva casts the skins of both preceding stages at the same time. The pseudo-pupa bears the same relation to the prepupal larva as the pupa bears to the imago. It is, essentially, a stage of disintegra- tion and reconstruction of tissues incidental to the profound alter- ations in the organs of the larva. All appendages are merely outlined in the external pellicle, nevertheless, the parts are dis- tinct and are easily homologized. The characters of the feeding type are lost, those of the spinning type are foreshadowed, espe- cially in the labrum and labium. The maxillae and mandibles ex- hibit in their general appearance a more distinct return to the form of the primitive Gracilariid larva. This applies also, in a measure, to the general outline of the head-capsule. Only few data concerning the duration of the pseudo-pupal stage have been obtained. One specimen of Marmara fulgidella was observed on April 19 and 20 of this year. Feeding stopped on April 19 about 3 p.m. The larva remained motionless for several hours. The heart-action was regular and occasionally there was a slight jerking of the mandibles. About 8 p.m. the heart-action was considerably slower and the larva was opening and closing its mandibles vigorously. At 12 p.m. the heart-action had stopped almost completely and the larva appeared to be dying. On April 20 at 8 p.m. the pseudopupa was well dovelopecl, th:? only sign of life was a slow pulsation in the region of the ninth abdom- inal segment. The larva remained in the same condition until 11 168 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY a.m. after which observations had to be discontinued. A more detailed study of this state will be the subject of a future paper. The full significance of the pseudo-pupa remains shrouded in mystery. A superficial inquiry into the developmental history of Cameraria failed to reveal the existence of any such intermediate stage. Whatever the case may be in Cameraria or in Pkyllocnistis, our present knowledge of the metamorphosis of Marmara suffi- ciently warrants the sharp line of distinction to be drawn between the early sapfeeding stages and the later normal or spinning stages in all Gracilariidae and Phyllocnistidae. BIBLIOGRAPHY. FABRE, J. : Memoire sur I'hypermetamorphose et les moeurs des Meloides. Ann. Sc. nat. Zool., ser. 4, t. 7, 1857. CHAMBERS, V. T. : Notes upon the American Species of Lithocolletis, Psyche. Vol. 2, 1877-78. DIMMOCK, G. : The Trophi and the Chitinous Supports in Gracilaria. Ibidem, Vol. 3, 1880. CHAPMAN, T. A. : The Classification of Gracilaria and Allied Genera. The Entomologist, Vol. 35, No. 467-469, 1902. TRAGARDH, 1.: Contributions towards the comparative morphology of the Trophi- of the Lep. Leafminers. Arkiv fur Zoologi., Band 8, No. 9, 1913. Two HUNDRED AND NINETY-FOURTH MEETING, APRIL 6, 1916. The 294th regular meeting of the Society was entertained by Mr. E. A. Schwarz at the Saengerbund Hall, April 6, 1916. There were present Messrs, Abbott, Back, Baker, Barber, Boving, Caudell, Crawford, Cushman, Duckett, Ely, Fisher, Gahan, Garner, Greene, Hutchison, Isely, Knab, Mclndoo, Middleton, Paine, Pierce, Popenoe, Quaintance, Rohwer, Sanford, Sasscer, Schwarz, Shannon, Snyder, Speare, and Townsend, members; and Robert Fouts, visitor. The corresponding-secretary announced that the Executive Committee had voted to raise the price for single numbers of the Proceedings from $.50 per number, the present price, to $.75 per number. The corresponding-secretary also announced the death of Mr. Theodore Pergande, a former member of the Society, and stated OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 169 that a committee consisting of Messrs. Howard, Schwarz and Barber had been appointed to prepare a biographical sketch for the Proceedings. Dr. A. T. Speare and Mr. H. L. Viereck were elected active members. The following program was presented : PRISTOGERA ARMIFERA (SAY) PARASITIC ON LIMONIUS AGONUS (SAY). BY J. A. HYSLOP, Bureau of Entomology. References to the rearing of parasitic Hymenoptera from Ela- teridae are very rare in Entomological literature. In 1860 Curtis 1 recorded the rearing of a Proctrotrupes from an elaterid larva in England, and in 1898 Dr. -S. A. Forbes 2 mentions rearing a para- sitic fly (?) from an elaterid larva. The writer has recorded 3 the rinding of a Tiphia like cocoon with an elaterid skin firmly woven into it from which the adult parasite had emerged. And Mr. J. J. Davis has made an identical observation in Indiana. Late in July, 1915 the writer investigated a serious wireworm infested region near Brattleboro, Vermont. Limonius agonus (Say) was doing very serious damage to corn, in the narrow val- leys in this region, especially in the more poorly drained fields. While digging in one of these fields, a larva was found which was at first thought to have been disemboweled in digging. On closer examination, however, it was found to have a Hymenopterous larva firmly affixed to its ventral surface. The wireworm was still alive and quite active, although the parasite was nearly one- third as long as its host and quite as stout. The host was about six inches below the surface of the ground and about eighteen inches from the nearest corn hill. The wireworms had for the most part ceased feeding in this field. This host and its parasite with several other wireworms was placed in a tin box filled with moist sphagnum moss and brought into the Laboratory. Three days later the box was examined and all but one wireworm be- sides the host removed. On the following day the parasite aban- doned its original host, which it had reduced to a mere empty skin, and attached itself to the ventral surface of the other wire- worm in the same cage. The parasitic fixed itself to the host by 1 Curtis, John, Farm Insects, p. 181, 1860. * Forbes, Dr. S. A., 111. Agri. Exp. Sta. Bui. No. 44, p. 228, 1896. 3 U. S. D. A. Bull. 156, p. 29, 1915. 170 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY inserting the mouthparts in the sternum of the third abdominal segment and lay appressed to the ventron of the host with the head directed caudad (Plate 11, fig. 2). That the parasite was actively feeding was evidenced by the rhythmic pulsations of its body. The parasite larva was 5 mm. long and 2 mm. in diameter, nearly cylindrical and glaborous; the head was pale buff and the body translucent with many floculent bodies visible through the transparent skin. The lateral trachae were very distinctly vis- ible. On the terminal dorsal segment was an irregular shield of rugose lemon yellow skin bearing two short hairs. A more de- tailed description was impossible on account of the danger of injuring the parasite by exposure to light and air. On July 29, six days after finding the larva in the field, the parasite left its second host, which it had entirely consumed except a small amount of tissue in the anterior end and the skin. It spun a silken cocoon (Plate 11, fig. 1) on the surface of the soil in the rear- ing cage. In texture this cocoon was tough and leathery, very much like that of Myzina (Elis) 5-cincta (Fab), with some loose strands of silk thrown irregularly about it. When first spun, this cocoon was a rich reddish brown, but in the course of a couple of days it assumed a light tan color. The cocoon is cylindrical and somewhat truncate at each end, measuring 9 mm. long and 3.5 mm. in diameter. On August 30, thirty-three days after spin- ning its cocoon, the adult parasite emerged and was determined by Mr. S. A. Rohwer as Pristocera armifera (Say) . XVIII. PLATE XIII. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 179 from, and used by permission of Mr. Sanders and show a pupa in its cell in the leaf stem, a full grown larva, and an adult on the swollen leafstem of its hostplant. EGG-DISPOSAL IN DERMATOBIA HOMINIS. BY FREDERICK KNAB, Bureau of Entomology. Within the last few years the statement has been made by a number of writers that infestation with Dermatobia larvae occurs through the intervention of mosquitoes, the eggs of the fly hav- ing been found attached to the latter. At least three different observers have independently reported finding mosquitoes with Dermatobia eggs attached (1, 2, 3); figures have been published showing the mosquito with the eggs in situ, and one author, Sur- couf (4), has figured the newly hatched larva as well. However, beyond the bare facts just indicated, very little of a reliable or ' positive nature has been contributed to the subject. Opinions as to the manner in which the eggs become fastened to the mos- quito differ widely. Some assume that the mode of infestation indicated is exceptional or accidental and contend that normally the eggs are attached directly to the vertebrate host by the mother fly. Among Venezuelans it is claimed that the fly deposits her eggs upon the foliage of a special kind of tree there known as "Guacimo simarron," 1 and that men and animals become in- fested by contact with leaves bearing Dermatobia eggs or larvae. Finally, some authors den}^ altogether the intervention of the mosquito. In view of the existing confusion, it seems desirable to put on record any additional data bearing on the subject, even though but a repetition of what has been already made known. During the session of the second Pan-American Scientific Con- gress in Washington this past winter, the writer had the pleasure of meeting Dr. Rafael Gonzalez-Kincones of Caracas, ,who was one of the first to report the occurrence of the Dermatobia eggs upon the mosquito. Dr. Gonzalez-Rincones had with him two specimens of mosquitoes with Dermatobia eggs attached and he very kindly presented these to the writer. These specimens arc of the greatest interest and their examination enables us to make several deductions. In both cases the mosquito is a female Pxorophora (Janthinosoma) lutzii, the same and only species defi- nitely identified as bearer of the Dermatobia eggs by previous writers. In both cases the eggs, eight or ten in number, form a 1 Prof. H. Pittier of the Bureau of Plant Industry inform* me that this tree is the Guazuma tomentosa H. B. K. of botanists. 180 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY little package attached ventrally to the base of the mosquito's abdomen. They are attached by one end and point obliquely downward and backward in such a way that when the .mosquito sucks blood the free or hatching end is nearest the skin of the phlebotomized victim. Highly significant in this connection is another circumstance. The mosquitoes are preserved dry, upon pins, and inclosed in small glass tubes. In one of the specimens there is to be seen, adhering to the inner surface of the vial, a newly hatched Dermatobia larva. The conclusion is well-nigh unescapable that at the time the mosquito was introduced the warmth of the hand holding the tube caused the Dermatobia egg to hatch. It would thus seem, and this idea has been already expressed by me in a previous paper (5), that the fully matured first-stage larva remains within the egg until the mosquito has found a host, the warmth given off by the vertebrate acting as a stimulus to the waiting larva. The heavily chitinized con- dition of the anterior half of the young larva further supports this view. Recently a third specimen of mosquito with Dermatobia eggs attached has come to hand. This was sent by Dr. Rafael Mor- ales of Guatemala City. 1 Doctor Morales, it should be noted, appears to have been the first to announce, in 1911, the strange relation between Dermatobia and the mosquito (1), and in a more recent paper (6) he has added further data in proof of it. The specimen sent by him is preserved in fluid and much abraded, so that its specific identity is uncertain. However, it is unquestionably a Psorophora, and in all probability the species lutzii.' 2 There are eight Dermatobia eggs, attached in a package in exactly the same manner as in the two Venezuelan specimens above described. They are attached to the mosquito and to each other by means of a varnish which is insoluble in water or alcohol. The fact that in all three specimens before me the eggs are attached' to the mosquito in precisely the same manner, beneath to the base of the abdomen and with the hatching end free and pointing downward, leaves no room for doubt that the mother Dermatobia herself thus attaches them. This is also the opinion of Doctor Morales and one of his best reasons for this belief is that "the eggs are firmly attached to the body of the mosquito 1 In my previous paper I made the erroneous statement that Doctor Morales is a native of Costa Rica. 2 Doctor Morales believed this specimen to be a Culex, no doubt on ac- count of the absence of striking characteristics, the scales, as already noted, having been almost completely worn off. I am inclined to believe that the reference to Culex as vector of the Dermatobia eggs in Doctor Morales' papers is attributable to the same circumstance. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 181 by a chitinous substance which must be fluid at the time of oviposition and which hardens upon exposure to the air" (6). The fact that the mosquito serving as vector is one of the most bloodthirsty species is 'also significant. Further arguments in support of this view have been given by me in a previous paper (5) and need not be repeated here. In short, there is no longer room for doubt that the female Derrnatobia normally attaches its eggs to female mosquitoes, selecting for this purpose definite species with a keen appetite for blood in order that the transfer of the young larva to a suitable host mav be assured. State- ments as to other modes of infestation, such as the occurrence of the eggs or young larvae of Derrnatobia upon foliage, must be treated with suspicion until definite proof is forthcoming. Proof that the eggs in question are really those of Dermatobia has been furnished through the rearing of the fl - from such eggs by Doctor Morales. In his second paper hs announced the receipt of further specimens of mosquitoes with Dermatobia eggs attached. Newly hatched larvae from this material were trans- ferred to rabbits and the metamorphosis was successfully com- pleted. Doctor Morales had already made the attempt with his first specimen, one of the eggs having hatched ten days after its receipt. He placed the newly hatched larva upon the fore- arm of a servant, where it moved about as if seeking a suitable place of entrance. To induce the larva to pe i 'irate the skin, the epidermis was slightly abraded and this at once had the desired effect. Development went forward in the typical man- ner, already well known, for 27 days. The patient then expressed a desire to be relieved, the arm having beco.ne much swollen and there being severe lymphangitis. The la vi, which already had a length of 1 centime er, was extracted and transplanted to a rabbit, but failed to reach maturity. Dr. P *, iro Zepeda, in Nicaragua, has ) rod iced infestation with Dermatobii larvae experi- mentally by ca ising human subjec s to be bit e.t by mosquitoes bearing the eggs of the fly (3). He has observed the Dermatobia larva leaving the mosquito while this was sucking !>!ood. Having reached the skin, it at once "by an admirable instinct" finds the punctured spot and enters, the subject ha ing become insensi- tive to the penetration of the larva through th;3 anesthetic and irritating action of the mosquito's saliva. Doctor Zepeda states furthec that he has found the Dermatobia eggs attached to the femora, antenna 1 and prothorax of the mosquito. Before leaving the subject, attention must be called to a mis- leading inaccuracy in the figure published by Dr. Louis W. Sam- bon (7) and repeated by Doctor Balfour (8). The e^u;s are shown as attached by their sides to the belly of the mosquito, with the 182 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY whole length of the egg in contact. This is assuredly an error on the part of the artist, no doubt attributable to the manner in which the specimen was prepared. Doctor Sambon's paper is valuable, not only for the able discussion of the recent progress in our knowledge of Dermatobia, but particularly for its diligent exposition of the extensive literature relating to this remarkable fly. LITERATURE CITED. (1) MORALES, RAFAEL: in El Nacional, Guatemala, Diciembre, 1911. (Not seen by the writer). (2) GoNZALEz-RiNCONES, RAFAEL: El Aeroplane del Gusano Macaco. El Universal, Caracas, 4 Diciembre, 1912. (Not seen by the writer). (3) ZEPEDA, PEDRO: Nouvelle note concernant les moustiques qui pro- pagent les larves de Dermatobia cyaniventris et de Chrysomia macellaria et peut-etre celle de Lund, et de la Cordilobia anthro- pophaga. Rev. de Med. et d'Hyg. Trop., vol. 10, no. 2, pp. 93-95, 1913. (4) SURCOUF, JACQUES : La transmission du ver macaque par un rnoustique. C. R. hebd. Acad. Sci. Paris, vol. 156, no. 18, pp. 1406-1408, 1913. (Abstract: Rev. Applied Ent., Ser. B, vol. 1, no. 7, pp. 106-107, 1913.) (5) KNAB, FREDERICK : The life-history of Dermatobia hominis. Amer. Journ. Trop. Dis. and Prev. Med., vol. 1, no. 6, pp. 464-468, 1913. (6) MORALES, RAFAEL : Comprobaciones a nuestro trabajo sobre la Derma- tobia cyaniventris publicado en 1911. La Juventud Med., Guate- mala, vol. 13, no. 12, Diciembre, 1913, pp. 4-8. (Published Janu- ary, 1914.) (7) SAMBON, Louis W. Observations on the life-history of Dermatobia hominis (Linnaeus Jun., 1781). Rept. Advisory Comm., Trop. Dis. Res. Fund for 1914, London, 1915, pp. 119-150. (8) BALFOUR, ANDREW: Tropical problems in the New World. Trans. Soc. Trop. Med. and Hyg., vol. 8, no. 3, pp. 75-108, 5 pis., Jan., 1915. In discussing Mr. Knab's paper, Dr. Townsend suggested that the female Dermatobia was probably led, through an olfactory tropism, to oviposit upon the body of the carrier; that the eggs were incubated in the uterus and contained the fully-formed maggot at time of deposition; that the maggot was led, through a positive thermotropism, to escape from the chorion at the time that the carrier imbibes a meal of warm blood; and that the maggot is unable to penetrate thick skin of itself but must enter the puncture made by the carrier, being perhaps guided thereto OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 183 by the odor of the serous exudation following the withdrawal of the carrier's proboscis. He stated that Cuterebra parasitizes only thin-skinned hosts, and has developed no carrier habit to enable it to extend its parasitism to such thick-skinned hosts as man, cattle, dogs, etc., as has evidently occurred in the case of Dermatobia, which was probably likewise confined originally to thin-skinned hosts; that this has probably been due to a less acute sense of smell in Cuterebra, which has the third antenna! joint atrophied, while Dermatobia has the same very well developed. Dr. Townsend gave various details, all of which he considered to uphold the above mentioned deductions. TWO-HUNDRED AND NlNETY-FlFTH MEETING, MAY 4, 1916. The 295th meeting of the Society was entertained by Mr. Frederick Knab at the Saengerbund Hall, May 4, 1916. There were present Messrs, Baker, Boving, Burgess, Busck, Crawford, Cushman, Ely, Gahan, Greene, Howard, Jennings, Kewley, Knab, Kotinsky, Middleton, Morrison, Rohwer, Sanford, Sass- cer, Schwarz, Shannon, Snyder, and Townsend, members, and R. M. Fouts and Frank Morton Jones, visitors. The Corresponding Secretary announced the resignation from the Society of Mr. O. G. Babcock and Mr. A. A. Girault. Mr. Harold Morrison of the Federal Horticultural Board was elected to active membership. Mr. Schwarz announced the election of Dr. L. O. Howard as a member of the National Academy of Sciences, and it was ordered that his remarks be incorporated in the Proceedings of the Society and that the Society extend congratulations to Dr. Howard. Mr. Schwarz remarks were as follows: I take pleasure in announcing to the Society that our fellow member, Dr. L. O. Howard, has, in April last, been elected a member of the National Academy of Sciences. This is the highest honor that can be bestowed on any scientific man in the United States and all of us will agree that this honor was well earned by Dr. Howard. He has done a good deal of meritorious work in 184 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY systematic and bionomic entomology; he has published many important works on economic entomology but above all he is now, and has for many years been the efficient chief and leader of the Bureau of Entomology, and as such has acquired a world- wide and deserved reputation. Under the enlightened and liberal administration of Dr. Howard the growth of the Bureau of Entomology has been really marvellous. It has become a model for the many similar, though much smaller, institutions that have been established of late years in many countries. To those of our members who are not acquainted with the history of the National Academy of Sciences the following ento- mological notes may be of interest: Since the organization of the Academy the following entomologists were elected members of the Academy: Dr. John L. Leconte who was one of the charter members, Dr. A. S. Packard, Mr. Samuel Scudder, Prof. W. M. Wheeler (in 1912) and Dr. L. O. Howard in 1916. Of these Leconte, Packard, and Scudder are dead, leaving only two liv- ing members viz. Wheeler and Howard. Some other members wrote entomological papers viz. S. S. Haldeman, Alpheus Hyatt, Joseph Leidy, and Charles S. Minot who are now dead, and Mr. E. S. Morse ana Prof. Wm. Trelease among the living members, but all these were elected to the Academy for work in other fields of Science. The following program was presented: A SYNOPSIS OF THE GENUS CALAPHIS. (Homoptera, Aphididae.} BY A. C. BAKER. The genus Calaphis was erected by Walsh (1862) for his species betulella. It was not until some years later that Walker (1870) erected his genus of the same name. One species only was for years referred to the genus but quite recently Gillette (1910) has referred other species here. A study of the forms found in this country has led the writer to place in the genus five species. Del Guerico (1913) erected the genus Siphonocallis with betu- Icecolens Fitch as type. In studying this species and compar- OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 185 ing it with betulella one thing is noted to distinguish the two genetically. The radial sector is always absent in betuella. In some specimens of betulcecolens it is however very faintly indicated. In the species alni described in this paper the radial sector is absent normally and the wing is very similar to that of betulella. In some specimens, however, this vein is indicated in much the same way as in betulcecolens. In the other two species the vein is sometimes strongly indicated and sometimes very faintly indeed. Considering this variation in the presence of the vein the writer feels that it can hardly be considered a good character on which to distinguish two genera. He therefore makes Siphonocallis a synonym of Calaphis. Wilson (1910) in his description of the genus Calaphis when speaking of the antennae, gives as a character " sixth about one- half the length of the spur." While this character holds for the type species it is evidently a specific character for it does not hold true for any of the other species, even for alni, which is undoubtedly very close to betulella. If this character were con- sidered, a new genus would have to be erected for each species included in the present paper. The characters of the genus may be given as follows: Antennae longer than the body, slender, and armed with short spine like bristles; segment six with the unguis much longer than the base; antennal tubercles prominent, vertex armed with a few hairs; wing veins more or less bordered with black and with the radial sector absent or faintly indicated; cornicles short, somewhat tapering, broadened at base; cauda knobed; anal plate bilobed; both cauda and anal plate with numer- ous long stout hairs. A. Unguis of segment VI nearly six times as long as base; antennae uniform dusky or black; media not much thinner than other veins of wing alni n. sp. B. Unguis of segment VI about five times as long as base; antennae alternately banded with yellow and black; media much thinner than the other veins of wing castaneoides n. sp. C. Unguis of segment VI about four times as long as base; antennae uniform dusky or black; media much thinner than the other veins on the wing castaneae Fitch. D. Unguis of segment VI between two and three times as long as base: (1) Head and thorax longitudinally striped with black. All wing veins heavily bordered with black. . .betulella Walsh. (2) Head and thorax not so striped; wing veins not heavily bordered with black. , . betulaecolens Fitch. 186 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Calaphis betulella Walsh. Measurements of antennae of the alate viviparous female are as follows : IV, 1.04 mm.; V, 0.752 mm.; VI, (0.24 mm. + 0.56 mm.). Segment 111, almost smooth or very finely imbricated, armed with many short stiff spine like hairs about 0.048 mm. long and armed on its basal half with 12 or 13 small almost circular sensoria. Segment IV, more distinctly imbri- cated and armed with similar spines, but without sensoria. Segment V, like segment IV, with the imbrications most distinct distad, and with an elongate fringed distal sensorium fully 0.128 mm. long. Segment VI, with a similar elongate fringed sensorium at base of unguis. Head with a few hairs but with no capitate ones. Cornicles 0.144 mm. long and 0.112 mm. wide at the base, tapering and somewhat flaring. Galaphis betulaecolens (Fitch). Aphis betulaecolens Fitch. Callipterus betulaecolens Monell. Callipterus betulae Thomas. Callipterus betulaecolens (Fitch) Oestlund. Siphonocallis betulaecolens (Fitch) Del Guercio. Calaphis betulaecolens (Fitch) Gillette. The color characters of this species were well given by Walsh in his original description. This species was described as an Aphis by Fitch (1851). Later Monell (1879) described his Callipterus of the same name, not knowing positively that it was the same species. Oestlund (1887) referred MonelFs species to Fitch's name. The excellent description given by Davis (1910) is referred positively to Mon- ell's species which Davis knew, but doubtfully to Fitch's species. In the National Museum collection there are two specimens of betulcecolens bearing Fitch's label and marked type. These specimens are part of the original lot in the Fitch col- lection and they were mounted from that collection by Mr. Theo. Pergande. Through the kindness of Mr. Davis the writer has had an opportunity to examine Monell's type and this agrees in all details with Fitch's specimens. There is therefore no doubt that the two species are the same. Following are a few notes on the alate viviparous female: Antennal segments, average measurements 1, 0.144 mm.; 11, 0.08 mm.; Ill, 0.96 mm.; IV, 0.7 mm.; V, 0.544 mm.; VI, (0.144 mm. + 0.56 mm.). Segment 111, is armed with 10 to 13 oval sensoria on the basal half and somewhat imbricated distad. Segment V, has the distal sensorium fringed and somewhat elongate though not nearly as elongate as that of betulella. The sensorium at the base of the unguis of VI, is likewise not as elongate as in the species mentioned. Head with a few hairs. Cornicles about 0.144 mm.; long, nearly cylindrical though somewhat tapering and flaring. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 187 Calaphis castaneae (Fitch). Callipterus castaneae Fitch. Calaphis castaneae (Fitch) Gillette. The original description of this species given by Fitch (1856) is, although short, sufficient to characterize it, owing to the striking coloration of the insect. Few references to the species occur but it is by no means rare in the Eastern States and in some localities it is quite abundant. In order to be positive of his determination the writer examined the Fitch collection of Aphididae and located three pined speci- mens bearing Fitch's label. Considering their, age and the method of mounting, these specimens are in good shape and upon mounting in balsam prove that the insects Fitch had were the same species as that met with about Washington. In one speci- men the radial sector is absent from the wing in much the same way as in betulella Walsh. In fact a series of specimens show that this vein varies greatly. Sometimes being strongly present and sometimes very faint indeed. Alate viviparous female. Antennal measurements average as follows: I, 0.144 mm. ; 11, 0.08 mm. ; 111, 0.96 mm. ; IV, 0.544 mm. ; V, 0.432 mm. ; VI, (0.176 mm +0-544 mm.). Segment HI, is finely imbricated and armed with numerous fine bristle-like hairs not as stout as those of betulella. On the basal half of the segment there are about eight circular sensoria. The head is armed with hairs which are rather more prominent than those of the two species mentioned previously. Cornicles somewhat shorter than those of the type species being 0.096 mm. long and about as wide at the base as they are long. Calaphis castaneoides, n. sp. Alate viviparous female. Morphological characters: Antennae as fol- lows: 1, 0.096mm.; 11, 0.064mm.; Ill, 0.784mm.; IV, 0.432mm.; V, 0.368 mm.; VI, (0.16 mm. + 0.8 mm.); Segment 111, with 6 to 10 circular sen- soria. Forewing 2.21 mm. long and about 0.738 in width. Cubital and anal veins heavier than the media. Radial sector absent or but very faintly indicated at one extremity. Cornicles 0.16 mm. long and about 0.192,mm. broad at base. Cauda and anal plate normal. Color characters: Very similar to those of castaneoe which the species resembles greatly. Antennae with the basal half of segment IV and V and often the middle of 111, light, or yellowish, the remainder dark. In this the species differs from castaneos in which the antennae are uniformly colored. Wings with the anal vein, the upper half of the cubital and the lower margin of the stigma bordered with black. Tibiae and feet l>l:i<-k, the middle portion of the tibiae often yellowish. 188 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY This species bears much the same relation to castaneae that walshii Mon., does to bella Walsh. It is distinguished princi- pally by the greater length of the unguis of the sixth segment. Described from specimens in balsam mounts taken on Castanea at Washington, D. C. 1900. Type Cat. no. 20210 U. S. Nat. Mus. Galaphis alni, n. sp. Alate viviparous female. Morphological characters: Antennae as fol- lows: 1, 0.128 mm.; 11, 0.064 mm.; Ill, 0.88 mm.; IV, 0.672 mm.; V, 0.592 mm.; VI, (0.224mm. + 1.28mm.). Segment 111 is very faintly imbricated and armed with very short stiff hairs much shorter than those on the antenna of the other species. On its basal three-quarters the segment is armed with about 14 circular sensoria in a row. The sensoria on the distal extremity of V and on VI at the base of the unguis are elongate, that on VI being 0.048 mm. long. The head is armed with several hairs which are somewhat knobbed. Prothorax with similar hairs. Forewings 2.56 mm. long and about 0.88 mm. wide. Veins distinct; radial sector absent; cor- nicles 0.128 mm. long and about 0.112 mm. wide at base, distinctly tapering, imbricated, anal plate not deeply cleft. Abdomen covered with capitate hairs. Color characters: General color yellowish; antennae and tibiae dusky or black wings with the cubitus and anal veins somewhat bordered with black. The other veins and the stigma faintly bordered. Cornicles dusky. Abdomen marked with black usually with a large black patch between and in front of the cornicles. Apterous viviparous female. Morphological characters: Antennae as follows: 1, 0.128 mm.; 11, 0.064 mm.; Ill, 0.672 mm.; IV, 0.368 mm.; V, 0.368 mm.; VI, (0.16 mm. + 0.96 mm.). Segment III, imbricated and armed with 6 to 10 circular sensoria in a row. Head with prominent capi- tate hairs, in fact the entire body is covered with these hairs; many of which have a funnel shaped extremity. Cornicles as in the alate form. Length from vertex to tip of abdomen 2.24 mm. Color characters: An- tennae and tibiae dusky to black; body marked with black usually with a blotch on the head, a band across the prothorax, a similar one caudadof it and a band across the abdomen in front of the cornicles. The remainder of the dorsum spotted with black. Described from specimens in balsam mounts taken by Mr. Theo. Pergande on alder near Washington, D. C., 1899. Type Cat. No. 20211 U. S. Nat. Museum. Other specimens of males and oviparous females taken on the same plant near Washington and at Vienna, Va. by the writer, appear to be the same species. We are not describing them, however, since they have not been taken in company with the viviparous forms. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 189 LITERATURE. 1851. FITCH, ASA: Catalogue with References and Descriptions of the Insects Collected and Arranged for the State Cabinent of Natural History. Fourth Annual Report, p. 16. 1856. FITCH, ASA: Third Report on the Noxious, Beneficial and Other Insects of the State of New York. In Trans. N. Y. State Agr. Soc., Vol. XVI, p. 471. 1862. WALSH, B. : On the Genera of Aphididae Found in the United States. In Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., Vol. 1, p. 301. 1870. WALKER, FRANCIS: Notes on Aphides. In the Zoologist, Second Series, Vol. V, p. 2000. 1879. MONELL, J. : Notes on Aphididae with Descriptions of New Species. In Bull. Geol. and Geograph Survey, Vol. V, No. 1, p. 30. 1887. OESTLUND, O. W. : Synopsis of the Aphididae of Minnesota. In Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey of Minn. Bull. No. 4, p. 43. 1909. DAVIS, J. J. : Studies on Aphididae 11. In Ann. Ent. Soc., Vol. 11 p. 30. 1910. GILLETTE, C. P.: Plant Louse Notes. In Journ. Econ. Ent., Vol. Ill, p. 368. 1910. WILSON, H. F. : A Key to the Genera and Notes on the Synonomy of the Tribe Callipterini. In Can. Ent., Vol. XLII, p. 255. 1912. DAVIDSON, W. M. : Aphid notes from California. In Journ. Econ. Ent., Vol. V, p. 404. THE TACHINID GENUS ARGYROPHYLAX B. & B. BY W. R. WALTON, Bureau of Entomology. This genus was proposed by Brauer and Von Berganstamm 1 for the reception of a single individual from St. Thomas, West Indies and described many years previously by Wiedemann 2 as Tachina albincisa. An additional specimen of the latter species was discovered by Van der Wulp in the Biologia Centrali Americana 3 material which specimen he states Professor Brauer saw and identified as Argyrophylax albincisa Wied. I have re- cently received two specimens reared at Rio Piedras, Porto Rico, January 24, 1912, by T. H. Jones from Nacaleia indicata Fabr. These specimens seemed to be identical with Van der Wulp's specimen mentioned above, although his description of the same is very brief. Therefore in order to allay all doubt as to the matter I have secured a comparison of one of the reared 1 Zweifl. d. Kaiserl. Mus., IV, 163; V, 343. 2 Auss. Zweifl., II, 334 (Tachina). 3 Biolog. Dipt. II, 485, PI. XIII, fig. 19. 190 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY individuals before mentioned with Van der Wulp's specimen deposited in the British Museum, and am greatly indebted to Mr. John E. Collin of Sussex Lodge, New Market, England for this service. Mr. Collin's report makes it abundantly evident that the specimens are conspecific. The following description and accompanying figures will I trust render the identification of this form more easy hereafter. Male. Palpi normal, first vein bare, face on Lower half of sides bare, proboscis shorter than height of head, apical cell not petiolate ending in costa well before the wing tip. Eyes bare, facial ridges bristly on lowest third, antennae inserted at middle of eyes, hind tibiae outwardly dis- tinctly ciliate, ocellar bristles absent, all frontal bristles curving more or less backward, the last two pairs very stout; palpi slightly spatulate. Front, in lateral elevation, distinctly produced in a gentle curve almost parallel with anterior margin of eye, cheeks extremely narrow, abdomen short, conical, wings rather broad and short. Body robust, gray and black, head (figs. 1 and 2) broader than thorax, wings hyaline. Length 6 mm. Front less than one-half eye width covered with pollen which has the property of appearing bright silvery from above and dull smoky gray when viewed from immediately in front or from side. Vitta, black, nar- row, almost linear. Vertex brown. Superior posterior orbit and occiput linear. The inferior posterior orbit expanded and silvery pollinose. Lower'occiput slightly swollen and bearing abundant black hairs. Sides of face narrow, concolorous with front. Facial depression large, rather deep, and slightly carinate, vibrissae at oral margin, well developed, cruciate. Cheeks linear, covered with black hairs and bearing a row of macrochaetae on their lower edges. Orbital bristles absent. Antennae black, third joint a little more than twice as long as second. Arista slender, second joint short, third slightly enlarged on basal fourth; microscopically pubescent nearly to middle. Thorax black, shining, only lightly grayish pollinose on anterior portions; two pairs of vittae visible anteriorly, becoming obsolete posterior to suture. Scutellum concolorous with thorax, bearing three marginal and a small apical pair. Dorso-central bristles four; sternopleural two, the latter region clothed with abundant black hair. Abdomen corfical, black, shining, bases of the last three segments bearing whitish pollen, traces of a median black vitta apparent on inter- mediate segments when viewed from rear. Four segments visible from above, all rather thickly clothed with longish, nearly erect, black hairs. First two segments bearing marginals only. Third with a strong marginal row. Fourth bearing both discals and marginals. Legs, including coxae black, robust, hind tibiae thickly ciliate on outer sides. Middle tibiae bearing one or two macrochaetae upon thin outer front third. Wings hyaline, veins brownish, apical cell broadly open in costa, bend of fourth vein destitute of stump or wrinkle, distinctly angulated. Hind cross vein ending slightly beyond middle of discnl crh, Insinuate. Third vein boar- ing three or four small bristles at base. PBOC. ENT. SCO. WASH., VOL. XVIII. PLATE XIV. EXPLANATION OP PLATE xiv. ft Fig. 1. Argyrophylax albincisa Wied., side vic\v of he;id. Fig. 2. Front view of same. Fig. 3. Pseudochacta argentifrons cog. Front view of head. Fig. 4. Same, side view. 191 192 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ft Two male specimens reared from Nacaleia indicata Fabr., at Rio Piedras, Porto Rico, January 24, 1912, by T. H. Jones. From the foregoing it seems evident that the reference of Sturmia sc : tizurce Coq. to the genus Argyrophylax by Doctor Townsend 1 is obviously erroneous. In the sense of Coquillett this form is a true Frontina as the facial ridges beara strong row of bristles quite to or beyond their middle. Because of the remarkable superficial resemblance between A. albincisa Wied. and Pseudochceta argentifrons Coq. I have included drawings of the latter species also. In discussing Mr. Walton's paper, Dr. Townsend stated that he believed the determination of Argyrophylax albincisa to be correct; and emphasized the importance of securing positive identifications of Brauer & Bergenstamm's American genotypes. He pointed out that, while these authors went as far as anyone could feel justified in going on external adult characters alone, they did not possess, as \\e do today, the reproductive characters to demonstrate to them the value of certain slight but constant external adult characters for separating distinct forms, and hence did not include such slight characters in their system; as a result, their generic characterizations will often apply equally well to very distinct forms. The European species which stand as genotypes of their genera are quite well known ; but the Ameri- can forms are by no meany well kno^n, and every positive de- termination of their American genotypes represents a distinct gain. Under the head "Short Notes and Exhibition of Specimens" the following were presented: A NEW BEE OF THE GENUS DIANTHIDIUM. BY S. A. ROHWER, Specialist in Forest Hymenoptera, Bureau of Entomology. Dianthidium arizonicum, new species. This species is extremely closely allied to texanum Cresson but the seventh sternite is broadly black and the front between the antennae has two rounded ridges. The next differs from that of texanum in that the cocoon does not extend beyond the surface of the next. 1 Taxonomy of the Muscoidean Flies, p. 98. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, liilii 1 9M Mule. -Length 9.5 mm. Anterior margin nl' I lie clvpeus truncate, the lateral angles rounded, its surface more closely punctured than the face; face with large, distinct, separate; punctures: front with close, distinct punctures; the inner margin of the eyes raised into elongate, narrow, blister-formed elevation; vertex and posterior orbits with distinct, large, separate punctures; fourth antennal joint about twice ;is wide as long, about half as long as fifth and one-third longer than the third; teguLie large, sparsely punctured anteriorly but closely punctured posteriorly; mesonoturn with close, distinct, rather large punctures; mesoscutellum truncate posteriorly, punctured like the mesoscutum; abdomen with large, close punctures; these punctures are not as close ;is those of the scutum but are separated in some places as much as those of the vertex; terminal tergite with strong, median triangular-shaped tooth which is longitudinally carinate, the lateral angles of the tergite broadly rounded; in appearance at first sight the segment seems to have a single median tooth but in reality it is tridentate, the lateral teeth being very short and obtuse; second recurrent distinctly beyond the second intercubitus, the first abscissa of the radius one-fifth shorter than the second, the second abscissa of the cubitus but little shorter than the first. Black; clypeus except apical margin, mandibles except margins, inner orbits to the top of the eye (broader below the antennae), a spot on the superior posterior orbits, two spots at the anterior margin of the mesoscutum, tubercles, a dot on the tegulae anteriorly, lateral margin of the scutellum and a band on the first five tergites which is emarginate medially and submarginate on each side, after the manner of texanum, yellnirixli irhile; tegulae and legs, except the coxae, trochanters and bases of femora, rufo-ferruginous; anterior femora and tibiae beneath and a spot on the apical ventral part of the posterior femora yellowish-white; the usual pubescence, dense and silvery white; winj s strongly smoky, venation black. Bear Canon. Catalina Mountains, Arizona. Described from one male recorded under Bureau of Entomology No. Hopk. U. S. 12082/ which refers to a note stating that this was reared from a nest on the twigs of Quercus emoryi, collected by Chrisman. Type. Cut. No. 20297, U. S. N. M. NOTES ON DIANTHIDIUM ARIZONIGUM ROHWKR. BY \Yn.u\M MIDDLETOX, Scientific Axxixldiil. /'/<. *t Bin-fun ni l''.ii!,ni/inli> . O S M* fa b ^ X co e co D. CONSIMIL s~l /-s hfi . 1 1^ 02 ^^> ^ ^ O3 OJ loll G m 23 2 g J 5 n '^ H /-*, ^ "' m M . i i " !* ^ >> .'Z G || "o o ~ g G a O ' ' 1| o O i i i i o 5 Southern California. Alcidamea producta Cres Monodontomerus montiv Leucospis affinis Say. Torymus anthidii Ashm Trichodes ornatus var. t i A CO CO tH O O c? a CO _J ARIZONTCUM S--I -N t! -S -"3 ^3 |ii G rt ^H =3 _G -3 . i s 1 "3 2 o . ~ . 14"! 03 "*' to c3 rt h> W , sS- 3 t- 6 "1 CO Canon, Cata- Mts., Arizona. are incorrect t Q rn C ? ^"5 ~ G CO G ^_ ^- X M^ o -^ ' "7 ^^ o ^ O ^ u . 1-3 pq 'co 3 " Q^ ^ ^ ~-l "3 ^ .5 "3 U " co G o "^ 03 t-H O O ' D c 60 X* O ,4 H o ^ . CU CD G +a G ?'l G O t< 1 'S 2 * ?3 ^ (M ?J _; 03 O O 1 O = a g -* i i ^-< ^ i i / '+3 03 A O t? , o >. K. G ^C ^t-^ ^_, O t/3 G *^ *H w> -. 1^1 a oo_^ 1 X H a :T . o> _, "^ Id B r^ a Q) >> CO 0) . -= j; O tc ^_, ^_*"^ 'co r~ 4. 4; o o3 oj - K u M o o C o ^ O y U _ 196 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY THE NATIVE FOOD-PLANTS OF THE APPLE RED-BUGS. BY R. A. CUSHMAN, Bureau of Entomology. A few years ago Prof. C. R. Crosby discovered two new species of Capsidae injuring apples in New York State. These were described by Renter as Heterocordylus malinus Reut. and Lygidea mendax Reut. The former was christened by Crosby "the apple red bug" and the latter "the false apple red bug." Renter adopted this idea in naming the species. During the spring and early summer of 1915 I had occasion to make some observations on these two species both in orchards and in wild lands. At Geneva, N. Y., malinus was fairly abun- dant on apple and more so on Crataegus; mendax was not found and no trees of the common wild crab were seen in the neighbor- hood where the observations were made. At Clearfield, Pa., in an orchard that had been grossly infested the previous season, mendax was extremely abundant and malinus occasional. In the waste land immediately contiguous to the orchard both Crataegus and wild crab were of frequent occurrence. On the former mali- nus was very abundant and on the latter mendax was equally so, but mendax was rare on Crataegus and malinus was not found at all on crab. In waste land at Westfield, N. Y., where wild crab, Crataegus and wild seedling applies were growing so close together as almost to mingle their branches, practically the same con- ditions prevailed as at Clearfield. It is evident that the natural food-plant of malinus is not Pyrus but Crataegus, that the reverse is true for mendax, and that mendax is more likely to attack apple than is malinus, and it would seem that a reversal of the specific names would have been more indicative of the true conditions though not entirely appro- priate, since the apple is not the natural food-plant of either. A CURIOUS FORMATION OF A FUNGUS OCCURRING ON A FLY. BY L. O. HOWARD. The insect, sent by Prof. G. C. Becker of Fayetteville, Arkansas, was a greatly shriveled muscoid fly which apparently had two gigantic halteres that in reality were two perfectly capped Cordy- ceps growths. A similar growth, uncapped, protruded from the anus of the fly. Mr. Alden T. Speare determined the fungus as very likely Cordyceps, possibly being C. dipterigena, B. & Br., but on account of its rarity he had not crushed it for specific determination. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 197 Mr. Speare has since found two somewhat similar specimens in the Pergande collection, but in each case the Cordyceps growths i-suing from the wing sutures are uncapped. In discussing this last note, Doctor Townsend said that he considered that the fly \vas probably a dexiid and that it suc- cumbed immediately after issuing from the puparium, which accounted for its much shriveled condition and for the absence of wings, the Cordyceps growth issuing from the body at the wing sutures. A PRELIMINARY NOTE ON THE BIONOMICS OF POLLENIA RUDIS, FABR. IN AMERICA. BY J. L. WEBB AND R. H. HUTCHISON. The discovery during 1908 of the larva of Pollen in ///(//*. Fabr. by Keilin and subsequent studies by him have brought to light many facts on the life history of this common fly, which had up to that time remained a complete mystery. In a recent article Keilin reviews his extensive investigations, (Keilin, D. "Re- cherches sur les Larves de Dipteres Cyclorhaphes," Bui. Sci. de la France et de Belgique, T. XLIX, 7e Serie, 30th Dec., 1915) and we give here a brief summary of the main points bearing directly on the life history of Pollenia. The reader is referred to the original article for an interesting discussion. Keilin found the larvae of Pollenia rudis parasitic on the earthworms, Allolobophora chlorotica and A. rosea. Eggs are de- posited during August or early September on the soil. They hatch after five to seven days and the larvae, when they find an earthworm, gain entrance to the body through the male genital opening located on the ventral side of the 15th segment. From September or October to the following May or June the Pollen in larvae are found in a dormant state in the body cavity of the genital segments, i.e. from the 9th to the 12th or even as far back as the 16th. In May or June the larvae becomes active, works its way toward the anterior end of the worm, where it pierces with its posterior end the prostomium of the worm and thus exposes its stigmata. It continues to feed and gradually destroys the worm, working backward as fast as the segments are destroyed. Pupation occurs usually from the r>ih to the 25th of June, and the pupal stage has a duration of from 32 to 4f> days, emergence occurring from the middle of July to the first part of August. 198 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY He found only one generation per annum, but admits the bility of the existence of a summer generation. To our knowledge, the larvae of Pollenia rud'is has not been recognized in this country until found by the senior author dur- ing June 1916'. We have been able to verify many points made by Keilin, but find that the life history of this fly in Washington is in many ways quite different from that found by Keilin in Paris. In the first place, worms, identified as Allolobophora chlorotica, were collected in many places near Washington and several widely separated places in the United States during October, November and December, 1915. These were examined by Dr. Townsend, Mr. Kisliuk, and by the writers, but no infested worms Avere found during that period. In the Spring of 1916 no infested worms were found during April, although collections and exami- nations were made from time to time. The first infested worms Avere found among a lot collected in the field June 15. On June 12, 1916, Pollenia caught in traps baited with banana Avere put in breeding cages and supplied Avith moist earth and banana for food. Eggs Avere found on the soil June 19, and AVC have had no trouble, during the summer in obtaining fertile eggs from flies caught in traps. Isolated pairs of Pollenia (bred specimens) failed to oviposit, so that the preoviposition period has not been determined and the number of eggs laid by each female is unknoAvn. The eggs are laid singly, partly hidden in cracks in the soil. Our records shoAV that they hatch about three days after deposition during the summer. The first stage larvae of Pollenia are very active and seem to be able to penetrate the Avorm at almost any point in the body wall. The point of entrance is not limited to the male genital opening, or to any natural orifice. In Avorms on Avhich larvae were placed by us, Ave found them entering the seventieth, sixty- fourth, fiftieth and thirty-fifth segments. Infested Avorms col- lected in the field have also shoAvn cases Avhere the larvae haA r e entered segments far back of the clitellar regions. We have found no indications of a dormant period during Avhich the larvae remained practically motionless in the body cavity of the Avorni. Of course, AA r e have been Avorking Avith summer generations, but our examinations during the Fall of 1915 and Spring of 1916 failed to shoAV any over Avintering forms of thr larvae. Our records of summer generations indicate the folknving de- velopmental periods. Egg stage 3 d;iy > Larvae stages 13 to 22 days Pupal stages 11 to 14 days Total developiiionltil period 27 to 39 days OF WASHINGTON*, VOL. XVIII, 1916 199 From our records on the seasonal prevalence of Pollenia, con- sidered in the light of our studies on the developmental stages, we reached the tentative conclusion that there are four broods or generations per annum in the latitude of Washington. Large fly traps baited with banana were in operation throughout the season and the contents were killed, sorted, and counted each week. We found small numbers of Pollenia in these traps from the 1st of April to the middle of May at which time they almost completely disappeared. The wings were frayed and the yellow hairs rubbed off and they had the appearance of old flies which had overwintered. Then we found freshly emerged flies from May 25th on, the number gradually increasing until the maxi- mum was reached during the week ending June 22, followed by a sudden drop. Then another gradual increase began, culmi- nating in another maximum during the week ending July 27. This was repeated and the curve shows another marked ri.-e culminating in the week ending August 31. We expect to find this year, as was found in 1915, another marked rise in October. It seems probable that the adults of this late generation emerg- ing during October and November overwinter in protected situ- ations and deposit eggs during the following April. The fact mentioned above, that infested worms were not found during the autumn or early spring, indicates that this generation does not deposit eggs in the fall. The possibility of pupae overwinter- ing in the soil is yet to be investigated. More complete studies are now under way upon which we hope to report in detail later. Arinal date of inililicnlion, \<>r<-inlin- >7, 1916. ANNOUNCEMENT Separates of all the important papers published in the PROCEED- INGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OP WASHINGTON and a num- ber from other journals are for sale at approximately two cents per page (no article less than ten cents). They can be had by apply- ing to the Corresponding Secretary of the Entomological Society, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. No receipt will be mailed for the sale of printed matter unless especially requested. OF SPECIAL INTEREST DYAR, H. G. A Review of the North American Species of the-Lepi- dopterous Family Anghroceridae SO. 10 " " Lepidoptera of the Kootenay District, British Co- lumbia 1904 0.20 " " A Review of the North American Pyralinae 0.10 " " On the White Eucleidae and the Larva of Calybia slossonae 0.10 Life History of the Florida Form of Euclea delphini. 0.10 Eight papers consisting of notes on Cochlidiidue, partly Exotic .' . 35 " " Six papers on the Life History of North American Moths 0.20 Two papers on Arctians. > . , . 0.15 Three papers on Pyralidae 0.15 Two papers describing larvae of Mexican Lepidop- tera. 0.15 Additions to the list of North American Lepidop- tera', Nqs. I and II. 0.15 A Synopsis of three Genera (Bronthis, Chionobus, Brabia) of North American Butterflies. 0.25 Thirty-six papers dealing mostly with the Descrip- tions of American Moths 1 .35 " " Notes on Hulst and Strecher Types 0. 15 Three papers on ^he Sloth Moth . 10 Fifteen short systematic and biological papers 0.25 " Twenty-seven _ titles' dealing with descriptions of miscellaneous Lepidopterous Larvae 0.75 EDWARDS, H. Bibliographical Catalog of the Described Transfor- mations of North American Lepidoptera, 1889. ... 1.00 FRENCH, C. H. Notes on the Preparatory Stages of Papiliocres- phontes . 10 A Yellow-Winged Catocalae . 10 FYKES, F. W. Further Observations upon Bombys eunea Drury.. . 0.10 GROSSBECH, JOHN A. Additions to the List of" North American Geometfidae with Notes on Some De- scribed Species 0.15 GROTE, A. R. Results Obtained from a Search fdr the Type of Noctua linnaei, and Conclusions as to the type of the Hubnerian Noctuid genera represented in the North Anerican Fauna 0.20 A New Catocla from Texas 0.10 HINDS, W. E. Notes on the Life History of Alsophila pome taria... 0.10 TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THIS NUMBER BAKER, A. C. : A Synopsis of the genus Calaphis 184 BAKBEB, H. S. : A new species of weevil injuring orchids 177 Buses:, AUGUST: Descriptions of new North American Mierolepidop- tera., 147 CKAIGHEAD, F. C.: The determination of the abdominal and thoracic areas of the cerambycid larvae as based on a study of the muscles 129 CUBHMAN, R, A.; The native food-plants of the apple red-bugs. ...... 193 DEGBTSBi J. J. : The hypermetamorphism of the Lepidopterous sap- feeders 164 HEJNRICH, CABL: On the taxonomic value of some larval characters in the Lepidoptera 154 HOWAED, L. O. : A curious formation of a fungus occurring on a fly. . 196 HUTCHISON, R. H. : Notes on the larvae of Euxesta notata Wied 171 HYSLOP, J. A. : Pristocera armata (Say) parasitic on Limonius agonus (Say) 169 KNAB, FEEDERICK: Egg-disposal in Dennatobia hominis 179 MIDDLETON, WILLIAM: Notes on Dianthidium arizonicum Rohwer. . . . 193 ROHWEE, S. A. ; A new bee of the genus Diarithidium 192 WALTON, W. R. : The tacbinid genus Argyrophylax B & B 189 WEBB, J. L. and HUTCHISON, R. H. : A preliminary note on the bio- nomics of Pollenia rudis Fabr. in America 197 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON VOLUME XVIII, No. 4 DECEMBER, 1916 PUBLISHED QUARTERLY BY THE SOCIETY OFFICE OF PUBLICATION 2419-21 GREBNMOTTNT AVB. BALTIMORE. MD. EDITORIAL OFFICE WASHINGTON. D. C. Entered M serond-tlaaa matter at the postoflice at Baltimore, Md., February 28, 1013, untier tlie Art of AugdBt 24, 1912 THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884. The regular meetings of the Society are held on the first Thursday of each month, from October to June inclusive, at 8 P. M. Annual dues of active members, $3.00; of corresponding members $2.00; Initiation fee (for active members only), $1.00. OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1916. Honorary President E. A. SCHWARZ President C. R. ELY First Vice-President E. R. SASSCER Second Vice-President .FREDERICK KNAB Recording Secretary . . A. B. GAHAN Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer S. A. ROHWER U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. Editor J. C. CRAWFORD Representing the Society as a Vice-president of the Washington Academy of Sciences W, D. HUNTER Executive Committee. i THE OFFICERS. A. N. CAUDELL. A. L. QUAINTANCE, W. D. HUNTER. PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON. Published quarterly by the Society at Baltimore, Md., and Wash- ington, D. C. Terms of subscription: Domestic, $2.00 per annum; foreign, $2.25 per annum; recent single numbers, 75 cents, foreign postage extra. Remittances should be made payable to the Entomological Society of Washington. Authors of leading articles in the PROCEEDINGS will be entitled to 25 separates of each contribution, free of charge, provided the Editor is noti- fied before page proof is returned. Additional copies may be had at rates fixed by the Society. PROC. EXT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XVIII PLATE XVI. <>tto ftribcmann. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON VOL. XVIII 1916 No. 4 It is again our sad duty to chronicle the death of an ex-presi- dent, Otto Heidemann, of whom we publish in this number of the PROCEEDINGS an appreciation, a biographical sketch and bibliography, together with a short posthumous paper illustrated with a plate of Mr. Heidemann's inimitable drawings. 201 202 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY d^tto ^etfcemamt. By the death of Otto Heidemann on November 17, 1916, our society lost one of its oldest and most valued members. In many respects he was a remarkable man; taking up Entomo- logical studies late in life well beyond fifty he rose in a few years to the rank of an authority on his chosen group, an achieve- ment which would have been impossible for one less gifted. With a natural aptitude for systematics and a ready grasp of the larger problems of scientific investigation, he combined a painstaking carefulness of small details, untiring energy and the trained eye and skilled hand of the artist. Many excellent illustrations of insects bear witness to his ability as an engraver. One of these, adorning the cover of our proceedings and adopted as the official seal of this society represents the adult male of Rheumatobates 1 rileyi Renter and is the only authentic record of a fully winged male of that peculiar insect in existence. His collection of local Hemiptera, is a splendid model of what an modern insect collec- tion should be and shows his exacting care for correctness in even the smallest details. He was a man of broad culture, a peer among the leading contemporary Hemipterists, a writer of plays in both German and English, several of which have achieved ' public performance, a scientific artist of the very first rank and an earnest student of the social problems of our day. More than all he was a man of lovable and unimpeachable character, ever ready to help others, gentle, cheerful and unassuming to the point of humility. Respected by all who knew his work, loved by all who knew him personally. OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 203 A BIOGRAPHICAL AND BIBLIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH OF OTTO HEIDEMANN. By L. O. HOWARD, E. A. SCHWARZ AND A. BUSCK. Otto Heidemann was born in Magdeberg, Germany, on September 1, 1842. At the age of seventeen he secured a position with the publishing house of F. A. Brockhause at Leipzig, where he learned the art of wood engraving, following this profession for the next three years in various cities in Southern German}^. At the close of the Franco-Prussian war he came to America and estab- lished an engraving office in Baltimore, moving to Washing- ton in 1876. During the next few years he furnished illustra- tions for a number of Government publications. In 1880 he entered the office of Captain G. Wheeler's Geographical Survey as a topographical draftsman. In 1883 he was appointed engraver for the U. S. Department of Agriculture, which position he held for twelve years. During this time he furnished many excellent engravings of economic insects for the Government publications. Through this work he naturally became interested in insects, and during the early nineties under the guidance of his friends Albert Koebele, E. A. Schwarz and Theodore Pergande began the serious study of Entomology. In 1898 he entered the Bureau of Ento- mology as an Entomological assistant and specialist in Hemiptera. From then on his advance was rapid and in a few years he had risen to the position of a recognized authority in this order and has earned the esteem of such specialists as Uhler, Bergroth and Renter. He was appointed Honorary Custodian of Hemiptera in the Insect Division of the U. S. National Museum in 1907 and presided over the Entomological Society of Washington for two terms (1909-1910). At the time of his death he was also a mem- ber of the Biological Society of Washington, of the American Association of Economic Entomologists, a charter member of the Entomological Society of America and a fellow of the American Association for Advancement of Science. He is survived by his wife, Mica Heidemann, well known as a sculptress and maker of insect models. The following is a list of his Entomological publications: 1. Note on the occurrence of n rare Capsid, near Washington. D. C. F g. 4, 1891, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 2, no. 1. 2. Note on the food-plants of some (Vpsidae from I lie vicinity of Wash- ington, D. C., 1892, Proc. En(. Soc. Wash., vol. 2. p. M, no. 2. 3. A new species of Tingitidae. ls. Remarks on some Hemiptera species. 1910, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 12, p. 45-47. 2(>. New species of Leptoglossus from North America. (Hemiptera, Co- reidae) PI. 7, 8, 1910, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 12, p. 191-197. 27. Description of a new Capsid, fig. 3, 1910, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 12, pp. 200-201. 28. Some remarks on the eggs of North American Species of HiMiiiptera- Heteroptera. 1911, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 13, pp. 128-140, figs. 1, 2, 3. pi. 1, 2, 3, 4. 29. A new species of North American Tingitidae, fig. 4, 1911 Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 13, pp. 180-1S1. 30. Descriptions of two new species of North American Tingit iilac, 1913. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. xv, no. 1, pp. 1-4, fig. 1, 2. 31. The Sugar-Cane. Tingid from Mexico. Fig. a, Journ. of Economic Entomology, vol. 6, no. 2. 1913, pp. 249-251. 32. (). M. Renter. 1912, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 16, no. 2. 33. A new species of North American Tingitidae (Corythuca solani). 1914, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 16, no. 3, fig. 1. POSTHUMOUS. 34. Two new species of Lace-bugs. 1917, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 18, pp. 217; pi. 17. Two HUNDRED AND NINETY -SIXTH MEETING, JUNE 1, 1916. The 296th meeting of the Society was entertained by the mar- ried members at the Saengerbund Hall on June 1, 1316. There were present, Messrs. Baker, Barber, Boving, Busck, Craighead, Ely, Greene, Hooker, Jennings, Keeley, Knab, Kolin- sky, Middleton, Paine, Pierce, Quaintance; Rohwer, Sasscer, Schwarz, Shannon, Snvder, Speare, Walton and Wood, mem- bers, and R. M. Fonts, J. N. Knull, H. F. Loomis and D. G. Tower, visitors. The Corresponding Secretary read the following resolutions which had been approved by the Executive Committee. that all the papers which are for publication in the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington and are presented at a regular meeting on the regular program shall be handed to (he Corresponding Secretary on the night of the meet- ing at which they are presented. An were not. successful. A few pieces of the trunk and larger branches were broken off and carried to Washington, where in the course of time the following Coleoptem were bred in addition to the usual number of Hymenoptera parasites: Seven species of Ceram- bycidae (one cerambycinc and six lamiids); one Imprestid (Agril- us); and four species of predaceous beetles (one Bothrideres, one Lathropus, one Trogosita, and one Clerus). 212 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY In discussion Mr. Busck stated that the ant inhabited aca- cia trees were conspicuously green and uninjured by leaf -eating nsects and stock, because they are so jealously defended by the iants. Cattle and horses have learned not to nibble on the leaves of such trees. One insect however appears to be not only per- mitted to occupy the trees, but seems to be protected by the ants for some reason, namely the wasp Polybia occidentalis, Oliv., which build their curious oblong bell shaped clay-nests in the top of these ant trees and apparently nowhere else. It is signifi- cant that these wasps have no sting, but rely entirely on the efficient ants for the protection of their nests. Mr. Busck mentioned in this connection the inter-relations of the birds and the large wasps, which build their nests in the trees occupied by the well known large hanging nests of the social orioles. These wasps sting very severely and aggressively ob- ject to the least interference of man; but the birds hop around the nests and severely shake the branches, without arousing the wasps. The birds in this case have a very formidable protection, from man at least, in these wasps. A NEARCTIC SPECIES OF DOLICHURUS. BY S. A. ROHWER, Specialist in Forest Hymenoptera, Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C. The genus Dolichurus is known to ocfcur in the Palaearctic, Ethiopian, Oriental and Neotropical regions, but until recently no species has been discovered in the Nearctic region. The fol- lowing species seems to be quite distinct from all the other species of this genus and adds another genus to the American wasps. Dolichurus greenei new species. Fem.ale. Length 7.5 mm.; length of the antennae about 5 mm. Cly- peus shining, the anterior margin truncate, the basal middle slightly raised; eyes diverging to the clypeus; face and front opaque, granular, immediately below the anterior ocellus a few shallow, scattered punctures; frontal prominence slightly wider than long, the anterior margin trun- cate; vertex and posterior orbits shining, sparsely punctured; postocellar line somewhat shorter than the ocellocular line; antennae very slightly tapering, the third and fourth joints subequal; pronotum slightly tulx-r- culate posteriorly, medianly with a longitudinal foveolate suture; notauli OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 213 slightly converging posteriorly, not fovcohito; mesoscutum granular with a few scattered setigerous punctures; suture in front of the scutel- lum plain; scutellum shining, the lateral margins with rather small setig- erous punctures, the median surface with a very few setigerous punctures; mesepisternum polished with a few small, well denned punctures; dorsal aspect of the propodeum coarsely, irregularly reticulate, medianly with two carinae which are parallel posteriorly but basally form a large hexa- gonal-shaped area, the posterior and dorsal aspects separated by a sharp carina; the posterior aspect coarsely reticulate; the lateral aspect shining and entirely smooth anteriorly, irregularly striato- reticulate posteriorly; abdomen entirely smooth, highly polished; first intercubitus strongly ungulate at about the middle; second and third intercubiti straight and nearly parallel. Black